forked from OSchip/llvm-project
				
			
		
			
				
	
	
		
			15670 lines
		
	
	
		
			559 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			15670 lines
		
	
	
		
			559 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
//===--- ExprConstant.cpp - Expression Constant Evaluator -----------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
 | 
						|
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
 | 
						|
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// This file implements the Expr constant evaluator.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Constant expression evaluation produces four main results:
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  * A success/failure flag indicating whether constant folding was successful.
 | 
						|
//    This is the 'bool' return value used by most of the code in this file. A
 | 
						|
//    'false' return value indicates that constant folding has failed, and any
 | 
						|
//    appropriate diagnostic has already been produced.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  * An evaluated result, valid only if constant folding has not failed.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  * A flag indicating if evaluation encountered (unevaluated) side-effects.
 | 
						|
//    These arise in cases such as (sideEffect(), 0) and (sideEffect() || 1),
 | 
						|
//    where it is possible to determine the evaluated result regardless.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//  * A set of notes indicating why the evaluation was not a constant expression
 | 
						|
//    (under the C++11 / C++1y rules only, at the moment), or, if folding failed
 | 
						|
//    too, why the expression could not be folded.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// If we are checking for a potential constant expression, failure to constant
 | 
						|
// fold a potential constant sub-expression will be indicated by a 'false'
 | 
						|
// return value (the expression could not be folded) and no diagnostic (the
 | 
						|
// expression is not necessarily non-constant).
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "Interp/Context.h"
 | 
						|
#include "Interp/Frame.h"
 | 
						|
#include "Interp/State.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ASTDiagnostic.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/CurrentSourceLocExprScope.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/OSLog.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/OptionalDiagnostic.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/StmtVisitor.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/APFixedPoint.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
 | 
						|
#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 | 
						|
#include <cstring>
 | 
						|
#include <functional>
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define DEBUG_TYPE "exprconstant"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
using namespace clang;
 | 
						|
using llvm::APFixedPoint;
 | 
						|
using llvm::APInt;
 | 
						|
using llvm::APSInt;
 | 
						|
using llvm::APFloat;
 | 
						|
using llvm::FixedPointSemantics;
 | 
						|
using llvm::Optional;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  struct LValue;
 | 
						|
  class CallStackFrame;
 | 
						|
  class EvalInfo;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  using SourceLocExprScopeGuard =
 | 
						|
      CurrentSourceLocExprScope::SourceLocExprScopeGuard;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static QualType getType(APValue::LValueBase B) {
 | 
						|
    if (!B) return QualType();
 | 
						|
    if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: It's unclear where we're supposed to take the type from, and
 | 
						|
      // this actually matters for arrays of unknown bound. Eg:
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // extern int arr[]; void f() { extern int arr[3]; };
 | 
						|
      // constexpr int *p = &arr[1]; // valid?
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // For now, we take the array bound from the most recent declaration.
 | 
						|
      for (auto *Redecl = cast<ValueDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()); Redecl;
 | 
						|
           Redecl = cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(Redecl->getPreviousDecl())) {
 | 
						|
        QualType T = Redecl->getType();
 | 
						|
        if (!T->isIncompleteArrayType())
 | 
						|
          return T;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return D->getType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>())
 | 
						|
      return B.getTypeInfoType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>())
 | 
						|
      return B.getDynamicAllocType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Base = B.get<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // For a materialized temporary, the type of the temporary we materialized
 | 
						|
    // may not be the type of the expression.
 | 
						|
    if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE =
 | 
						|
            dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Base)) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> CommaLHSs;
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 2> Adjustments;
 | 
						|
      const Expr *Temp = MTE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
      const Expr *Inner = Temp->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs,
 | 
						|
                                                               Adjustments);
 | 
						|
      // Keep any cv-qualifiers from the reference if we generated a temporary
 | 
						|
      // for it directly. Otherwise use the type after adjustment.
 | 
						|
      if (!Adjustments.empty())
 | 
						|
        return Inner->getType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Base->getType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a
 | 
						|
  /// field declaration.
 | 
						|
  static const FieldDecl *getAsField(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
 | 
						|
    return dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /// Get an LValue path entry, which is known to not be an array index, as a
 | 
						|
  /// base class declaration.
 | 
						|
  static const CXXRecordDecl *getAsBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
 | 
						|
    return dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  /// Determine whether this LValue path entry for a base class names a virtual
 | 
						|
  /// base class.
 | 
						|
  static bool isVirtualBaseClass(APValue::LValuePathEntry E) {
 | 
						|
    return E.getAsBaseOrMember().getInt();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Given an expression, determine the type used to store the result of
 | 
						|
  /// evaluating that expression.
 | 
						|
  static QualType getStorageType(const ASTContext &Ctx, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->isRValue())
 | 
						|
      return E->getType();
 | 
						|
    return Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(E->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Given a CallExpr, try to get the alloc_size attribute. May return null.
 | 
						|
  static const AllocSizeAttr *getAllocSizeAttr(const CallExpr *CE) {
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *Callee = CE->getDirectCallee();
 | 
						|
    return Callee ? Callee->getAttr<AllocSizeAttr>() : nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Attempts to unwrap a CallExpr (with an alloc_size attribute) from an Expr.
 | 
						|
  /// This will look through a single cast.
 | 
						|
  ///
 | 
						|
  /// Returns null if we couldn't unwrap a function with alloc_size.
 | 
						|
  static const CallExpr *tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (!E->getType()->isPointerType())
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    E = E->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
    // If we're doing a variable assignment from e.g. malloc(N), there will
 | 
						|
    // probably be a cast of some kind. In exotic cases, we might also see a
 | 
						|
    // top-level ExprWithCleanups. Ignore them either way.
 | 
						|
    if (const auto *FE = dyn_cast<FullExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
      E = FE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (const auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
      E = Cast->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
      return getAllocSizeAttr(CE) ? CE : nullptr;
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Determines whether or not the given Base contains a call to a function
 | 
						|
  /// with the alloc_size attribute.
 | 
						|
  static bool isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(APValue::LValueBase Base) {
 | 
						|
    const auto *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
    return E && E->getType()->isPointerType() && tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Determines whether the given kind of constant expression is only ever
 | 
						|
  /// used for name mangling. If so, it's permitted to reference things that we
 | 
						|
  /// can't generate code for (in particular, dllimported functions).
 | 
						|
  static bool isForManglingOnly(ConstantExprKind Kind) {
 | 
						|
    switch (Kind) {
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::Normal:
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument:
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation:
 | 
						|
      // Note that non-type template arguments of class type are emitted as
 | 
						|
      // template parameter objects.
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument:
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static bool isTemplateArgument(ConstantExprKind Kind) {
 | 
						|
    switch (Kind) {
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::Normal:
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::ImmediateInvocation:
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument:
 | 
						|
    case ConstantExprKind::NonClassTemplateArgument:
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("unknown ConstantExprKind");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// The bound to claim that an array of unknown bound has.
 | 
						|
  /// The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it
 | 
						|
  /// to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's used.
 | 
						|
  static const uint64_t AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray =
 | 
						|
      std::numeric_limits<uint64_t>::max() / 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Determines if an LValue with the given LValueBase will have an unsized
 | 
						|
  /// array in its designator.
 | 
						|
  /// Find the path length and type of the most-derived subobject in the given
 | 
						|
  /// path, and find the size of the containing array, if any.
 | 
						|
  static unsigned
 | 
						|
  findMostDerivedSubobject(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                           ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path,
 | 
						|
                           uint64_t &ArraySize, QualType &Type, bool &IsArray,
 | 
						|
                           bool &FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray) {
 | 
						|
    // This only accepts LValueBases from APValues, and APValues don't support
 | 
						|
    // arrays that lack size info.
 | 
						|
    assert(!isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(Base) &&
 | 
						|
           "Unsized arrays shouldn't appear here");
 | 
						|
    unsigned MostDerivedLength = 0;
 | 
						|
    Type = getType(Base);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      if (Type->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
        const ArrayType *AT = Ctx.getAsArrayType(Type);
 | 
						|
        Type = AT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
 | 
						|
        IsArray = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
 | 
						|
          ArraySize = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          assert(I == 0 && "unexpected unsized array designator");
 | 
						|
          FirstEntryIsUnsizedArray = true;
 | 
						|
          ArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else if (Type->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
        const ComplexType *CT = Type->castAs<ComplexType>();
 | 
						|
        Type = CT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
        ArraySize = 2;
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
 | 
						|
        IsArray = true;
 | 
						|
      } else if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(Path[I])) {
 | 
						|
        Type = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
        ArraySize = 0;
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedLength = I + 1;
 | 
						|
        IsArray = false;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Path[I] describes a base class.
 | 
						|
        ArraySize = 0;
 | 
						|
        IsArray = false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return MostDerivedLength;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A path from a glvalue to a subobject of that glvalue.
 | 
						|
  struct SubobjectDesignator {
 | 
						|
    /// True if the subobject was named in a manner not supported by C++11. Such
 | 
						|
    /// lvalues can still be folded, but they are not core constant expressions
 | 
						|
    /// and we cannot perform lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on them.
 | 
						|
    unsigned Invalid : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Is this a pointer one past the end of an object?
 | 
						|
    unsigned IsOnePastTheEnd : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Indicator of whether the first entry is an unsized array.
 | 
						|
    unsigned FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Indicator of whether the most-derived object is an array element.
 | 
						|
    unsigned MostDerivedIsArrayElement : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The length of the path to the most-derived object of which this is a
 | 
						|
    /// subobject.
 | 
						|
    unsigned MostDerivedPathLength : 28;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The size of the array of which the most-derived object is an element.
 | 
						|
    /// This will always be 0 if the most-derived object is not an array
 | 
						|
    /// element. 0 is not an indicator of whether or not the most-derived object
 | 
						|
    /// is an array, however, because 0-length arrays are allowed.
 | 
						|
    ///
 | 
						|
    /// If the current array is an unsized array, the value of this is
 | 
						|
    /// undefined.
 | 
						|
    uint64_t MostDerivedArraySize;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The type of the most derived object referred to by this address.
 | 
						|
    QualType MostDerivedType;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    typedef APValue::LValuePathEntry PathEntry;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The entries on the path from the glvalue to the designated subobject.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<PathEntry, 8> Entries;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator() : Invalid(true) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    explicit SubobjectDesignator(QualType T)
 | 
						|
        : Invalid(false), IsOnePastTheEnd(false),
 | 
						|
          FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false),
 | 
						|
          MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0),
 | 
						|
          MostDerivedType(T) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V)
 | 
						|
        : Invalid(!V.isLValue() || !V.hasLValuePath()), IsOnePastTheEnd(false),
 | 
						|
          FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray(false), MostDerivedIsArrayElement(false),
 | 
						|
          MostDerivedPathLength(0), MostDerivedArraySize(0) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.isLValue() && "Non-LValue used to make an LValue designator?");
 | 
						|
      if (!Invalid) {
 | 
						|
        IsOnePastTheEnd = V.isLValueOnePastTheEnd();
 | 
						|
        ArrayRef<PathEntry> VEntries = V.getLValuePath();
 | 
						|
        Entries.insert(Entries.end(), VEntries.begin(), VEntries.end());
 | 
						|
        if (V.getLValueBase()) {
 | 
						|
          bool IsArray = false;
 | 
						|
          bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false;
 | 
						|
          MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject(
 | 
						|
              Ctx, V.getLValueBase(), V.getLValuePath(), MostDerivedArraySize,
 | 
						|
              MostDerivedType, IsArray, FirstIsUnsizedArray);
 | 
						|
          MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray;
 | 
						|
          FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void truncate(ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                  unsigned NewLength) {
 | 
						|
      if (Invalid)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      assert(Base && "cannot truncate path for null pointer");
 | 
						|
      assert(NewLength <= Entries.size() && "not a truncation");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (NewLength == Entries.size())
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      Entries.resize(NewLength);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      bool IsArray = false;
 | 
						|
      bool FirstIsUnsizedArray = false;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedPathLength = findMostDerivedSubobject(
 | 
						|
          Ctx, Base, Entries, MostDerivedArraySize, MostDerivedType, IsArray,
 | 
						|
          FirstIsUnsizedArray);
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedIsArrayElement = IsArray;
 | 
						|
      FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = FirstIsUnsizedArray;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void setInvalid() {
 | 
						|
      Invalid = true;
 | 
						|
      Entries.clear();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Determine whether the most derived subobject is an array without a
 | 
						|
    /// known bound.
 | 
						|
    bool isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() const {
 | 
						|
      assert(!Invalid && "Calling this makes no sense on invalid designators");
 | 
						|
      return Entries.size() == 1 && FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Determine what the most derived array's size is. Results in an assertion
 | 
						|
    /// failure if the most derived array lacks a size.
 | 
						|
    uint64_t getMostDerivedArraySize() const {
 | 
						|
      assert(!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && "Unsized array has no size");
 | 
						|
      return MostDerivedArraySize;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Determine whether this is a one-past-the-end pointer.
 | 
						|
    bool isOnePastTheEnd() const {
 | 
						|
      assert(!Invalid);
 | 
						|
      if (IsOnePastTheEnd)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      if (!isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
 | 
						|
          Entries[MostDerivedPathLength - 1].getAsArrayIndex() ==
 | 
						|
              MostDerivedArraySize)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Get the range of valid index adjustments in the form
 | 
						|
    ///   {maximum value that can be subtracted from this pointer,
 | 
						|
    ///    maximum value that can be added to this pointer}
 | 
						|
    std::pair<uint64_t, uint64_t> validIndexAdjustments() {
 | 
						|
      if (Invalid || isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray())
 | 
						|
        return {0, 0};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a
 | 
						|
      // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of
 | 
						|
      // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type.
 | 
						|
      bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() &&
 | 
						|
                     MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex()
 | 
						|
                                    : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ArraySize =
 | 
						|
          IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1;
 | 
						|
      return {ArrayIndex, ArraySize - ArrayIndex};
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject.
 | 
						|
    bool isValidSubobject() const {
 | 
						|
      if (Invalid)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return !isOnePastTheEnd();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Check that this refers to a valid subobject, and if not, produce a
 | 
						|
    /// relevant diagnostic and set the designator as invalid.
 | 
						|
    bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Get the type of the designated object.
 | 
						|
    QualType getType(ASTContext &Ctx) const {
 | 
						|
      assert(!Invalid && "invalid designator has no subobject type");
 | 
						|
      return MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size()
 | 
						|
                 ? MostDerivedType
 | 
						|
                 : Ctx.getRecordType(getAsBaseClass(Entries.back()));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within this array.
 | 
						|
    void addArrayUnchecked(const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
 | 
						|
      Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // This is a most-derived object.
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedType = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedArraySize = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Update this designator to refer to the first element within the array of
 | 
						|
    /// elements of type T. This is an array of unknown size.
 | 
						|
    void addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(QualType ElemTy) {
 | 
						|
      Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(0));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedType = ElemTy;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
 | 
						|
      // The value in MostDerivedArraySize is undefined in this case. So, set it
 | 
						|
      // to an arbitrary value that's likely to loudly break things if it's
 | 
						|
      // used.
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedArraySize = AssumedSizeForUnsizedArray;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Update this designator to refer to the given base or member of this
 | 
						|
    /// object.
 | 
						|
    void addDeclUnchecked(const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) {
 | 
						|
      Entries.push_back(APValue::BaseOrMemberType(D, Virtual));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If this isn't a base class, it's a new most-derived object.
 | 
						|
      if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedType = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedIsArrayElement = false;
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedArraySize = 0;
 | 
						|
        MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Update this designator to refer to the given complex component.
 | 
						|
    void addComplexUnchecked(QualType EltTy, bool Imag) {
 | 
						|
      Entries.push_back(PathEntry::ArrayIndex(Imag));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // This is technically a most-derived object, though in practice this
 | 
						|
      // is unlikely to matter.
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedType = EltTy;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedIsArrayElement = true;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedArraySize = 2;
 | 
						|
      MostDerivedPathLength = Entries.size();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E);
 | 
						|
    void diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                   const APSInt &N);
 | 
						|
    /// Add N to the address of this subobject.
 | 
						|
    void adjustIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APSInt N) {
 | 
						|
      if (Invalid || !N) return;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t TruncatedN = N.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      if (isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
 | 
						|
        diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(Info, E);
 | 
						|
        // Can't verify -- trust that the user is doing the right thing (or if
 | 
						|
        // not, trust that the caller will catch the bad behavior).
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Should we reject if this overflows, at least?
 | 
						|
        Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex(
 | 
						|
            Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex() + TruncatedN);
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // [expr.add]p4: For the purposes of these operators, a pointer to a
 | 
						|
      // nonarray object behaves the same as a pointer to the first element of
 | 
						|
      // an array of length one with the type of the object as its element type.
 | 
						|
      bool IsArray = MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() &&
 | 
						|
                     MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ArrayIndex = IsArray ? Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex()
 | 
						|
                                    : (uint64_t)IsOnePastTheEnd;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ArraySize =
 | 
						|
          IsArray ? getMostDerivedArraySize() : (uint64_t)1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (N < -(int64_t)ArrayIndex || N > ArraySize - ArrayIndex) {
 | 
						|
        // Calculate the actual index in a wide enough type, so we can include
 | 
						|
        // it in the note.
 | 
						|
        N = N.extend(std::max<unsigned>(N.getBitWidth() + 1, 65));
 | 
						|
        (llvm::APInt&)N += ArrayIndex;
 | 
						|
        assert(N.ugt(ArraySize) && "bounds check failed for in-bounds index");
 | 
						|
        diagnosePointerArithmetic(Info, E, N);
 | 
						|
        setInvalid();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ArrayIndex += TruncatedN;
 | 
						|
      assert(ArrayIndex <= ArraySize &&
 | 
						|
             "bounds check succeeded for out-of-bounds index");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (IsArray)
 | 
						|
        Entries.back() = PathEntry::ArrayIndex(ArrayIndex);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        IsOnePastTheEnd = (ArrayIndex != 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A scope at the end of which an object can need to be destroyed.
 | 
						|
  enum class ScopeKind {
 | 
						|
    Block,
 | 
						|
    FullExpression,
 | 
						|
    Call
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A reference to a particular call and its arguments.
 | 
						|
  struct CallRef {
 | 
						|
    CallRef() : OrigCallee(), CallIndex(0), Version() {}
 | 
						|
    CallRef(const FunctionDecl *Callee, unsigned CallIndex, unsigned Version)
 | 
						|
        : OrigCallee(Callee), CallIndex(CallIndex), Version(Version) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    explicit operator bool() const { return OrigCallee; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Get the parameter that the caller initialized, corresponding to the
 | 
						|
    /// given parameter in the callee.
 | 
						|
    const ParmVarDecl *getOrigParam(const ParmVarDecl *PVD) const {
 | 
						|
      return OrigCallee ? OrigCallee->getParamDecl(PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex())
 | 
						|
                        : PVD;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The callee at the point where the arguments were evaluated. This might
 | 
						|
    /// be different from the actual callee (a different redeclaration, or a
 | 
						|
    /// virtual override), but this function's parameters are the ones that
 | 
						|
    /// appear in the parameter map.
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *OrigCallee;
 | 
						|
    /// The call index of the frame that holds the argument values.
 | 
						|
    unsigned CallIndex;
 | 
						|
    /// The version of the parameters corresponding to this call.
 | 
						|
    unsigned Version;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A stack frame in the constexpr call stack.
 | 
						|
  class CallStackFrame : public interp::Frame {
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Parent - The caller of this stack frame.
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame *Caller;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Callee - The function which was called.
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *Callee;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// This - The binding for the this pointer in this call, if any.
 | 
						|
    const LValue *This;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Information on how to find the arguments to this call. Our arguments
 | 
						|
    /// are stored in our parent's CallStackFrame, using the ParmVarDecl* as a
 | 
						|
    /// key and this value as the version.
 | 
						|
    CallRef Arguments;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Source location information about the default argument or default
 | 
						|
    /// initializer expression we're evaluating, if any.
 | 
						|
    CurrentSourceLocExprScope CurSourceLocExprScope;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Note that we intentionally use std::map here so that references to
 | 
						|
    // values are stable.
 | 
						|
    typedef std::pair<const void *, unsigned> MapKeyTy;
 | 
						|
    typedef std::map<MapKeyTy, APValue> MapTy;
 | 
						|
    /// Temporaries - Temporary lvalues materialized within this stack frame.
 | 
						|
    MapTy Temporaries;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// CallLoc - The location of the call expression for this call.
 | 
						|
    SourceLocation CallLoc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Index - The call index of this call.
 | 
						|
    unsigned Index;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The stack of integers for tracking version numbers for temporaries.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<unsigned, 2> TempVersionStack = {1};
 | 
						|
    unsigned CurTempVersion = TempVersionStack.back();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned getTempVersion() const { return TempVersionStack.back(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void pushTempVersion() {
 | 
						|
      TempVersionStack.push_back(++CurTempVersion);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void popTempVersion() {
 | 
						|
      TempVersionStack.pop_back();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CallRef createCall(const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
 | 
						|
      return {Callee, Index, ++CurTempVersion};
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Adding this to every 'CallStackFrame' may have a nontrivial impact
 | 
						|
    // on the overall stack usage of deeply-recursing constexpr evaluations.
 | 
						|
    // (We should cache this map rather than recomputing it repeatedly.)
 | 
						|
    // But let's try this and see how it goes; we can look into caching the map
 | 
						|
    // as a later change.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// LambdaCaptureFields - Mapping from captured variables/this to
 | 
						|
    /// corresponding data members in the closure class.
 | 
						|
    llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> LambdaCaptureFields;
 | 
						|
    FieldDecl *LambdaThisCaptureField;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                   const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
 | 
						|
                   CallRef Arguments);
 | 
						|
    ~CallStackFrame();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return the temporary for Key whose version number is Version.
 | 
						|
    APValue *getTemporary(const void *Key, unsigned Version) {
 | 
						|
      MapKeyTy KV(Key, Version);
 | 
						|
      auto LB = Temporaries.lower_bound(KV);
 | 
						|
      if (LB != Temporaries.end() && LB->first == KV)
 | 
						|
        return &LB->second;
 | 
						|
      // Pair (Key,Version) wasn't found in the map. Check that no elements
 | 
						|
      // in the map have 'Key' as their key.
 | 
						|
      assert((LB == Temporaries.end() || LB->first.first != Key) &&
 | 
						|
             (LB == Temporaries.begin() || std::prev(LB)->first.first != Key) &&
 | 
						|
             "Element with key 'Key' found in map");
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return the current temporary for Key in the map.
 | 
						|
    APValue *getCurrentTemporary(const void *Key) {
 | 
						|
      auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX));
 | 
						|
      if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key)
 | 
						|
        return &std::prev(UB)->second;
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Return the version number of the current temporary for Key.
 | 
						|
    unsigned getCurrentTemporaryVersion(const void *Key) const {
 | 
						|
      auto UB = Temporaries.upper_bound(MapKeyTy(Key, UINT_MAX));
 | 
						|
      if (UB != Temporaries.begin() && std::prev(UB)->first.first == Key)
 | 
						|
        return std::prev(UB)->first.second;
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Allocate storage for an object of type T in this stack frame.
 | 
						|
    /// Populates LV with a handle to the created object. Key identifies
 | 
						|
    /// the temporary within the stack frame, and must not be reused without
 | 
						|
    /// bumping the temporary version number.
 | 
						|
    template<typename KeyT>
 | 
						|
    APValue &createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                             ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame.
 | 
						|
    APValue &createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD, LValue &LV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void describe(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) override;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Frame *getCaller() const override { return Caller; }
 | 
						|
    SourceLocation getCallLocation() const override { return CallLoc; }
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *getCallee() const override { return Callee; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool isStdFunction() const {
 | 
						|
      for (const DeclContext *DC = Callee; DC; DC = DC->getParent())
 | 
						|
        if (DC->isStdNamespace())
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    APValue &createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                         ScopeKind Scope);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Temporarily override 'this'.
 | 
						|
  class ThisOverrideRAII {
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    ThisOverrideRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame, const LValue *NewThis, bool Enable)
 | 
						|
        : Frame(Frame), OldThis(Frame.This) {
 | 
						|
      if (Enable)
 | 
						|
        Frame.This = NewThis;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ~ThisOverrideRAII() {
 | 
						|
      Frame.This = OldThis;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame &Frame;
 | 
						|
    const LValue *OldThis;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                              const LValue &This, QualType ThisType);
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                              APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                              QualType T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  /// A cleanup, and a flag indicating whether it is lifetime-extended.
 | 
						|
  class Cleanup {
 | 
						|
    llvm::PointerIntPair<APValue*, 2, ScopeKind> Value;
 | 
						|
    APValue::LValueBase Base;
 | 
						|
    QualType T;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    Cleanup(APValue *Val, APValue::LValueBase Base, QualType T,
 | 
						|
            ScopeKind Scope)
 | 
						|
        : Value(Val, Scope), Base(Base), T(T) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Determine whether this cleanup should be performed at the end of the
 | 
						|
    /// given kind of scope.
 | 
						|
    bool isDestroyedAtEndOf(ScopeKind K) const {
 | 
						|
      return (int)Value.getInt() >= (int)K;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool endLifetime(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors) {
 | 
						|
      if (RunDestructors) {
 | 
						|
        SourceLocation Loc;
 | 
						|
        if (const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>())
 | 
						|
          Loc = VD->getLocation();
 | 
						|
        else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>())
 | 
						|
          Loc = E->getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
        return HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, *Value.getPointer(), T);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      *Value.getPointer() = APValue();
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool hasSideEffect() {
 | 
						|
      return T.isDestructedType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A reference to an object whose construction we are currently evaluating.
 | 
						|
  struct ObjectUnderConstruction {
 | 
						|
    APValue::LValueBase Base;
 | 
						|
    ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path;
 | 
						|
    friend bool operator==(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS,
 | 
						|
                           const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) {
 | 
						|
      return LHS.Base == RHS.Base && LHS.Path == RHS.Path;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    friend llvm::hash_code hash_value(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Obj) {
 | 
						|
      return llvm::hash_combine(Obj.Base, Obj.Path);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  enum class ConstructionPhase {
 | 
						|
    None,
 | 
						|
    Bases,
 | 
						|
    AfterBases,
 | 
						|
    AfterFields,
 | 
						|
    Destroying,
 | 
						|
    DestroyingBases
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace llvm {
 | 
						|
template<> struct DenseMapInfo<ObjectUnderConstruction> {
 | 
						|
  using Base = DenseMapInfo<APValue::LValueBase>;
 | 
						|
  static ObjectUnderConstruction getEmptyKey() {
 | 
						|
    return {Base::getEmptyKey(), {}}; }
 | 
						|
  static ObjectUnderConstruction getTombstoneKey() {
 | 
						|
    return {Base::getTombstoneKey(), {}};
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  static unsigned getHashValue(const ObjectUnderConstruction &Object) {
 | 
						|
    return hash_value(Object);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  static bool isEqual(const ObjectUnderConstruction &LHS,
 | 
						|
                      const ObjectUnderConstruction &RHS) {
 | 
						|
    return LHS == RHS;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  /// A dynamically-allocated heap object.
 | 
						|
  struct DynAlloc {
 | 
						|
    /// The value of this heap-allocated object.
 | 
						|
    APValue Value;
 | 
						|
    /// The allocating expression; used for diagnostics. Either a CXXNewExpr
 | 
						|
    /// or a CallExpr (the latter is for direct calls to operator new inside
 | 
						|
    /// std::allocator<T>::allocate).
 | 
						|
    const Expr *AllocExpr = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    enum Kind {
 | 
						|
      New,
 | 
						|
      ArrayNew,
 | 
						|
      StdAllocator
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Get the kind of the allocation. This must match between allocation
 | 
						|
    /// and deallocation.
 | 
						|
    Kind getKind() const {
 | 
						|
      if (auto *NE = dyn_cast<CXXNewExpr>(AllocExpr))
 | 
						|
        return NE->isArray() ? ArrayNew : New;
 | 
						|
      assert(isa<CallExpr>(AllocExpr));
 | 
						|
      return StdAllocator;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct DynAllocOrder {
 | 
						|
    bool operator()(DynamicAllocLValue L, DynamicAllocLValue R) const {
 | 
						|
      return L.getIndex() < R.getIndex();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// EvalInfo - This is a private struct used by the evaluator to capture
 | 
						|
  /// information about a subexpression as it is folded.  It retains information
 | 
						|
  /// about the AST context, but also maintains information about the folded
 | 
						|
  /// expression.
 | 
						|
  ///
 | 
						|
  /// If an expression could be evaluated, it is still possible it is not a C
 | 
						|
  /// "integer constant expression" or constant expression.  If not, this struct
 | 
						|
  /// captures information about how and why not.
 | 
						|
  ///
 | 
						|
  /// One bit of information passed *into* the request for constant folding
 | 
						|
  /// indicates whether the subexpression is "evaluated" or not according to C
 | 
						|
  /// rules.  For example, the RHS of (0 && foo()) is not evaluated.  We can
 | 
						|
  /// evaluate the expression regardless of what the RHS is, but C only allows
 | 
						|
  /// certain things in certain situations.
 | 
						|
  class EvalInfo : public interp::State {
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    ASTContext &Ctx;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// EvalStatus - Contains information about the evaluation.
 | 
						|
    Expr::EvalStatus &EvalStatus;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// CurrentCall - The top of the constexpr call stack.
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame *CurrentCall;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// CallStackDepth - The number of calls in the call stack right now.
 | 
						|
    unsigned CallStackDepth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// NextCallIndex - The next call index to assign.
 | 
						|
    unsigned NextCallIndex;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// StepsLeft - The remaining number of evaluation steps we're permitted
 | 
						|
    /// to perform. This is essentially a limit for the number of statements
 | 
						|
    /// we will evaluate.
 | 
						|
    unsigned StepsLeft;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Enable the experimental new constant interpreter. If an expression is
 | 
						|
    /// not supported by the interpreter, an error is triggered.
 | 
						|
    bool EnableNewConstInterp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// BottomFrame - The frame in which evaluation started. This must be
 | 
						|
    /// initialized after CurrentCall and CallStackDepth.
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame BottomFrame;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// A stack of values whose lifetimes end at the end of some surrounding
 | 
						|
    /// evaluation frame.
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVector<Cleanup, 16> CleanupStack;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// EvaluatingDecl - This is the declaration whose initializer is being
 | 
						|
    /// evaluated, if any.
 | 
						|
    APValue::LValueBase EvaluatingDecl;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    enum class EvaluatingDeclKind {
 | 
						|
      None,
 | 
						|
      /// We're evaluating the construction of EvaluatingDecl.
 | 
						|
      Ctor,
 | 
						|
      /// We're evaluating the destruction of EvaluatingDecl.
 | 
						|
      Dtor,
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
    EvaluatingDeclKind IsEvaluatingDecl = EvaluatingDeclKind::None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// EvaluatingDeclValue - This is the value being constructed for the
 | 
						|
    /// declaration whose initializer is being evaluated, if any.
 | 
						|
    APValue *EvaluatingDeclValue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Set of objects that are currently being constructed.
 | 
						|
    llvm::DenseMap<ObjectUnderConstruction, ConstructionPhase>
 | 
						|
        ObjectsUnderConstruction;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Current heap allocations, along with the location where each was
 | 
						|
    /// allocated. We use std::map here because we need stable addresses
 | 
						|
    /// for the stored APValues.
 | 
						|
    std::map<DynamicAllocLValue, DynAlloc, DynAllocOrder> HeapAllocs;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The number of heap allocations performed so far in this evaluation.
 | 
						|
    unsigned NumHeapAllocs = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    struct EvaluatingConstructorRAII {
 | 
						|
      EvalInfo &EI;
 | 
						|
      ObjectUnderConstruction Object;
 | 
						|
      bool DidInsert;
 | 
						|
      EvaluatingConstructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object,
 | 
						|
                                bool HasBases)
 | 
						|
          : EI(EI), Object(Object) {
 | 
						|
        DidInsert =
 | 
						|
            EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction
 | 
						|
                .insert({Object, HasBases ? ConstructionPhase::Bases
 | 
						|
                                          : ConstructionPhase::AfterBases})
 | 
						|
                .second;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      void finishedConstructingBases() {
 | 
						|
        EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterBases;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      void finishedConstructingFields() {
 | 
						|
        EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] = ConstructionPhase::AfterFields;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ~EvaluatingConstructorRAII() {
 | 
						|
        if (DidInsert) EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    struct EvaluatingDestructorRAII {
 | 
						|
      EvalInfo &EI;
 | 
						|
      ObjectUnderConstruction Object;
 | 
						|
      bool DidInsert;
 | 
						|
      EvaluatingDestructorRAII(EvalInfo &EI, ObjectUnderConstruction Object)
 | 
						|
          : EI(EI), Object(Object) {
 | 
						|
        DidInsert = EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction
 | 
						|
                        .insert({Object, ConstructionPhase::Destroying})
 | 
						|
                        .second;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      void startedDestroyingBases() {
 | 
						|
        EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction[Object] =
 | 
						|
            ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ~EvaluatingDestructorRAII() {
 | 
						|
        if (DidInsert)
 | 
						|
          EI.ObjectsUnderConstruction.erase(Object);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ConstructionPhase
 | 
						|
    isEvaluatingCtorDtor(APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                         ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path) {
 | 
						|
      return ObjectsUnderConstruction.lookup({Base, Path});
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// If we're currently speculatively evaluating, the outermost call stack
 | 
						|
    /// depth at which we can mutate state, otherwise 0.
 | 
						|
    unsigned SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The current array initialization index, if we're performing array
 | 
						|
    /// initialization.
 | 
						|
    uint64_t ArrayInitIndex = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// HasActiveDiagnostic - Was the previous diagnostic stored? If so, further
 | 
						|
    /// notes attached to it will also be stored, otherwise they will not be.
 | 
						|
    bool HasActiveDiagnostic;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Have we emitted a diagnostic explaining why we couldn't constant
 | 
						|
    /// fold (not just why it's not strictly a constant expression)?
 | 
						|
    bool HasFoldFailureDiagnostic;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Whether or not we're in a context where the front end requires a
 | 
						|
    /// constant value.
 | 
						|
    bool InConstantContext;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Whether we're checking that an expression is a potential constant
 | 
						|
    /// expression. If so, do not fail on constructs that could become constant
 | 
						|
    /// later on (such as a use of an undefined global).
 | 
						|
    bool CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Whether we're checking for an expression that has undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
    /// If so, we will produce warnings if we encounter an operation that is
 | 
						|
    /// always undefined.
 | 
						|
    bool CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    enum EvaluationMode {
 | 
						|
      /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression
 | 
						|
      /// is not a constant expression.
 | 
						|
      EM_ConstantExpression,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /// Evaluate as a constant expression. Stop if we find that the expression
 | 
						|
      /// is not a constant expression. Some expressions can be retried in the
 | 
						|
      /// optimizer if we don't constant fold them here, but in an unevaluated
 | 
						|
      /// context we try to fold them immediately since the optimizer never
 | 
						|
      /// gets a chance to look at it.
 | 
						|
      EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /// Fold the expression to a constant. Stop if we hit a side-effect that
 | 
						|
      /// we can't model.
 | 
						|
      EM_ConstantFold,
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /// Evaluate in any way we know how. Don't worry about side-effects that
 | 
						|
      /// can't be modeled.
 | 
						|
      EM_IgnoreSideEffects,
 | 
						|
    } EvalMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Are we checking whether the expression is a potential constant
 | 
						|
    /// expression?
 | 
						|
    bool checkingPotentialConstantExpression() const override  {
 | 
						|
      return CheckingPotentialConstantExpression;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Are we checking an expression for overflow?
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We should check for any kind of undefined or suspicious behavior
 | 
						|
    // in such constructs, not just overflow.
 | 
						|
    bool checkingForUndefinedBehavior() const override {
 | 
						|
      return CheckingForUndefinedBehavior;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo(const ASTContext &C, Expr::EvalStatus &S, EvaluationMode Mode)
 | 
						|
        : Ctx(const_cast<ASTContext &>(C)), EvalStatus(S), CurrentCall(nullptr),
 | 
						|
          CallStackDepth(0), NextCallIndex(1),
 | 
						|
          StepsLeft(C.getLangOpts().ConstexprStepLimit),
 | 
						|
          EnableNewConstInterp(C.getLangOpts().EnableNewConstInterp),
 | 
						|
          BottomFrame(*this, SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr, CallRef()),
 | 
						|
          EvaluatingDecl((const ValueDecl *)nullptr),
 | 
						|
          EvaluatingDeclValue(nullptr), HasActiveDiagnostic(false),
 | 
						|
          HasFoldFailureDiagnostic(false), InConstantContext(false),
 | 
						|
          EvalMode(Mode) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ~EvalInfo() {
 | 
						|
      discardCleanups();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void setEvaluatingDecl(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                           EvaluatingDeclKind EDK = EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor) {
 | 
						|
      EvaluatingDecl = Base;
 | 
						|
      IsEvaluatingDecl = EDK;
 | 
						|
      EvaluatingDeclValue = &Value;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool CheckCallLimit(SourceLocation Loc) {
 | 
						|
      // Don't perform any constexpr calls (other than the call we're checking)
 | 
						|
      // when checking a potential constant expression.
 | 
						|
      if (checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && CallStackDepth > 1)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (NextCallIndex == 0) {
 | 
						|
        // NextCallIndex has wrapped around.
 | 
						|
        FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_call_limit_exceeded);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (CallStackDepth <= getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_depth_limit_exceeded)
 | 
						|
        << getLangOpts().ConstexprCallDepth;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    std::pair<CallStackFrame *, unsigned>
 | 
						|
    getCallFrameAndDepth(unsigned CallIndex) {
 | 
						|
      assert(CallIndex && "no call index in getCallFrameAndDepth");
 | 
						|
      // We will eventually hit BottomFrame, which has Index 1, so Frame can't
 | 
						|
      // be null in this loop.
 | 
						|
      unsigned Depth = CallStackDepth;
 | 
						|
      CallStackFrame *Frame = CurrentCall;
 | 
						|
      while (Frame->Index > CallIndex) {
 | 
						|
        Frame = Frame->Caller;
 | 
						|
        --Depth;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (Frame->Index == CallIndex)
 | 
						|
        return {Frame, Depth};
 | 
						|
      return {nullptr, 0};
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool nextStep(const Stmt *S) {
 | 
						|
      if (!StepsLeft) {
 | 
						|
        FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_step_limit_exceeded);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      --StepsLeft;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue *createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Optional<DynAlloc*> lookupDynamicAlloc(DynamicAllocLValue DA) {
 | 
						|
      Optional<DynAlloc*> Result;
 | 
						|
      auto It = HeapAllocs.find(DA);
 | 
						|
      if (It != HeapAllocs.end())
 | 
						|
        Result = &It->second;
 | 
						|
      return Result;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Get the allocated storage for the given parameter of the given call.
 | 
						|
    APValue *getParamSlot(CallRef Call, const ParmVarDecl *PVD) {
 | 
						|
      CallStackFrame *Frame = getCallFrameAndDepth(Call.CallIndex).first;
 | 
						|
      return Frame ? Frame->getTemporary(Call.getOrigParam(PVD), Call.Version)
 | 
						|
                   : nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Information about a stack frame for std::allocator<T>::[de]allocate.
 | 
						|
    struct StdAllocatorCaller {
 | 
						|
      unsigned FrameIndex;
 | 
						|
      QualType ElemType;
 | 
						|
      explicit operator bool() const { return FrameIndex != 0; };
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    StdAllocatorCaller getStdAllocatorCaller(StringRef FnName) const {
 | 
						|
      for (const CallStackFrame *Call = CurrentCall; Call != &BottomFrame;
 | 
						|
           Call = Call->Caller) {
 | 
						|
        const auto *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Call->Callee);
 | 
						|
        if (!MD)
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
        const IdentifierInfo *FnII = MD->getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
        if (!FnII || !FnII->isStr(FnName))
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        const auto *CTSD =
 | 
						|
            dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(MD->getParent());
 | 
						|
        if (!CTSD)
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        const IdentifierInfo *ClassII = CTSD->getIdentifier();
 | 
						|
        const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
 | 
						|
        if (CTSD->isInStdNamespace() && ClassII &&
 | 
						|
            ClassII->isStr("allocator") && TAL.size() >= 1 &&
 | 
						|
            TAL[0].getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
 | 
						|
          return {Call->Index, TAL[0].getAsType()};
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return {};
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void performLifetimeExtension() {
 | 
						|
      // Disable the cleanups for lifetime-extended temporaries.
 | 
						|
      CleanupStack.erase(std::remove_if(CleanupStack.begin(),
 | 
						|
                                        CleanupStack.end(),
 | 
						|
                                        [](Cleanup &C) {
 | 
						|
                                          return !C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(
 | 
						|
                                              ScopeKind::FullExpression);
 | 
						|
                                        }),
 | 
						|
                         CleanupStack.end());
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Throw away any remaining cleanups at the end of evaluation. If any
 | 
						|
    /// cleanups would have had a side-effect, note that as an unmodeled
 | 
						|
    /// side-effect and return false. Otherwise, return true.
 | 
						|
    bool discardCleanups() {
 | 
						|
      for (Cleanup &C : CleanupStack) {
 | 
						|
        if (C.hasSideEffect() && !noteSideEffect()) {
 | 
						|
          CleanupStack.clear();
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      CleanupStack.clear();
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    interp::Frame *getCurrentFrame() override { return CurrentCall; }
 | 
						|
    const interp::Frame *getBottomFrame() const override { return &BottomFrame; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool hasActiveDiagnostic() override { return HasActiveDiagnostic; }
 | 
						|
    void setActiveDiagnostic(bool Flag) override { HasActiveDiagnostic = Flag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void setFoldFailureDiagnostic(bool Flag) override {
 | 
						|
      HasFoldFailureDiagnostic = Flag;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Expr::EvalStatus &getEvalStatus() const override { return EvalStatus; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ASTContext &getCtx() const override { return Ctx; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we have a prior diagnostic, it will be noting that the expression
 | 
						|
    // isn't a constant expression. This diagnostic is more important,
 | 
						|
    // unless we require this evaluation to produce a constant expression.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We might want to show both diagnostics to the user in
 | 
						|
    // EM_ConstantFold mode.
 | 
						|
    bool hasPriorDiagnostic() override {
 | 
						|
      if (!EvalStatus.Diag->empty()) {
 | 
						|
        switch (EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
        case EM_ConstantFold:
 | 
						|
        case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
 | 
						|
          if (!HasFoldFailureDiagnostic)
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          // We've already failed to fold something. Keep that diagnostic.
 | 
						|
          LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
        case EM_ConstantExpression:
 | 
						|
        case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
 | 
						|
          setActiveDiagnostic(false);
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned getCallStackDepth() override { return CallStackDepth; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering a side-effect that we
 | 
						|
    /// couldn't model?
 | 
						|
    bool keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect() {
 | 
						|
      switch (EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
      case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpression:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantFold:
 | 
						|
        // By default, assume any side effect might be valid in some other
 | 
						|
        // evaluation of this expression from a different context.
 | 
						|
        return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
               checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Note that we have had a side-effect, and determine whether we should
 | 
						|
    /// keep evaluating.
 | 
						|
    bool noteSideEffect() {
 | 
						|
      EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = true;
 | 
						|
      return keepEvaluatingAfterSideEffect();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Should we continue evaluation after encountering undefined behavior?
 | 
						|
    bool keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior() {
 | 
						|
      switch (EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
      case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantFold:
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpression:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
 | 
						|
        return checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Note that we hit something that was technically undefined behavior, but
 | 
						|
    /// that we can evaluate past it (such as signed overflow or floating-point
 | 
						|
    /// division by zero.)
 | 
						|
    bool noteUndefinedBehavior() override {
 | 
						|
      EvalStatus.HasUndefinedBehavior = true;
 | 
						|
      return keepEvaluatingAfterUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Should we continue evaluation as much as possible after encountering a
 | 
						|
    /// construct which can't be reduced to a value?
 | 
						|
    bool keepEvaluatingAfterFailure() const override {
 | 
						|
      if (!StepsLeft)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch (EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpression:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
 | 
						|
      case EM_ConstantFold:
 | 
						|
      case EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
 | 
						|
        return checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
               checkingForUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Missed EvalMode case");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Notes that we failed to evaluate an expression that other expressions
 | 
						|
    /// directly depend on, and determine if we should keep evaluating. This
 | 
						|
    /// should only be called if we actually intend to keep evaluating.
 | 
						|
    ///
 | 
						|
    /// Call noteSideEffect() instead if we may be able to ignore the value that
 | 
						|
    /// we failed to evaluate, e.g. if we failed to evaluate Foo() in:
 | 
						|
    ///
 | 
						|
    /// (Foo(), 1)      // use noteSideEffect
 | 
						|
    /// (Foo() || true) // use noteSideEffect
 | 
						|
    /// Foo() + 1       // use noteFailure
 | 
						|
    LLVM_NODISCARD bool noteFailure() {
 | 
						|
      // Failure when evaluating some expression often means there is some
 | 
						|
      // subexpression whose evaluation was skipped. Therefore, (because we
 | 
						|
      // don't track whether we skipped an expression when unwinding after an
 | 
						|
      // evaluation failure) every evaluation failure that bubbles up from a
 | 
						|
      // subexpression implies that a side-effect has potentially happened. We
 | 
						|
      // skip setting the HasSideEffects flag to true until we decide to
 | 
						|
      // continue evaluating after that point, which happens here.
 | 
						|
      bool KeepGoing = keepEvaluatingAfterFailure();
 | 
						|
      EvalStatus.HasSideEffects |= KeepGoing;
 | 
						|
      return KeepGoing;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    class ArrayInitLoopIndex {
 | 
						|
      EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
      uint64_t OuterIndex;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    public:
 | 
						|
      ArrayInitLoopIndex(EvalInfo &Info)
 | 
						|
          : Info(Info), OuterIndex(Info.ArrayInitIndex) {
 | 
						|
        Info.ArrayInitIndex = 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ~ArrayInitLoopIndex() { Info.ArrayInitIndex = OuterIndex; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      operator uint64_t&() { return Info.ArrayInitIndex; }
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Object used to treat all foldable expressions as constant expressions.
 | 
						|
  struct FoldConstant {
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
    bool Enabled;
 | 
						|
    bool HadNoPriorDiags;
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    explicit FoldConstant(EvalInfo &Info, bool Enabled)
 | 
						|
      : Info(Info),
 | 
						|
        Enabled(Enabled),
 | 
						|
        HadNoPriorDiags(Info.EvalStatus.Diag &&
 | 
						|
                        Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() &&
 | 
						|
                        !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects),
 | 
						|
        OldMode(Info.EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
      if (Enabled)
 | 
						|
        Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void keepDiagnostics() { Enabled = false; }
 | 
						|
    ~FoldConstant() {
 | 
						|
      if (Enabled && HadNoPriorDiags && !Info.EvalStatus.Diag->empty() &&
 | 
						|
          !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
        Info.EvalStatus.Diag->clear();
 | 
						|
      Info.EvalMode = OldMode;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// RAII object used to set the current evaluation mode to ignore
 | 
						|
  /// side-effects.
 | 
						|
  struct IgnoreSideEffectsRAII {
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo::EvaluationMode OldMode;
 | 
						|
    explicit IgnoreSideEffectsRAII(EvalInfo &Info)
 | 
						|
        : Info(Info), OldMode(Info.EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
      Info.EvalMode = EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ~IgnoreSideEffectsRAII() { Info.EvalMode = OldMode; }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// RAII object used to optionally suppress diagnostics and side-effects from
 | 
						|
  /// a speculative evaluation.
 | 
						|
  class SpeculativeEvaluationRAII {
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo *Info = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    Expr::EvalStatus OldStatus;
 | 
						|
    unsigned OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void moveFromAndCancel(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
 | 
						|
      Info = Other.Info;
 | 
						|
      OldStatus = Other.OldStatus;
 | 
						|
      OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Other.OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
 | 
						|
      Other.Info = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void maybeRestoreState() {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Info->EvalStatus = OldStatus;
 | 
						|
      Info->SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() = default;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(
 | 
						|
        EvalInfo &Info, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *NewDiag = nullptr)
 | 
						|
        : Info(&Info), OldStatus(Info.EvalStatus),
 | 
						|
          OldSpeculativeEvaluationDepth(Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) {
 | 
						|
      Info.EvalStatus.Diag = NewDiag;
 | 
						|
      Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth = Info.CallStackDepth + 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(const SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &Other) = delete;
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
 | 
						|
      moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &operator=(SpeculativeEvaluationRAII &&Other) {
 | 
						|
      maybeRestoreState();
 | 
						|
      moveFromAndCancel(std::move(Other));
 | 
						|
      return *this;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ~SpeculativeEvaluationRAII() { maybeRestoreState(); }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// RAII object wrapping a full-expression or block scope, and handling
 | 
						|
  /// the ending of the lifetime of temporaries created within it.
 | 
						|
  template<ScopeKind Kind>
 | 
						|
  class ScopeRAII {
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
    unsigned OldStackSize;
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    ScopeRAII(EvalInfo &Info)
 | 
						|
        : Info(Info), OldStackSize(Info.CleanupStack.size()) {
 | 
						|
      // Push a new temporary version. This is needed to distinguish between
 | 
						|
      // temporaries created in different iterations of a loop.
 | 
						|
      Info.CurrentCall->pushTempVersion();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool destroy(bool RunDestructors = true) {
 | 
						|
      bool OK = cleanup(Info, RunDestructors, OldStackSize);
 | 
						|
      OldStackSize = -1U;
 | 
						|
      return OK;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ~ScopeRAII() {
 | 
						|
      if (OldStackSize != -1U)
 | 
						|
        destroy(false);
 | 
						|
      // Body moved to a static method to encourage the compiler to inline away
 | 
						|
      // instances of this class.
 | 
						|
      Info.CurrentCall->popTempVersion();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    static bool cleanup(EvalInfo &Info, bool RunDestructors,
 | 
						|
                        unsigned OldStackSize) {
 | 
						|
      assert(OldStackSize <= Info.CleanupStack.size() &&
 | 
						|
             "running cleanups out of order?");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Run all cleanups for a block scope, and non-lifetime-extended cleanups
 | 
						|
      // for a full-expression scope.
 | 
						|
      bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned I = Info.CleanupStack.size(); I > OldStackSize; --I) {
 | 
						|
        if (Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind)) {
 | 
						|
          if (!Info.CleanupStack[I - 1].endLifetime(Info, RunDestructors)) {
 | 
						|
            Success = false;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Compact any retained cleanups.
 | 
						|
      auto NewEnd = Info.CleanupStack.begin() + OldStackSize;
 | 
						|
      if (Kind != ScopeKind::Block)
 | 
						|
        NewEnd =
 | 
						|
            std::remove_if(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end(), [](Cleanup &C) {
 | 
						|
              return C.isDestroyedAtEndOf(Kind);
 | 
						|
            });
 | 
						|
      Info.CleanupStack.erase(NewEnd, Info.CleanupStack.end());
 | 
						|
      return Success;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Block> BlockScopeRAII;
 | 
						|
  typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::FullExpression> FullExpressionRAII;
 | 
						|
  typedef ScopeRAII<ScopeKind::Call> CallScopeRAII;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool SubobjectDesignator::checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                         CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
 | 
						|
  if (Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (isOnePastTheEnd()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_past_end_subobject)
 | 
						|
      << CSK;
 | 
						|
    setInvalid();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Note, we do not diagnose if isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray(), because there
 | 
						|
  // must actually be at least one array element; even a VLA cannot have a
 | 
						|
  // bound of zero. And if our index is nonzero, we already had a CCEDiag.
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SubobjectDesignator::diagnoseUnsizedArrayPointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                                                const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsized_array_indexed);
 | 
						|
  // Do not set the designator as invalid: we can represent this situation,
 | 
						|
  // and correct handling of __builtin_object_size requires us to do so.
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void SubobjectDesignator::diagnosePointerArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                                    const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                    const APSInt &N) {
 | 
						|
  // If we're complaining, we must be able to statically determine the size of
 | 
						|
  // the most derived array.
 | 
						|
  if (MostDerivedPathLength == Entries.size() && MostDerivedIsArrayElement)
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index)
 | 
						|
      << N << /*array*/ 0
 | 
						|
      << static_cast<unsigned>(getMostDerivedArraySize());
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_array_index)
 | 
						|
      << N << /*non-array*/ 1;
 | 
						|
  setInvalid();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
CallStackFrame::CallStackFrame(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                               const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
 | 
						|
                               CallRef Call)
 | 
						|
    : Info(Info), Caller(Info.CurrentCall), Callee(Callee), This(This),
 | 
						|
      Arguments(Call), CallLoc(CallLoc), Index(Info.NextCallIndex++) {
 | 
						|
  Info.CurrentCall = this;
 | 
						|
  ++Info.CallStackDepth;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
CallStackFrame::~CallStackFrame() {
 | 
						|
  assert(Info.CurrentCall == this && "calls retired out of order");
 | 
						|
  --Info.CallStackDepth;
 | 
						|
  Info.CurrentCall = Caller;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isRead(AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  return AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isModification(AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  switch (AK) {
 | 
						|
  case AK_Read:
 | 
						|
  case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation:
 | 
						|
  case AK_MemberCall:
 | 
						|
  case AK_DynamicCast:
 | 
						|
  case AK_TypeId:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  case AK_Assign:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Increment:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Decrement:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Construct:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Destroy:
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isAnyAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  return isRead(AK) || isModification(AK);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Is this an access per the C++ definition?
 | 
						|
static bool isFormalAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  return isAnyAccess(AK) && AK != AK_Construct && AK != AK_Destroy;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Is this kind of axcess valid on an indeterminate object value?
 | 
						|
static bool isValidIndeterminateAccess(AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  switch (AK) {
 | 
						|
  case AK_Read:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Increment:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Decrement:
 | 
						|
    // These need the object's value.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case AK_ReadObjectRepresentation:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Assign:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Construct:
 | 
						|
  case AK_Destroy:
 | 
						|
    // Construction and destruction don't need the value.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case AK_MemberCall:
 | 
						|
  case AK_DynamicCast:
 | 
						|
  case AK_TypeId:
 | 
						|
    // These aren't really meaningful on scalars.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown access kind");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  struct ComplexValue {
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    bool IsInt;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    APSInt IntReal, IntImag;
 | 
						|
    APFloat FloatReal, FloatImag;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue() : FloatReal(APFloat::Bogus()), FloatImag(APFloat::Bogus()) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void makeComplexFloat() { IsInt = false; }
 | 
						|
    bool isComplexFloat() const { return !IsInt; }
 | 
						|
    APFloat &getComplexFloatReal() { return FloatReal; }
 | 
						|
    APFloat &getComplexFloatImag() { return FloatImag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void makeComplexInt() { IsInt = true; }
 | 
						|
    bool isComplexInt() const { return IsInt; }
 | 
						|
    APSInt &getComplexIntReal() { return IntReal; }
 | 
						|
    APSInt &getComplexIntImag() { return IntImag; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void moveInto(APValue &v) const {
 | 
						|
      if (isComplexFloat())
 | 
						|
        v = APValue(FloatReal, FloatImag);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        v = APValue(IntReal, IntImag);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void setFrom(const APValue &v) {
 | 
						|
      assert(v.isComplexFloat() || v.isComplexInt());
 | 
						|
      if (v.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
        makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
        FloatReal = v.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
        FloatImag = v.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
        IntReal = v.getComplexIntReal();
 | 
						|
        IntImag = v.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct LValue {
 | 
						|
    APValue::LValueBase Base;
 | 
						|
    CharUnits Offset;
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator Designator;
 | 
						|
    bool IsNullPtr : 1;
 | 
						|
    bool InvalidBase : 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const APValue::LValueBase getLValueBase() const { return Base; }
 | 
						|
    CharUnits &getLValueOffset() { return Offset; }
 | 
						|
    const CharUnits &getLValueOffset() const { return Offset; }
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() { return Designator; }
 | 
						|
    const SubobjectDesignator &getLValueDesignator() const { return Designator;}
 | 
						|
    bool isNullPointer() const { return IsNullPtr;}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned getLValueCallIndex() const { return Base.getCallIndex(); }
 | 
						|
    unsigned getLValueVersion() const { return Base.getVersion(); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void moveInto(APValue &V) const {
 | 
						|
      if (Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
        V = APValue(Base, Offset, APValue::NoLValuePath(), IsNullPtr);
 | 
						|
      else {
 | 
						|
        assert(!InvalidBase && "APValues can't handle invalid LValue bases");
 | 
						|
        V = APValue(Base, Offset, Designator.Entries,
 | 
						|
                    Designator.IsOnePastTheEnd, IsNullPtr);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void setFrom(ASTContext &Ctx, const APValue &V) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.isLValue() && "Setting LValue from a non-LValue?");
 | 
						|
      Base = V.getLValueBase();
 | 
						|
      Offset = V.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
      InvalidBase = false;
 | 
						|
      Designator = SubobjectDesignator(Ctx, V);
 | 
						|
      IsNullPtr = V.isNullPointer();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void set(APValue::LValueBase B, bool BInvalid = false) {
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
      // We only allow a few types of invalid bases. Enforce that here.
 | 
						|
      if (BInvalid) {
 | 
						|
        const auto *E = B.get<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
        assert((isa<MemberExpr>(E) || tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E)) &&
 | 
						|
               "Unexpected type of invalid base");
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Base = B;
 | 
						|
      Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(0);
 | 
						|
      InvalidBase = BInvalid;
 | 
						|
      Designator = SubobjectDesignator(getType(B));
 | 
						|
      IsNullPtr = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void setNull(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType PointerTy) {
 | 
						|
      Base = (const ValueDecl *)nullptr;
 | 
						|
      Offset =
 | 
						|
          CharUnits::fromQuantity(Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(PointerTy));
 | 
						|
      InvalidBase = false;
 | 
						|
      Designator = SubobjectDesignator(PointerTy->getPointeeType());
 | 
						|
      IsNullPtr = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void setInvalid(APValue::LValueBase B, unsigned I = 0) {
 | 
						|
      set(B, true);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    std::string toString(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) const {
 | 
						|
      APValue Printable;
 | 
						|
      moveInto(Printable);
 | 
						|
      return Printable.getAsString(Ctx, T);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    // Check that this LValue is not based on a null pointer. If it is, produce
 | 
						|
    // a diagnostic and mark the designator as invalid.
 | 
						|
    template <typename GenDiagType>
 | 
						|
    bool checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith(const GenDiagType &GenDiag) {
 | 
						|
      if (Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (IsNullPtr) {
 | 
						|
        GenDiag();
 | 
						|
        Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
    bool checkNullPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                          CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
 | 
						|
      return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, CSK] {
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_null_subobject) << CSK;
 | 
						|
      });
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                       AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
      return checkNullPointerDiagnosingWith([&Info, E, AK] {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK;
 | 
						|
      });
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check this LValue refers to an object. If not, set the designator to be
 | 
						|
    // invalid and emit a diagnostic.
 | 
						|
    bool checkSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, CheckSubobjectKind CSK) {
 | 
						|
      return (CSK == CSK_ArrayToPointer || checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK)) &&
 | 
						|
             Designator.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void addDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                 const Decl *D, bool Virtual = false) {
 | 
						|
      if (checkSubobject(Info, E, isa<FieldDecl>(D) ? CSK_Field : CSK_Base))
 | 
						|
        Designator.addDeclUnchecked(D, Virtual);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void addUnsizedArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType ElemTy) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Designator.Entries.empty()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_unsized_array);
 | 
						|
        Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer)) {
 | 
						|
        assert(getType(Base)->isPointerType() || getType(Base)->isArrayType());
 | 
						|
        Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray = true;
 | 
						|
        Designator.addUnsizedArrayUnchecked(ElemTy);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void addArray(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
 | 
						|
      if (checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_ArrayToPointer))
 | 
						|
        Designator.addArrayUnchecked(CAT);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void addComplex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, QualType EltTy, bool Imag) {
 | 
						|
      if (checkSubobject(Info, E, Imag ? CSK_Imag : CSK_Real))
 | 
						|
        Designator.addComplexUnchecked(EltTy, Imag);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void clearIsNullPointer() {
 | 
						|
      IsNullPtr = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void adjustOffsetAndIndex(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                              const APSInt &Index, CharUnits ElementSize) {
 | 
						|
      // An index of 0 has no effect. (In C, adding 0 to a null pointer is UB,
 | 
						|
      // but we're not required to diagnose it and it's valid in C++.)
 | 
						|
      if (!Index)
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit
 | 
						|
      // offsets.
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ElemSize64 = ElementSize.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Offset64 + ElemSize64 * Index64);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_ArrayIndex))
 | 
						|
        Designator.adjustIndex(Info, E, Index);
 | 
						|
      clearIsNullPointer();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void adjustOffset(CharUnits N) {
 | 
						|
      Offset += N;
 | 
						|
      if (N.getQuantity())
 | 
						|
        clearIsNullPointer();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct MemberPtr {
 | 
						|
    MemberPtr() {}
 | 
						|
    explicit MemberPtr(const ValueDecl *Decl) :
 | 
						|
      DeclAndIsDerivedMember(Decl, false), Path() {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// The member or (direct or indirect) field referred to by this member
 | 
						|
    /// pointer, or 0 if this is a null member pointer.
 | 
						|
    const ValueDecl *getDecl() const {
 | 
						|
      return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Is this actually a member of some type derived from the relevant class?
 | 
						|
    bool isDerivedMember() const {
 | 
						|
      return DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getInt();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Get the class which the declaration actually lives in.
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *getContainingRecord() const {
 | 
						|
      return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
 | 
						|
          DeclAndIsDerivedMember.getPointer()->getDeclContext());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void moveInto(APValue &V) const {
 | 
						|
      V = APValue(getDecl(), isDerivedMember(), Path);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    void setFrom(const APValue &V) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.isMemberPointer());
 | 
						|
      DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setPointer(V.getMemberPointerDecl());
 | 
						|
      DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(V.isMemberPointerToDerivedMember());
 | 
						|
      Path.clear();
 | 
						|
      ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl*> P = V.getMemberPointerPath();
 | 
						|
      Path.insert(Path.end(), P.begin(), P.end());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// DeclAndIsDerivedMember - The member declaration, and a flag indicating
 | 
						|
    /// whether the member is a member of some class derived from the class type
 | 
						|
    /// of the member pointer.
 | 
						|
    llvm::PointerIntPair<const ValueDecl*, 1, bool> DeclAndIsDerivedMember;
 | 
						|
    /// Path - The path of base/derived classes from the member declaration's
 | 
						|
    /// class (exclusive) to the class type of the member pointer (inclusive).
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<const CXXRecordDecl*, 4> Path;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /// Perform a cast towards the class of the Decl (either up or down the
 | 
						|
    /// hierarchy).
 | 
						|
    bool castBack(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
 | 
						|
      assert(!Path.empty());
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Expected;
 | 
						|
      if (Path.size() >= 2)
 | 
						|
        Expected = Path[Path.size() - 2];
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Expected = getContainingRecord();
 | 
						|
      if (Expected->getCanonicalDecl() != Class->getCanonicalDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        // C++11 [expr.static.cast]p12: In a conversion from (D::*) to (B::*),
 | 
						|
        // if B does not contain the original member and is not a base or
 | 
						|
        // derived class of the class containing the original member, the result
 | 
						|
        // of the cast is undefined.
 | 
						|
        // C++11 [conv.mem]p2 does not cover this case for a cast from (B::*) to
 | 
						|
        // (D::*). We consider that to be a language defect.
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      Path.pop_back();
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Perform a base-to-derived member pointer cast.
 | 
						|
    bool castToDerived(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived) {
 | 
						|
      if (!getDecl())
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      if (!isDerivedMember()) {
 | 
						|
        Path.push_back(Derived);
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (!castBack(Derived))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (Path.empty())
 | 
						|
        DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(false);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    /// Perform a derived-to-base member pointer cast.
 | 
						|
    bool castToBase(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
 | 
						|
      if (!getDecl())
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      if (Path.empty())
 | 
						|
        DeclAndIsDerivedMember.setInt(true);
 | 
						|
      if (isDerivedMember()) {
 | 
						|
        Path.push_back(Base);
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return castBack(Base);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Compare two member pointers, which are assumed to be of the same type.
 | 
						|
  static bool operator==(const MemberPtr &LHS, const MemberPtr &RHS) {
 | 
						|
    if (!LHS.getDecl() || !RHS.getDecl())
 | 
						|
      return !LHS.getDecl() && !RHS.getDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (LHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() != RHS.getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return LHS.Path == RHS.Path;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                            const LValue &This, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                            bool AllowNonLiteralTypes = false);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                           bool InvalidBaseOK = false);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                            bool InvalidBaseOK = false);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                    EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr *E, APFloat &Result, EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Res, EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                           EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate an integer or fixed point expression into an APResult.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
 | 
						|
                                        EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate only a fixed point expression into an APResult.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
 | 
						|
                               EvalInfo &Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Misc utilities
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Negate an APSInt in place, converting it to a signed form if necessary, and
 | 
						|
/// preserving its value (by extending by up to one bit as needed).
 | 
						|
static void negateAsSigned(APSInt &Int) {
 | 
						|
  if (Int.isUnsigned() || Int.isMinSignedValue()) {
 | 
						|
    Int = Int.extend(Int.getBitWidth() + 1);
 | 
						|
    Int.setIsSigned(true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Int = -Int;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template<typename KeyT>
 | 
						|
APValue &CallStackFrame::createTemporary(const KeyT *Key, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                         ScopeKind Scope, LValue &LV) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned Version = getTempVersion();
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base(Key, Index, Version);
 | 
						|
  LV.set(Base);
 | 
						|
  return createLocal(Base, Key, T, Scope);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Allocate storage for a parameter of a function call made in this frame.
 | 
						|
APValue &CallStackFrame::createParam(CallRef Args, const ParmVarDecl *PVD,
 | 
						|
                                     LValue &LV) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Args.CallIndex == Index && "creating parameter in wrong frame");
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base(PVD, Index, Args.Version);
 | 
						|
  LV.set(Base);
 | 
						|
  // We always destroy parameters at the end of the call, even if we'd allow
 | 
						|
  // them to live to the end of the full-expression at runtime, in order to
 | 
						|
  // give portable results and match other compilers.
 | 
						|
  return createLocal(Base, PVD, PVD->getType(), ScopeKind::Call);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
APValue &CallStackFrame::createLocal(APValue::LValueBase Base, const void *Key,
 | 
						|
                                     QualType T, ScopeKind Scope) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Base.getCallIndex() == Index && "lvalue for wrong frame");
 | 
						|
  unsigned Version = Base.getVersion();
 | 
						|
  APValue &Result = Temporaries[MapKeyTy(Key, Version)];
 | 
						|
  assert(Result.isAbsent() && "local created multiple times");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're creating a local immediately in the operand of a speculative
 | 
						|
  // evaluation, don't register a cleanup to be run outside the speculative
 | 
						|
  // evaluation context, since we won't actually be able to initialize this
 | 
						|
  // object.
 | 
						|
  if (Index <= Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth) {
 | 
						|
    if (T.isDestructedType())
 | 
						|
      Info.noteSideEffect();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Info.CleanupStack.push_back(Cleanup(&Result, Base, T, Scope));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
APValue *EvalInfo::createHeapAlloc(const Expr *E, QualType T, LValue &LV) {
 | 
						|
  if (NumHeapAllocs > DynamicAllocLValue::getMaxIndex()) {
 | 
						|
    FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_heap_alloc_limit_exceeded);
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DynamicAllocLValue DA(NumHeapAllocs++);
 | 
						|
  LV.set(APValue::LValueBase::getDynamicAlloc(DA, T));
 | 
						|
  auto Result = HeapAllocs.emplace(std::piecewise_construct,
 | 
						|
                                   std::forward_as_tuple(DA), std::tuple<>());
 | 
						|
  assert(Result.second && "reused a heap alloc index?");
 | 
						|
  Result.first->second.AllocExpr = E;
 | 
						|
  return &Result.first->second.Value;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Produce a string describing the given constexpr call.
 | 
						|
void CallStackFrame::describe(raw_ostream &Out) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned ArgIndex = 0;
 | 
						|
  bool IsMemberCall = isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee) &&
 | 
						|
                      !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Callee) &&
 | 
						|
                      cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee)->isInstance();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!IsMemberCall)
 | 
						|
    Out << *Callee << '(';
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (This && IsMemberCall) {
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    This->moveInto(Val);
 | 
						|
    Val.printPretty(Out, Info.Ctx,
 | 
						|
                    This->Designator.MostDerivedType);
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Add parens around Val if needed.
 | 
						|
    Out << "->" << *Callee << '(';
 | 
						|
    IsMemberCall = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator I = Callee->param_begin(),
 | 
						|
       E = Callee->param_end(); I != E; ++I, ++ArgIndex) {
 | 
						|
    if (ArgIndex > (unsigned)IsMemberCall)
 | 
						|
      Out << ", ";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const ParmVarDecl *Param = *I;
 | 
						|
    APValue *V = Info.getParamSlot(Arguments, Param);
 | 
						|
    if (V)
 | 
						|
      V->printPretty(Out, Info.Ctx, Param->getType());
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Out << "<...>";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ArgIndex == 0 && IsMemberCall)
 | 
						|
      Out << "->" << *Callee << '(';
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Out << ')';
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate an expression to see if it had side-effects, and discard its
 | 
						|
/// result.
 | 
						|
/// \return \c true if the caller should keep evaluating.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateIgnoredValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  APValue Scratch;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(Scratch, Info, E))
 | 
						|
    // We don't need the value, but we might have skipped a side effect here.
 | 
						|
    return Info.noteSideEffect();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Should this call expression be treated as a string literal?
 | 
						|
static bool IsStringLiteralCall(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned Builtin = E->getBuiltinCallee();
 | 
						|
  return (Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
 | 
						|
          Builtin == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool IsGlobalLValue(APValue::LValueBase B) {
 | 
						|
  // C++11 [expr.const]p3 An address constant expression is a prvalue core
 | 
						|
  // constant expression of pointer type that evaluates to...
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // ... a null pointer value, or a prvalue core constant expression of type
 | 
						|
  // std::nullptr_t.
 | 
						|
  if (!B) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
 | 
						|
    // ... the address of an object with static storage duration,
 | 
						|
    if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
      return VD->hasGlobalStorage();
 | 
						|
    if (isa<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    // ... the address of a function,
 | 
						|
    // ... the address of a GUID [MS extension],
 | 
						|
    return isa<FunctionDecl>(D) || isa<MSGuidDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>() || B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E = B.get<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
    return CLE->isFileScope() && CLE->isLValue();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
 | 
						|
    // A materialized temporary might have been lifetime-extended to static
 | 
						|
    // storage duration.
 | 
						|
    return cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E)->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static;
 | 
						|
  // A string literal has static storage duration.
 | 
						|
  case Expr::StringLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::PredefinedExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer();
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CallExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return IsStringLiteralCall(cast<CallExpr>(E));
 | 
						|
  // For GCC compatibility, &&label has static storage duration.
 | 
						|
  case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  // A Block literal expression may be used as the initialization value for
 | 
						|
  // Block variables at global or local static scope.
 | 
						|
  case Expr::BlockExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return !cast<BlockExpr>(E)->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures();
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
    // FIXME:
 | 
						|
    // We can never form an lvalue with an implicit value initialization as its
 | 
						|
    // base through expression evaluation, so these only appear in one case: the
 | 
						|
    // implicit variable declaration we invent when checking whether a constexpr
 | 
						|
    // constructor can produce a constant expression. We must assume that such
 | 
						|
    // an expression might be a global lvalue.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const ValueDecl *GetLValueBaseDecl(const LValue &LVal) {
 | 
						|
  return LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool IsLiteralLValue(const LValue &Value) {
 | 
						|
  if (Value.getLValueCallIndex())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
  return E && !isa<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool IsWeakLValue(const LValue &Value) {
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value);
 | 
						|
  return Decl && Decl->isWeak();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool isZeroSized(const LValue &Value) {
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *Decl = GetLValueBaseDecl(Value);
 | 
						|
  if (Decl && isa<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
 | 
						|
    QualType Ty = Decl->getType();
 | 
						|
    if (Ty->isArrayType())
 | 
						|
      return Ty->isIncompleteType() ||
 | 
						|
             Decl->getASTContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HasSameBase(const LValue &A, const LValue &B) {
 | 
						|
  if (!A.getLValueBase())
 | 
						|
    return !B.getLValueBase();
 | 
						|
  if (!B.getLValueBase())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (A.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue() !=
 | 
						|
      B.getLValueBase().getOpaqueValue())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return A.getLValueCallIndex() == B.getLValueCallIndex() &&
 | 
						|
         A.getLValueVersion() == B.getLValueVersion();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void NoteLValueLocation(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Base && "no location for a null lvalue");
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For a parameter, find the corresponding call stack frame (if it still
 | 
						|
  // exists), and point at the parameter of the function definition we actually
 | 
						|
  // invoked.
 | 
						|
  if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned Idx = PVD->getFunctionScopeIndex();
 | 
						|
    for (CallStackFrame *F = Info.CurrentCall; F; F = F->Caller) {
 | 
						|
      if (F->Arguments.CallIndex == Base.getCallIndex() &&
 | 
						|
          F->Arguments.Version == Base.getVersion() && F->Callee &&
 | 
						|
          Idx < F->Callee->getNumParams()) {
 | 
						|
        VD = F->Callee->getParamDecl(Idx);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (VD)
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
  else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>())
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here);
 | 
						|
  else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Produce a note for dangling pointers too.
 | 
						|
    if (Optional<DynAlloc*> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA))
 | 
						|
      Info.Note((*Alloc)->AllocExpr->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc_here);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // We have no information to show for a typeid(T) object.
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum class CheckEvaluationResultKind {
 | 
						|
  ConstantExpression,
 | 
						|
  FullyInitialized,
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Materialized temporaries that we've already checked to determine if they're
 | 
						|
/// initializsed by a constant expression.
 | 
						|
using CheckedTemporaries =
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, 8>;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                                  ConstantExprKind Kind,
 | 
						|
                                  SourceLocation SubobjectLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that this reference or pointer core constant expression is a valid
 | 
						|
/// value for an address or reference constant expression. Return true if we
 | 
						|
/// can fold this expression, whether or not it's a constant expression.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckLValueConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                          QualType Type, const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                                          ConstantExprKind Kind,
 | 
						|
                                          CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) {
 | 
						|
  bool IsReferenceType = Type->isReferenceType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base = LVal.getLValueBase();
 | 
						|
  const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.getLValueDesignator();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *BaseVD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Additional restrictions apply in a template argument. We only enforce the
 | 
						|
  // C++20 restrictions here; additional syntactic and semantic restrictions
 | 
						|
  // are applied elsewhere.
 | 
						|
  if (isTemplateArgument(Kind)) {
 | 
						|
    int InvalidBaseKind = -1;
 | 
						|
    StringRef Ident;
 | 
						|
    if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>())
 | 
						|
      InvalidBaseKind = 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (isa_and_nonnull<StringLiteral>(BaseE))
 | 
						|
      InvalidBaseKind = 1;
 | 
						|
    else if (isa_and_nonnull<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE) ||
 | 
						|
             isa_and_nonnull<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl>(BaseVD))
 | 
						|
      InvalidBaseKind = 2;
 | 
						|
    else if (auto *PE = dyn_cast_or_null<PredefinedExpr>(BaseE)) {
 | 
						|
      InvalidBaseKind = 3;
 | 
						|
      Ident = PE->getIdentKindName();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (InvalidBaseKind != -1) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_template_arg)
 | 
						|
          << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty() << InvalidBaseKind
 | 
						|
          << Ident;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(BaseVD)) {
 | 
						|
    if (FD->isConsteval()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible)
 | 
						|
          << !Type->isAnyPointerType();
 | 
						|
      Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that the object is a global. Note that the fake 'this' object we
 | 
						|
  // manufacture when checking potential constant expressions is conservatively
 | 
						|
  // assumed to be global here.
 | 
						|
  if (!IsGlobalLValue(Base)) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
      const ValueDecl *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_non_global, 1)
 | 
						|
        << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty()
 | 
						|
        << !!VD << VD;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      auto *VarD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(VD);
 | 
						|
      if (VarD && VarD->isConstexpr()) {
 | 
						|
        // Non-static local constexpr variables have unintuitive semantics:
 | 
						|
        //   constexpr int a = 1;
 | 
						|
        //   constexpr const int *p = &a;
 | 
						|
        // ... is invalid because the address of 'a' is not constant. Suggest
 | 
						|
        // adding a 'static' in this case.
 | 
						|
        Info.Note(VarD->getLocation(), diag::note_constexpr_not_static)
 | 
						|
            << VarD
 | 
						|
            << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VarD->getBeginLoc(), "static ");
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(Loc);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Don't allow references to temporaries to escape.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  assert((Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
          LVal.getLValueCallIndex() == 0) &&
 | 
						|
         "have call index for global lvalue");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Base.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_alloc)
 | 
						|
        << IsReferenceType << !Designator.Entries.empty();
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (BaseVD) {
 | 
						|
    if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(BaseVD)) {
 | 
						|
      // Check if this is a thread-local variable.
 | 
						|
      if (Var->getTLSKind())
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Diagnostic!
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // A dllimport variable never acts like a constant, unless we're
 | 
						|
      // evaluating a value for use only in name mangling.
 | 
						|
      if (!isForManglingOnly(Kind) && Var->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>())
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Diagnostic!
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<const FunctionDecl>(BaseVD)) {
 | 
						|
      // __declspec(dllimport) must be handled very carefully:
 | 
						|
      // We must never initialize an expression with the thunk in C++.
 | 
						|
      // Doing otherwise would allow the same id-expression to yield
 | 
						|
      // different addresses for the same function in different translation
 | 
						|
      // units.  However, this means that we must dynamically initialize the
 | 
						|
      // expression with the contents of the import address table at runtime.
 | 
						|
      //
 | 
						|
      // The C language has no notion of ODR; furthermore, it has no notion of
 | 
						|
      // dynamic initialization.  This means that we are permitted to
 | 
						|
      // perform initialization with the address of the thunk.
 | 
						|
      if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !isForManglingOnly(Kind) &&
 | 
						|
          FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>())
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Diagnostic!
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (const auto *MTE =
 | 
						|
                 dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE)) {
 | 
						|
    if (CheckedTemps.insert(MTE).second) {
 | 
						|
      QualType TempType = getType(Base);
 | 
						|
      if (TempType.isDestructedType()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(MTE->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                    diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_temporary_nontrivial_dtor)
 | 
						|
            << TempType;
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APValue *V = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false);
 | 
						|
      assert(V && "evasluation result refers to uninitialised temporary");
 | 
						|
      if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression,
 | 
						|
                                 Info, MTE->getExprLoc(), TempType, *V,
 | 
						|
                                 Kind, SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Allow address constant expressions to be past-the-end pointers. This is
 | 
						|
  // an extension: the standard requires them to point to an object.
 | 
						|
  if (!IsReferenceType)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A reference constant expression must refer to an object.
 | 
						|
  if (!Base) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: diagnostic
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(Loc);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Does this refer one past the end of some object?
 | 
						|
  if (!Designator.Invalid && Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_past_end, 1)
 | 
						|
      << !Designator.Entries.empty() << !!BaseVD << BaseVD;
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Member pointers are constant expressions unless they point to a
 | 
						|
/// non-virtual dllimport member function.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                                 QualType Type,
 | 
						|
                                                 const APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                                                 ConstantExprKind Kind) {
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *Member = Value.getMemberPointerDecl();
 | 
						|
  const auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(Member);
 | 
						|
  if (!FD)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isConsteval()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_consteval_address_accessible) << /*pointer*/ 0;
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return isForManglingOnly(Kind) || FD->isVirtual() ||
 | 
						|
         !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that this core constant expression is of literal type, and if not,
 | 
						|
/// produce an appropriate diagnostic.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckLiteralType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                             const LValue *This = nullptr) {
 | 
						|
  if (!E->isRValue() || E->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++1y: A constant initializer for an object o [...] may also invoke
 | 
						|
  // constexpr constructors for o and its subobjects even if those objects
 | 
						|
  // are of non-literal class types.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // C++11 missed this detail for aggregates, so classes like this:
 | 
						|
  //   struct foo_t { union { int i; volatile int j; } u; };
 | 
						|
  // are not (obviously) initializable like so:
 | 
						|
  //   __attribute__((__require_constant_initialization__))
 | 
						|
  //   static const foo_t x = {{0}};
 | 
						|
  // because "i" is a subobject with non-literal initialization (due to the
 | 
						|
  // volatile member of the union). See:
 | 
						|
  //   http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#1677
 | 
						|
  // Therefore, we use the C++1y behavior.
 | 
						|
  if (This && Info.EvaluatingDecl == This->getLValueBase())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Prvalue constant expressions must be of literal types.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral)
 | 
						|
      << E->getType();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind CERK,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                                  ConstantExprKind Kind,
 | 
						|
                                  SourceLocation SubobjectLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  CheckedTemporaries &CheckedTemps) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Value.hasValue()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(DiagLoc, diag::note_constexpr_uninitialized)
 | 
						|
      << true << Type;
 | 
						|
    if (SubobjectLoc.isValid())
 | 
						|
      Info.Note(SubobjectLoc, diag::note_constexpr_subobject_declared_here);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We allow _Atomic(T) to be initialized from anything that T can be
 | 
						|
  // initialized from.
 | 
						|
  if (const AtomicType *AT = Type->getAs<AtomicType>())
 | 
						|
    Type = AT->getValueType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Core issue 1454: For a literal constant expression of array or class type,
 | 
						|
  // each subobject of its value shall have been initialized by a constant
 | 
						|
  // expression.
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isArray()) {
 | 
						|
    QualType EltTy = Type->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Value.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                 Value.getArrayInitializedElt(I), Kind,
 | 
						|
                                 SubobjectLoc, CheckedTemps))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!Value.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    return CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                 Value.getArrayFiller(), Kind, SubobjectLoc,
 | 
						|
                                 CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isUnion() && Value.getUnionField()) {
 | 
						|
    return CheckEvaluationResult(
 | 
						|
        CERK, Info, DiagLoc, Value.getUnionField()->getType(),
 | 
						|
        Value.getUnionValue(), Kind, Value.getUnionField()->getLocation(),
 | 
						|
        CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isStruct()) {
 | 
						|
    RecordDecl *RD = Type->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
 | 
						|
      unsigned BaseIndex = 0;
 | 
						|
      for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CD->bases()) {
 | 
						|
        if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, BS.getType(),
 | 
						|
                                   Value.getStructBase(BaseIndex), Kind,
 | 
						|
                                   BS.getBeginLoc(), CheckedTemps))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        ++BaseIndex;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
      if (I->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!CheckEvaluationResult(CERK, Info, DiagLoc, I->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                 Value.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()),
 | 
						|
                                 Kind, I->getLocation(), CheckedTemps))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isLValue() &&
 | 
						|
      CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value);
 | 
						|
    return CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, LVal, Kind,
 | 
						|
                                         CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isMemberPointer() &&
 | 
						|
      CERK == CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression)
 | 
						|
    return CheckMemberPointerConstantExpression(Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Everything else is fine.
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that this core constant expression value is a valid value for a
 | 
						|
/// constant expression. If not, report an appropriate diagnostic. Does not
 | 
						|
/// check that the expression is of literal type.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckConstantExpression(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
 | 
						|
                                    QualType Type, const APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                                    ConstantExprKind Kind) {
 | 
						|
  // Nothing to check for a constant expression of type 'cv void'.
 | 
						|
  if (Type->isVoidType())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
 | 
						|
  return CheckEvaluationResult(CheckEvaluationResultKind::ConstantExpression,
 | 
						|
                               Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value, Kind,
 | 
						|
                               SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that this evaluated value is fully-initialized and can be loaded by
 | 
						|
/// an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckFullyInitialized(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation DiagLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType Type, const APValue &Value) {
 | 
						|
  CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
 | 
						|
  return CheckEvaluationResult(
 | 
						|
      CheckEvaluationResultKind::FullyInitialized, Info, DiagLoc, Type, Value,
 | 
						|
      ConstantExprKind::Normal, SourceLocation(), CheckedTemps);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Enforce C++2a [expr.const]/4.17, which disallows new-expressions unless
 | 
						|
/// "the allocated storage is deallocated within the evaluation".
 | 
						|
static bool CheckMemoryLeaks(EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.HeapAllocs.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    // We can still fold to a constant despite a compile-time memory leak,
 | 
						|
    // so long as the heap allocation isn't referenced in the result (we check
 | 
						|
    // that in CheckConstantExpression).
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(Info.HeapAllocs.begin()->second.AllocExpr,
 | 
						|
                 diag::note_constexpr_memory_leak)
 | 
						|
        << unsigned(Info.HeapAllocs.size() - 1);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvalPointerValueAsBool(const APValue &Value, bool &Result) {
 | 
						|
  // A null base expression indicates a null pointer.  These are always
 | 
						|
  // evaluatable, and they are false unless the offset is zero.
 | 
						|
  if (!Value.getLValueBase()) {
 | 
						|
    Result = !Value.getLValueOffset().isZero();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We have a non-null base.  These are generally known to be true, but if it's
 | 
						|
  // a weak declaration it can be null at runtime.
 | 
						|
  Result = true;
 | 
						|
  const ValueDecl *Decl = Value.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
  return !Decl || !Decl->isWeak();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleConversionToBool(const APValue &Val, bool &Result) {
 | 
						|
  switch (Val.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case APValue::None:
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Indeterminate:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Int:
 | 
						|
    Result = Val.getInt().getBoolValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::FixedPoint:
 | 
						|
    Result = Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Float:
 | 
						|
    Result = !Val.getFloat().isZero();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::ComplexInt:
 | 
						|
    Result = Val.getComplexIntReal().getBoolValue() ||
 | 
						|
             Val.getComplexIntImag().getBoolValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::ComplexFloat:
 | 
						|
    Result = !Val.getComplexFloatReal().isZero() ||
 | 
						|
             !Val.getComplexFloatImag().isZero();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::LValue:
 | 
						|
    return EvalPointerValueAsBool(Val, Result);
 | 
						|
  case APValue::MemberPointer:
 | 
						|
    Result = Val.getMemberPointerDecl();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Vector:
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Array:
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Struct:
 | 
						|
  case APValue::Union:
 | 
						|
  case APValue::AddrLabelDiff:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown APValue kind");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(const Expr *E, bool &Result,
 | 
						|
                                       EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && "missing lvalue-to-rvalue conv in bool condition");
 | 
						|
  APValue Val;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  return HandleConversionToBool(Val, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template<typename T>
 | 
						|
static bool HandleOverflow(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                           const T &SrcValue, QualType DestType) {
 | 
						|
  Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_overflow)
 | 
						|
    << SrcValue << DestType;
 | 
						|
  return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleFloatToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType SrcType, const APFloat &Value,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType DestType, APSInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType);
 | 
						|
  // Determine whether we are converting to unsigned or signed.
 | 
						|
  bool DestSigned = DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = APSInt(DestWidth, !DestSigned);
 | 
						|
  bool ignored;
 | 
						|
  if (Value.convertToInteger(Result, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored)
 | 
						|
      & APFloat::opInvalidOp)
 | 
						|
    return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, DestType);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Get rounding mode used for evaluation of the specified expression.
 | 
						|
/// \param[out] DynamicRM Is set to true is the requested rounding mode is
 | 
						|
///                       dynamic.
 | 
						|
/// If rounding mode is unknown at compile time, still try to evaluate the
 | 
						|
/// expression. If the result is exact, it does not depend on rounding mode.
 | 
						|
/// So return "tonearest" mode instead of "dynamic".
 | 
						|
static llvm::RoundingMode getActiveRoundingMode(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                bool &DynamicRM) {
 | 
						|
  llvm::RoundingMode RM =
 | 
						|
      E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).getRoundingMode();
 | 
						|
  DynamicRM = (RM == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic);
 | 
						|
  if (DynamicRM)
 | 
						|
    RM = llvm::RoundingMode::NearestTiesToEven;
 | 
						|
  return RM;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check if the given evaluation result is allowed for constant evaluation.
 | 
						|
static bool checkFloatingPointResult(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                     APFloat::opStatus St) {
 | 
						|
  // In a constant context, assume that any dynamic rounding mode or FP
 | 
						|
  // exception state matches the default floating-point environment.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.InConstantContext)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
 | 
						|
  if ((St & APFloat::opInexact) &&
 | 
						|
      FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic) {
 | 
						|
    // Inexact result means that it depends on rounding mode. If the requested
 | 
						|
    // mode is dynamic, the evaluation cannot be made in compile time.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_rounding);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((St != APFloat::opOK) &&
 | 
						|
      (FPO.getRoundingMode() == llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic ||
 | 
						|
       FPO.getFPExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore ||
 | 
						|
       FPO.getAllowFEnvAccess())) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((St & APFloat::opStatus::opInvalidOp) &&
 | 
						|
      FPO.getFPExceptionMode() != LangOptions::FPE_Ignore) {
 | 
						|
    // There is no usefully definable result.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: if:
 | 
						|
  // - evaluation triggered other FP exception, and
 | 
						|
  // - exception mode is not "ignore", and
 | 
						|
  // - the expression being evaluated is not a part of global variable
 | 
						|
  //   initializer,
 | 
						|
  // the evaluation probably need to be rejected.
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleFloatToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                   QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
 | 
						|
                                   APFloat &Result) {
 | 
						|
  assert(isa<CastExpr>(E) || isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(E));
 | 
						|
  bool DynamicRM;
 | 
						|
  llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E, DynamicRM);
 | 
						|
  APFloat::opStatus St;
 | 
						|
  APFloat Value = Result;
 | 
						|
  bool ignored;
 | 
						|
  St = Result.convert(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), RM, &ignored);
 | 
						|
  return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static APSInt HandleIntToIntCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
 | 
						|
                                 const APSInt &Value) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned DestWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType);
 | 
						|
  // Figure out if this is a truncate, extend or noop cast.
 | 
						|
  // If the input is signed, do a sign extend, noop, or truncate.
 | 
						|
  APSInt Result = Value.extOrTrunc(DestWidth);
 | 
						|
  Result.setIsUnsigned(DestType->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
  if (DestType->isBooleanType())
 | 
						|
    Result = Value.getBoolValue();
 | 
						|
  return Result;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleIntToFloatCast(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                 const FPOptions FPO,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType SrcType, const APSInt &Value,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType DestType, APFloat &Result) {
 | 
						|
  Result = APFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(DestType), 1);
 | 
						|
  APFloat::opStatus St = Result.convertFromAPInt(Value, Value.isSigned(),
 | 
						|
       APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.InConstantContext && St != llvm::APFloatBase::opOK &&
 | 
						|
      FPO.isFPConstrained()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool truncateBitfieldValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                  APValue &Value, const FieldDecl *FD) {
 | 
						|
  assert(FD->isBitField() && "truncateBitfieldValue on non-bitfield");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Value.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    // Trying to store a pointer-cast-to-integer into a bitfield.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: In this case, we should provide the diagnostic for casting
 | 
						|
    // a pointer to an integer.
 | 
						|
    assert(Value.isLValue() && "integral value neither int nor lvalue?");
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt &Int = Value.getInt();
 | 
						|
  unsigned OldBitWidth = Int.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NewBitWidth = FD->getBitWidthValue(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
  if (NewBitWidth < OldBitWidth)
 | 
						|
    Int = Int.trunc(NewBitWidth).extend(OldBitWidth);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvalAndBitcastToAPInt(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                  llvm::APInt &Res) {
 | 
						|
  APValue SVal;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(SVal, Info, E))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (SVal.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    Res = SVal.getInt();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (SVal.isFloat()) {
 | 
						|
    Res = SVal.getFloat().bitcastToAPInt();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (SVal.isVector()) {
 | 
						|
    QualType VecTy = E->getType();
 | 
						|
    unsigned VecSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(VecTy);
 | 
						|
    QualType EltTy = VecTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    unsigned EltSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy);
 | 
						|
    bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian();
 | 
						|
    Res = llvm::APInt::getNullValue(VecSize);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned i = 0; i < SVal.getVectorLength(); i++) {
 | 
						|
      APValue &Elt = SVal.getVectorElt(i);
 | 
						|
      llvm::APInt EltAsInt;
 | 
						|
      if (Elt.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
        EltAsInt = Elt.getInt();
 | 
						|
      } else if (Elt.isFloat()) {
 | 
						|
        EltAsInt = Elt.getFloat().bitcastToAPInt();
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Don't try to handle vectors of anything other than int or float
 | 
						|
        // (not sure if it's possible to hit this case).
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      unsigned BaseEltSize = EltAsInt.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
      if (BigEndian)
 | 
						|
        Res |= EltAsInt.zextOrTrunc(VecSize).rotr(i*EltSize+BaseEltSize);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Res |= EltAsInt.zextOrTrunc(VecSize).rotl(i*EltSize);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Give up if the input isn't an int, float, or vector.  For example, we
 | 
						|
  // reject "(v4i16)(intptr_t)&a".
 | 
						|
  Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform the given integer operation, which is known to need at most BitWidth
 | 
						|
/// bits, and check for overflow in the original type (if that type was not an
 | 
						|
/// unsigned type).
 | 
						|
template<typename Operation>
 | 
						|
static bool CheckedIntArithmetic(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                 const APSInt &LHS, const APSInt &RHS,
 | 
						|
                                 unsigned BitWidth, Operation Op,
 | 
						|
                                 APSInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  if (LHS.isUnsigned()) {
 | 
						|
    Result = Op(LHS, RHS);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value(Op(LHS.extend(BitWidth), RHS.extend(BitWidth)), false);
 | 
						|
  Result = Value.trunc(LHS.getBitWidth());
 | 
						|
  if (Result.extend(BitWidth) != Value) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                       diag::warn_integer_constant_overflow)
 | 
						|
          << Result.toString(10) << E->getType();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      return HandleOverflow(Info, E, Value, E->getType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform the given binary integer operation.
 | 
						|
static bool handleIntIntBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const APSInt &LHS,
 | 
						|
                              BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, APSInt RHS,
 | 
						|
                              APSInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  switch (Opcode) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Mul:
 | 
						|
    return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() * 2,
 | 
						|
                                std::multiplies<APSInt>(), Result);
 | 
						|
  case BO_Add:
 | 
						|
    return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1,
 | 
						|
                                std::plus<APSInt>(), Result);
 | 
						|
  case BO_Sub:
 | 
						|
    return CheckedIntArithmetic(Info, E, LHS, RHS, LHS.getBitWidth() + 1,
 | 
						|
                                std::minus<APSInt>(), Result);
 | 
						|
  case BO_And: Result = LHS & RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Xor: Result = LHS ^ RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Or:  Result = LHS | RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Div:
 | 
						|
  case BO_Rem:
 | 
						|
    if (RHS == 0) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = (Opcode == BO_Rem ? LHS % RHS : LHS / RHS);
 | 
						|
    // Check for overflow case: INT_MIN / -1 or INT_MIN % -1. APSInt supports
 | 
						|
    // this operation and gives the two's complement result.
 | 
						|
    if (RHS.isNegative() && RHS.isAllOnesValue() &&
 | 
						|
        LHS.isSigned() && LHS.isMinSignedValue())
 | 
						|
      return HandleOverflow(Info, E, -LHS.extend(LHS.getBitWidth() + 1),
 | 
						|
                            E->getType());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Shl: {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
 | 
						|
      // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
 | 
						|
      RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(),
 | 
						|
                    static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)),
 | 
						|
                    RHS.isUnsigned());
 | 
						|
    else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
      // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such
 | 
						|
      // a shift is not a constant expression.
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS;
 | 
						|
      RHS = -RHS;
 | 
						|
      goto shift_right;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  shift_left:
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of
 | 
						|
    // the shifted type.
 | 
						|
    unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1);
 | 
						|
    if (SA != RHS) {
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
 | 
						|
        << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
    } else if (LHS.isSigned() && !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
 | 
						|
      // C++11 [expr.shift]p2: A signed left shift must have a non-negative
 | 
						|
      // operand, and must not overflow the corresponding unsigned type.
 | 
						|
      // C++2a [expr.shift]p2: E1 << E2 is the unique value congruent to
 | 
						|
      // E1 x 2^E2 module 2^N.
 | 
						|
      if (LHS.isNegative())
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_of_negative) << LHS;
 | 
						|
      else if (LHS.countLeadingZeros() < SA)
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lshift_discards);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS << SA;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case BO_Shr: {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL)
 | 
						|
      // OpenCL 6.3j: shift values are effectively % word size of LHS.
 | 
						|
      RHS &= APSInt(llvm::APInt(RHS.getBitWidth(),
 | 
						|
                    static_cast<uint64_t>(LHS.getBitWidth() - 1)),
 | 
						|
                    RHS.isUnsigned());
 | 
						|
    else if (RHS.isSigned() && RHS.isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
      // During constant-folding, a negative shift is an opposite shift. Such a
 | 
						|
      // shift is not a constant expression.
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHS;
 | 
						|
      RHS = -RHS;
 | 
						|
      goto shift_left;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  shift_right:
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.shift]p1: Shift width must be less than the bit width of the
 | 
						|
    // shifted type.
 | 
						|
    unsigned SA = (unsigned) RHS.getLimitedValue(LHS.getBitWidth()-1);
 | 
						|
    if (SA != RHS)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
 | 
						|
        << RHS << E->getType() << LHS.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS >> SA;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case BO_LT: Result = LHS < RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_GT: Result = LHS > RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_LE: Result = LHS <= RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_GE: Result = LHS >= RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_EQ: Result = LHS == RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_NE: Result = LHS != RHS; return true;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Cmp:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("BO_Cmp should be handled elsewhere");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform the given binary floating-point operation, in-place, on LHS.
 | 
						|
static bool handleFloatFloatBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                                  APFloat &LHS, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                  const APFloat &RHS) {
 | 
						|
  bool DynamicRM;
 | 
						|
  llvm::RoundingMode RM = getActiveRoundingMode(Info, E, DynamicRM);
 | 
						|
  APFloat::opStatus St;
 | 
						|
  switch (Opcode) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Mul:
 | 
						|
    St = LHS.multiply(RHS, RM);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Add:
 | 
						|
    St = LHS.add(RHS, RM);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Sub:
 | 
						|
    St = LHS.subtract(RHS, RM);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Div:
 | 
						|
    // [expr.mul]p4:
 | 
						|
    //   If the second operand of / or % is zero the behavior is undefined.
 | 
						|
    if (RHS.isZero())
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
 | 
						|
    St = LHS.divide(RHS, RM);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // [expr.pre]p4:
 | 
						|
  //   If during the evaluation of an expression, the result is not
 | 
						|
  //   mathematically defined [...], the behavior is undefined.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: C++ rules require us to not conform to IEEE 754 here.
 | 
						|
  if (LHS.isNaN()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic) << LHS.isNaN();
 | 
						|
    return Info.noteUndefinedBehavior();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return checkFloatingPointResult(Info, E, St);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APInt &LHSValue,
 | 
						|
                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                     const APInt &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  bool LHS = (LHSValue != 0);
 | 
						|
  bool RHS = (RHSValue != 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Opcode == BO_LAnd)
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS && RHS;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS || RHS;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APFloat &LHSValue,
 | 
						|
                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                     const APFloat &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  bool LHS = !LHSValue.isZero();
 | 
						|
  bool RHS = !RHSValue.isZero();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Opcode == BO_LAnd)
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS && RHS;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Result = LHS || RHS;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool handleLogicalOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue,
 | 
						|
                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                     const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first.
 | 
						|
  if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int)
 | 
						|
    return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                    RHSValue.getInt(), Result);
 | 
						|
  assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options");
 | 
						|
  return handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                  RHSValue.getFloat(), Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template <typename APTy>
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(const APTy &LHSValue, BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                               const APTy &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  switch (Opcode) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator");
 | 
						|
  case BO_EQ:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue == RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_NE:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue != RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_LT:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue < RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_GT:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue > RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_LE:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue <= RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_GE:
 | 
						|
    Result = (LHSValue >= RHSValue);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool handleCompareOpForVector(const APValue &LHSValue,
 | 
						|
                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                     const APValue &RHSValue, APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  // The result is always an int type, however operands match the first.
 | 
						|
  if (LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Int)
 | 
						|
    return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getInt(), Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                          RHSValue.getInt(), Result);
 | 
						|
  assert(LHSValue.getKind() == APValue::Float && "Should be no other options");
 | 
						|
  return handleCompareOpForVectorHelper(LHSValue.getFloat(), Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                        RHSValue.getFloat(), Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Perform binary operations for vector types, in place on the LHS.
 | 
						|
static bool handleVectorVectorBinOp(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                                    BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                    APValue &LHSValue,
 | 
						|
                                    const APValue &RHSValue) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Opcode != BO_PtrMemD && Opcode != BO_PtrMemI &&
 | 
						|
         "Operation not supported on vector types");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
 | 
						|
  QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // In the cases (typically C as I've observed) where we aren't evaluating
 | 
						|
  // constexpr but are checking for cases where the LHS isn't yet evaluatable,
 | 
						|
  // just give up.
 | 
						|
  if (!LHSValue.isVector()) {
 | 
						|
    assert(LHSValue.isLValue() &&
 | 
						|
           "A vector result that isn't a vector OR uncalculated LValue");
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(LHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements &&
 | 
						|
         RHSValue.getVectorLength() == NumElements && "Different vector sizes");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<APValue, 4> ResultElements;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned EltNum = 0; EltNum < NumElements; ++EltNum) {
 | 
						|
    APValue LHSElt = LHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum);
 | 
						|
    APValue RHSElt = RHSValue.getVectorElt(EltNum);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt EltResult{Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(EltTy),
 | 
						|
                       EltTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()};
 | 
						|
      bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (BinaryOperator::isLogicalOp(Opcode))
 | 
						|
        Success = handleLogicalOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult);
 | 
						|
      else if (BinaryOperator::isComparisonOp(Opcode))
 | 
						|
        Success = handleCompareOpForVector(LHSElt, Opcode, RHSElt, EltResult);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Success = handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSElt.getInt(), Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                    RHSElt.getInt(), EltResult);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!Success) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ResultElements.emplace_back(EltResult);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    } else if (EltTy->isFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      assert(LHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float &&
 | 
						|
             RHSElt.getKind() == APValue::Float &&
 | 
						|
             "Mismatched LHS/RHS/Result Type");
 | 
						|
      APFloat LHSFloat = LHSElt.getFloat();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, LHSFloat, Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                 RHSElt.getFloat())) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ResultElements.emplace_back(LHSFloat);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LHSValue = APValue(ResultElements.data(), ResultElements.size());
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Cast an lvalue referring to a base subobject to a derived class, by
 | 
						|
/// truncating the lvalue's path to the given length.
 | 
						|
static bool CastToDerivedClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                               const RecordDecl *TruncatedType,
 | 
						|
                               unsigned TruncatedElements) {
 | 
						|
  SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check we actually point to a derived class object.
 | 
						|
  if (TruncatedElements == D.Entries.size())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  assert(TruncatedElements >= D.MostDerivedPathLength &&
 | 
						|
         "not casting to a derived class");
 | 
						|
  if (!Result.checkSubobject(Info, E, CSK_Derived))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Truncate the path to the subobject, and remove any derived-to-base offsets.
 | 
						|
  const RecordDecl *RD = TruncatedType;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = TruncatedElements, N = D.Entries.size(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[I]);
 | 
						|
    if (isVirtualBaseClass(D.Entries[I]))
 | 
						|
      Result.Offset -= Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(Base);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result.Offset -= Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base);
 | 
						|
    RD = Base;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  D.Entries.resize(TruncatedElements);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueDirectBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj,
 | 
						|
                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
 | 
						|
                                   const CXXRecordDecl *Base,
 | 
						|
                                   const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) {
 | 
						|
  if (!RL) {
 | 
						|
    if (Derived->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
    RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Derived);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Obj.getLValueOffset() += RL->getBaseClassOffset(Base);
 | 
						|
  Obj.addDecl(Info, E, Base, /*Virtual*/ false);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueBase(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Obj,
 | 
						|
                             const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedDecl,
 | 
						|
                             const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base) {
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Base->isVirtual())
 | 
						|
    return HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, BaseDecl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SubobjectDesignator &D = Obj.Designator;
 | 
						|
  if (D.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Extract most-derived object and corresponding type.
 | 
						|
  DerivedDecl = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Obj, DerivedDecl, D.MostDerivedPathLength))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Find the virtual base class.
 | 
						|
  if (DerivedDecl->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(DerivedDecl);
 | 
						|
  Obj.getLValueOffset() += Layout.getVBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl);
 | 
						|
  Obj.addDecl(Info, E, BaseDecl, /*Virtual*/ true);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueBasePath(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                 QualType Type, LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                     PathE = E->path_end();
 | 
						|
       PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(),
 | 
						|
                          *PathI))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Type = (*PathI)->getType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Cast an lvalue referring to a derived class to a known base subobject.
 | 
						|
static bool CastToBaseClass(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                            const CXXRecordDecl *DerivedRD,
 | 
						|
                            const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD) {
 | 
						|
  CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/false,
 | 
						|
                     /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
 | 
						|
  if (!DerivedRD->isDerivedFrom(BaseRD, Paths))
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Class must be derived from the passed in base class!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front())
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Result, Elem.Class, Elem.Base))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Update LVal to refer to the given field, which must be a member of the type
 | 
						|
/// currently described by LVal.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                               const FieldDecl *FD,
 | 
						|
                               const ASTRecordLayout *RL = nullptr) {
 | 
						|
  if (!RL) {
 | 
						|
    if (FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
    RL = &Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(FD->getParent());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned I = FD->getFieldIndex();
 | 
						|
  LVal.adjustOffset(Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL->getFieldOffset(I)));
 | 
						|
  LVal.addDecl(Info, E, FD);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Update LVal to refer to the given indirect field.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueIndirectMember(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                       LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                                       const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD) {
 | 
						|
  for (const auto *C : IFD->chain())
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, LVal, cast<FieldDecl>(C)))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Get the size of the given type in char units.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleSizeof(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                         QualType Type, CharUnits &Size) {
 | 
						|
  // sizeof(void), __alignof__(void), sizeof(function) = 1 as a gcc
 | 
						|
  // extension.
 | 
						|
  if (Type->isVoidType() || Type->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
    Size = CharUnits::One();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Type->isDependentType()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Loc);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Type->isConstantSizeType()) {
 | 
						|
    // sizeof(vla) is not a constantexpr: C99 6.5.3.4p2.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Better diagnostic.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Loc);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Update a pointer value to model pointer arithmetic.
 | 
						|
/// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param E - The expression being evaluated, for diagnostic purposes.
 | 
						|
/// \param LVal - The pointer value to be updated.
 | 
						|
/// \param EltTy - The pointee type represented by LVal.
 | 
						|
/// \param Adjustment - The adjustment, in objects of type EltTy, to add.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                        LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                        APSInt Adjustment) {
 | 
						|
  CharUnits SizeOfPointee;
 | 
						|
  if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfPointee))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LVal.adjustOffsetAndIndex(Info, E, Adjustment, SizeOfPointee);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                        LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                        int64_t Adjustment) {
 | 
						|
  return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                     APSInt::get(Adjustment));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Update an lvalue to refer to a component of a complex number.
 | 
						|
/// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param LVal - The lvalue to be updated.
 | 
						|
/// \param EltTy - The complex number's component type.
 | 
						|
/// \param Imag - False for the real component, true for the imaginary.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleLValueComplexElement(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                       LValue &LVal, QualType EltTy,
 | 
						|
                                       bool Imag) {
 | 
						|
  if (Imag) {
 | 
						|
    CharUnits SizeOfComponent;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), EltTy, SizeOfComponent))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LVal.Offset += SizeOfComponent;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  LVal.addComplex(Info, E, EltTy, Imag);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Try to evaluate the initializer for a variable declaration.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param Info   Information about the ongoing evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param E      An expression to be used when printing diagnostics.
 | 
						|
/// \param VD     The variable whose initializer should be obtained.
 | 
						|
/// \param Version The version of the variable within the frame.
 | 
						|
/// \param Frame  The frame in which the variable was created. Must be null
 | 
						|
///               if this variable is not local to the evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param Result Filled in with a pointer to the value of the variable.
 | 
						|
static bool evaluateVarDeclInit(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                const VarDecl *VD, CallStackFrame *Frame,
 | 
						|
                                unsigned Version, APValue *&Result) {
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base(VD, Frame ? Frame->Index : 0, Version);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a local variable, dig out its value.
 | 
						|
  if (Frame) {
 | 
						|
    Result = Frame->getTemporary(VD, Version);
 | 
						|
    if (Result)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
 | 
						|
      // Assume variables referenced within a lambda's call operator that were
 | 
						|
      // not declared within the call operator are captures and during checking
 | 
						|
      // of a potential constant expression, assume they are unknown constant
 | 
						|
      // expressions.
 | 
						|
      assert(isLambdaCallOperator(Frame->Callee) &&
 | 
						|
             (VD->getDeclContext() != Frame->Callee || VD->isInitCapture()) &&
 | 
						|
             "missing value for local variable");
 | 
						|
      if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: This diagnostic is bogus; we do support captures. Is this code
 | 
						|
      // still reachable at all?
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                  diag::note_unimplemented_constexpr_lambda_feature_ast)
 | 
						|
          << "captures not currently allowed";
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're currently evaluating the initializer of this declaration, use that
 | 
						|
  // in-flight value.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base) {
 | 
						|
    Result = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
 | 
						|
    // Assume parameters of a potential constant expression are usable in
 | 
						|
    // constant expressions.
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
        !Info.CurrentCall->Callee ||
 | 
						|
        !Info.CurrentCall->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_function_param_value_unknown)
 | 
						|
            << VD;
 | 
						|
        NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Dig out the initializer, and use the declaration which it's attached to.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We should eventually check whether the variable has a reachable
 | 
						|
  // initializing declaration.
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer(VD);
 | 
						|
  if (!Init) {
 | 
						|
    // Don't diagnose during potential constant expression checking; an
 | 
						|
    // initializer might be added later.
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_unknown, 1)
 | 
						|
        << VD;
 | 
						|
      NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
 | 
						|
    // The DeclRefExpr is not value-dependent, but the variable it refers to
 | 
						|
    // has a value-dependent initializer. This should only happen in
 | 
						|
    // constant-folding cases, where the variable is not actually of a suitable
 | 
						|
    // type for use in a constant expression (otherwise the DeclRefExpr would
 | 
						|
    // have been value-dependent too), so diagnose that.
 | 
						|
    assert(!VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx));
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
 | 
						|
                         ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
 | 
						|
                         : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
 | 
						|
          << VD << VD->getType();
 | 
						|
      NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that we can fold the initializer. In C++, we will have already done
 | 
						|
  // this in the cases where it matters for conformance.
 | 
						|
  if (!VD->evaluateValue()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD;
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check that the variable is actually usable in constant expressions. For a
 | 
						|
  // const integral variable or a reference, we might have a non-constant
 | 
						|
  // initializer that we can nonetheless evaluate the initializer for. Such
 | 
						|
  // variables are not usable in constant expressions. In C++98, the
 | 
						|
  // initializer also syntactically needs to be an ICE.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We don't diagnose cases that aren't potentially usable in constant
 | 
						|
  // expressions here; doing so would regress diagnostics for things like
 | 
						|
  // reading from a volatile constexpr variable.
 | 
						|
  if ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VD->hasConstantInitialization() &&
 | 
						|
       VD->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx)) ||
 | 
						|
      ((Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Info.getLangOpts().OpenCL) &&
 | 
						|
       !Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !VD->hasICEInitializer(Info.Ctx))) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_non_constant, 1) << VD;
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Never use the initializer of a weak variable, not even for constant
 | 
						|
  // folding. We can't be sure that this is the definition that will be used.
 | 
						|
  if (VD->isWeak()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_var_init_weak) << VD;
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Base);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = VD->getEvaluatedValue();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Get the base index of the given base class within an APValue representing
 | 
						|
/// the given derived class.
 | 
						|
static unsigned getBaseIndex(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
 | 
						|
                             const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
 | 
						|
  Base = Base->getCanonicalDecl();
 | 
						|
  unsigned Index = 0;
 | 
						|
  for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = Derived->bases_begin(),
 | 
						|
         E = Derived->bases_end(); I != E; ++I, ++Index) {
 | 
						|
    if (I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() == Base)
 | 
						|
      return Index;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("base class missing from derived class's bases list");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Extract the value of a character from a string literal.
 | 
						|
static APSInt extractStringLiteralCharacter(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Lit,
 | 
						|
                                            uint64_t Index) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isa<SourceLocExpr>(Lit) &&
 | 
						|
         "SourceLocExpr should have already been converted to a StringLiteral");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Support MakeStringConstant
 | 
						|
  if (const auto *ObjCEnc = dyn_cast<ObjCEncodeExpr>(Lit)) {
 | 
						|
    std::string Str;
 | 
						|
    Info.Ctx.getObjCEncodingForType(ObjCEnc->getEncodedType(), Str);
 | 
						|
    assert(Index <= Str.size() && "Index too large");
 | 
						|
    return APSInt::getUnsigned(Str.c_str()[Index]);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (auto PE = dyn_cast<PredefinedExpr>(Lit))
 | 
						|
    Lit = PE->getFunctionName();
 | 
						|
  const StringLiteral *S = cast<StringLiteral>(Lit);
 | 
						|
  const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(S->getType());
 | 
						|
  assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array");
 | 
						|
  QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value(S->getCharByteWidth() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(),
 | 
						|
               CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType());
 | 
						|
  if (Index < S->getLength())
 | 
						|
    Value = S->getCodeUnit(Index);
 | 
						|
  return Value;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Expand a string literal into an array of characters.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// FIXME: This is inefficient; we should probably introduce something similar
 | 
						|
// to the LLVM ConstantDataArray to make this cheaper.
 | 
						|
static void expandStringLiteral(EvalInfo &Info, const StringLiteral *S,
 | 
						|
                                APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                QualType AllocType = QualType()) {
 | 
						|
  const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(
 | 
						|
      AllocType.isNull() ? S->getType() : AllocType);
 | 
						|
  assert(CAT && "string literal isn't an array");
 | 
						|
  QualType CharType = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  assert(CharType->isIntegerType() && "unexpected character type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned Elts = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(),
 | 
						|
                   std::min(S->getLength(), Elts), Elts);
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value(S->getCharByteWidth() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(),
 | 
						|
               CharType->isUnsignedIntegerType());
 | 
						|
  if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
    Result.getArrayFiller() = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    Value = S->getCodeUnit(I);
 | 
						|
    Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Expand an array so that it has more than Index filled elements.
 | 
						|
static void expandArray(APValue &Array, unsigned Index) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned Size = Array.getArraySize();
 | 
						|
  assert(Index < Size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Always at least double the number of elements for which we store a value.
 | 
						|
  unsigned OldElts = Array.getArrayInitializedElts();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NewElts = std::max(Index+1, OldElts * 2);
 | 
						|
  NewElts = std::min(Size, std::max(NewElts, 8u));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Copy the data across.
 | 
						|
  APValue NewValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NewElts, Size);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0; I != OldElts; ++I)
 | 
						|
    NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I).swap(Array.getArrayInitializedElt(I));
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = OldElts; I != NewElts; ++I)
 | 
						|
    NewValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Array.getArrayFiller();
 | 
						|
  if (NewValue.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
    NewValue.getArrayFiller() = Array.getArrayFiller();
 | 
						|
  Array.swap(NewValue);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine whether a type would actually be read by an lvalue-to-rvalue
 | 
						|
/// conversion. If it's of class type, we may assume that the copy operation
 | 
						|
/// is trivial. Note that this is never true for a union type with fields
 | 
						|
/// (because the copy always "reads" the active member) and always true for
 | 
						|
/// a non-class type.
 | 
						|
static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
 | 
						|
static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  return !RD || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(RD);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
static bool isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: A trivial copy of a union copies the object representation, even if
 | 
						|
  // the union is empty.
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
    return !RD->field_empty();
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isEmpty())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (auto *Field : RD->fields())
 | 
						|
    if (!Field->isUnnamedBitfield() &&
 | 
						|
        isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases())
 | 
						|
    if (isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(BaseSpec.getType()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Diagnose an attempt to read from any unreadable field within the specified
 | 
						|
/// type, which might be a class type.
 | 
						|
static bool diagnoseMutableFields(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, AccessKinds AK,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (!RD)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!RD->hasMutableFields())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
    // If we're actually going to read this field in some way, then it can't
 | 
						|
    // be mutable. If we're in a union, then assigning to a mutable field
 | 
						|
    // (even an empty one) can change the active member, so that's not OK.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Add core issue number for the union case.
 | 
						|
    if (Field->isMutable() &&
 | 
						|
        (RD->isUnion() || isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Field->getType()))) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1) << AK << Field;
 | 
						|
      Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, Field->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (auto &BaseSpec : RD->bases())
 | 
						|
    if (diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, AK, BaseSpec.getType()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // All mutable fields were empty, and thus not actually read.
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                        APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                                        bool MutableSubobject = false) {
 | 
						|
  // A temporary we created.
 | 
						|
  if (Base.getCallIndex())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (Info.IsEvaluatingDecl) {
 | 
						|
  case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::None:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Ctor:
 | 
						|
    // The variable whose initializer we're evaluating.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.EvaluatingDecl == Base)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // A temporary lifetime-extended by the variable whose initializer we're
 | 
						|
    // evaluating.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *BaseE = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
 | 
						|
      if (auto *BaseMTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(BaseE))
 | 
						|
        return Info.EvaluatingDecl == BaseMTE->getExtendingDecl();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor:
 | 
						|
    // C++2a [expr.const]p6:
 | 
						|
    //   [during constant destruction] the lifetime of a and its non-mutable
 | 
						|
    //   subobjects (but not its mutable subobjects) [are] considered to start
 | 
						|
    //   within e.
 | 
						|
    if (MutableSubobject || Base != Info.EvaluatingDecl)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We can meaningfully extend this to cover non-const objects, but
 | 
						|
    // we will need special handling: we should be able to access only
 | 
						|
    // subobjects of such objects that are themselves declared const.
 | 
						|
    QualType T = getType(Base);
 | 
						|
    return T.isConstQualified() || T->isReferenceType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown evaluating decl kind");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
/// A handle to a complete object (an object that is not a subobject of
 | 
						|
/// another object).
 | 
						|
struct CompleteObject {
 | 
						|
  /// The identity of the object.
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base;
 | 
						|
  /// The value of the complete object.
 | 
						|
  APValue *Value;
 | 
						|
  /// The type of the complete object.
 | 
						|
  QualType Type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject() : Value(nullptr) {}
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject(APValue::LValueBase Base, APValue *Value, QualType Type)
 | 
						|
      : Base(Base), Value(Value), Type(Type) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool mayAccessMutableMembers(EvalInfo &Info, AccessKinds AK) const {
 | 
						|
    // If this isn't a "real" access (eg, if it's just accessing the type
 | 
						|
    // info), allow it. We assume the type doesn't change dynamically for
 | 
						|
    // subobjects of constexpr objects (even though we'd hit UB here if it
 | 
						|
    // did). FIXME: Is this right?
 | 
						|
    if (!isAnyAccess(AK))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In C++14 onwards, it is permitted to read a mutable member whose
 | 
						|
    // lifetime began within the evaluation.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Should we also allow this in C++11?
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, Base, /*MutableSubobject*/true);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  explicit operator bool() const { return !Type.isNull(); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static QualType getSubobjectType(QualType ObjType, QualType SubobjType,
 | 
						|
                                 bool IsMutable = false) {
 | 
						|
  // C++ [basic.type.qualifier]p1:
 | 
						|
  // - A const object is an object of type const T or a non-mutable subobject
 | 
						|
  //   of a const object.
 | 
						|
  if (ObjType.isConstQualified() && !IsMutable)
 | 
						|
    SubobjType.addConst();
 | 
						|
  // - A volatile object is an object of type const T or a subobject of a
 | 
						|
  //   volatile object.
 | 
						|
  if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified())
 | 
						|
    SubobjType.addVolatile();
 | 
						|
  return SubobjType;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Find the designated sub-object of an rvalue.
 | 
						|
template<typename SubobjectHandler>
 | 
						|
typename SubobjectHandler::result_type
 | 
						|
findSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const CompleteObject &Obj,
 | 
						|
              const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, SubobjectHandler &handler) {
 | 
						|
  if (Sub.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    // A diagnostic will have already been produced.
 | 
						|
    return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
  if (Sub.isOnePastTheEnd() || Sub.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, Sub.isOnePastTheEnd()
 | 
						|
                         ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end
 | 
						|
                         : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array)
 | 
						|
          << handler.AccessKind;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue *O = Obj.Value;
 | 
						|
  QualType ObjType = Obj.Type;
 | 
						|
  const FieldDecl *LastField = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  const FieldDecl *VolatileField = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Walk the designator's path to find the subobject.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = Sub.Entries.size(); /**/; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    // Reading an indeterminate value is undefined, but assigning over one is OK.
 | 
						|
    if ((O->isAbsent() && !(handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct && I == N)) ||
 | 
						|
        (O->isIndeterminate() &&
 | 
						|
         !isValidIndeterminateAccess(handler.AccessKind))) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_uninit)
 | 
						|
            << handler.AccessKind << O->isIndeterminate();
 | 
						|
      return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ [class.ctor]p5, C++ [class.dtor]p5:
 | 
						|
    //    const and volatile semantics are not applied on an object under
 | 
						|
    //    {con,de}struction.
 | 
						|
    if ((ObjType.isConstQualified() || ObjType.isVolatileQualified()) &&
 | 
						|
        ObjType->isRecordType() &&
 | 
						|
        Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(
 | 
						|
            Obj.Base, llvm::makeArrayRef(Sub.Entries.begin(),
 | 
						|
                                         Sub.Entries.begin() + I)) !=
 | 
						|
                          ConstructionPhase::None) {
 | 
						|
      ObjType = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(ObjType);
 | 
						|
      ObjType.removeLocalConst();
 | 
						|
      ObjType.removeLocalVolatile();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If this is our last pass, check that the final object type is OK.
 | 
						|
    if (I == N || (I == N - 1 && ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) {
 | 
						|
      // Accesses to volatile objects are prohibited.
 | 
						|
      if (ObjType.isVolatileQualified() && isFormalAccess(handler.AccessKind)) {
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
          int DiagKind;
 | 
						|
          SourceLocation Loc;
 | 
						|
          const NamedDecl *Decl = nullptr;
 | 
						|
          if (VolatileField) {
 | 
						|
            DiagKind = 2;
 | 
						|
            Loc = VolatileField->getLocation();
 | 
						|
            Decl = VolatileField;
 | 
						|
          } else if (auto *VD = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
 | 
						|
            DiagKind = 1;
 | 
						|
            Loc = VD->getLocation();
 | 
						|
            Decl = VD;
 | 
						|
          } else {
 | 
						|
            DiagKind = 0;
 | 
						|
            if (auto *E = Obj.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
 | 
						|
              Loc = E->getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_obj, 1)
 | 
						|
              << handler.AccessKind << DiagKind << Decl;
 | 
						|
          Info.Note(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_volatile_here) << DiagKind;
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If we are reading an object of class type, there may still be more
 | 
						|
      // things we need to check: if there are any mutable subobjects, we
 | 
						|
      // cannot perform this read. (This only happens when performing a trivial
 | 
						|
      // copy or assignment.)
 | 
						|
      if (ObjType->isRecordType() &&
 | 
						|
          !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind) &&
 | 
						|
          diagnoseMutableFields(Info, E, handler.AccessKind, ObjType))
 | 
						|
        return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (I == N) {
 | 
						|
      if (!handler.found(*O, ObjType))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If we modified a bit-field, truncate it to the right width.
 | 
						|
      if (isModification(handler.AccessKind) &&
 | 
						|
          LastField && LastField->isBitField() &&
 | 
						|
          !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, E, *O, LastField))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LastField = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    if (ObjType->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      // Next subobject is an array element.
 | 
						|
      const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(ObjType);
 | 
						|
      assert(CAT && "vla in literal type?");
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
      if (CAT->getSize().ule(Index)) {
 | 
						|
        // Note, it should not be possible to form a pointer with a valid
 | 
						|
        // designator which points more than one past the end of the array.
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end)
 | 
						|
            << handler.AccessKind;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ObjType = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (O->getArrayInitializedElts() > Index)
 | 
						|
        O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index);
 | 
						|
      else if (!isRead(handler.AccessKind)) {
 | 
						|
        expandArray(*O, Index);
 | 
						|
        O = &O->getArrayInitializedElt(Index);
 | 
						|
      } else
 | 
						|
        O = &O->getArrayFiller();
 | 
						|
    } else if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
      // Next subobject is a complex number.
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Index = Sub.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
      if (Index > 1) {
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end)
 | 
						|
            << handler.AccessKind;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ObjType = getSubobjectType(
 | 
						|
          ObjType, ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      assert(I == N - 1 && "extracting subobject of scalar?");
 | 
						|
      if (O->isComplexInt()) {
 | 
						|
        return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexIntImag()
 | 
						|
                                   : O->getComplexIntReal(), ObjType);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        assert(O->isComplexFloat());
 | 
						|
        return handler.found(Index ? O->getComplexFloatImag()
 | 
						|
                                   : O->getComplexFloatReal(), ObjType);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (const FieldDecl *Field = getAsField(Sub.Entries[I])) {
 | 
						|
      if (Field->isMutable() &&
 | 
						|
          !Obj.mayAccessMutableMembers(Info, handler.AccessKind)) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_mutable, 1)
 | 
						|
          << handler.AccessKind << Field;
 | 
						|
        Info.Note(Field->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
        return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Next subobject is a class, struct or union field.
 | 
						|
      RecordDecl *RD = ObjType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
        const FieldDecl *UnionField = O->getUnionField();
 | 
						|
        if (!UnionField ||
 | 
						|
            UnionField->getCanonicalDecl() != Field->getCanonicalDecl()) {
 | 
						|
          if (I == N - 1 && handler.AccessKind == AK_Construct) {
 | 
						|
            // Placement new onto an inactive union member makes it active.
 | 
						|
            O->setUnion(Field, APValue());
 | 
						|
          } else {
 | 
						|
            // FIXME: If O->getUnionValue() is absent, report that there's no
 | 
						|
            // active union member rather than reporting the prior active union
 | 
						|
            // member. We'll need to fix nullptr_t to not use APValue() as its
 | 
						|
            // representation first.
 | 
						|
            Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_inactive_union_member)
 | 
						|
                << handler.AccessKind << Field << !UnionField << UnionField;
 | 
						|
            return handler.failed();
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        O = &O->getUnionValue();
 | 
						|
      } else
 | 
						|
        O = &O->getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Field->getType(), Field->isMutable());
 | 
						|
      LastField = Field;
 | 
						|
      if (Field->getType().isVolatileQualified())
 | 
						|
        VolatileField = Field;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Next subobject is a base class.
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = ObjType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Base = getAsBaseClass(Sub.Entries[I]);
 | 
						|
      O = &O->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(Derived, Base));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ObjType = getSubobjectType(ObjType, Info.Ctx.getRecordType(Base));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct ExtractSubobjectHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E;
 | 
						|
  APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  const AccessKinds AccessKind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    Result = Subobj;
 | 
						|
    if (AccessKind == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    return CheckFullyInitialized(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SubobjType, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Extract the designated sub-object of an rvalue.
 | 
						|
static bool extractSubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                             const CompleteObject &Obj,
 | 
						|
                             const SubobjectDesignator &Sub, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                             AccessKinds AK = AK_Read) {
 | 
						|
  assert(AK == AK_Read || AK == AK_ReadObjectRepresentation);
 | 
						|
  ExtractSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, Result, AK};
 | 
						|
  return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct ModifySubobjectHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  APValue &NewVal;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
  static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
 | 
						|
    // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
    if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // We've been given ownership of NewVal, so just swap it in.
 | 
						|
    Subobj.swap(NewVal);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!NewVal.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
      // Maybe trying to write a cast pointer value into a complex?
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Value = NewVal.getInt();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Value = NewVal.getFloat();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const AccessKinds ModifySubobjectHandler::AccessKind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Update the designated sub-object of an rvalue to the given value.
 | 
						|
static bool modifySubobject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                            const CompleteObject &Obj,
 | 
						|
                            const SubobjectDesignator &Sub,
 | 
						|
                            APValue &NewVal) {
 | 
						|
  ModifySubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, NewVal, E };
 | 
						|
  return findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Sub, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Find the position where two subobject designators diverge, or equivalently
 | 
						|
/// the length of the common initial subsequence.
 | 
						|
static unsigned FindDesignatorMismatch(QualType ObjType,
 | 
						|
                                       const SubobjectDesignator &A,
 | 
						|
                                       const SubobjectDesignator &B,
 | 
						|
                                       bool &WasArrayIndex) {
 | 
						|
  unsigned I = 0, N = std::min(A.Entries.size(), B.Entries.size());
 | 
						|
  for (/**/; I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    if (!ObjType.isNull() &&
 | 
						|
        (ObjType->isArrayType() || ObjType->isAnyComplexType())) {
 | 
						|
      // Next subobject is an array element.
 | 
						|
      if (A.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex() != B.Entries[I].getAsArrayIndex()) {
 | 
						|
        WasArrayIndex = true;
 | 
						|
        return I;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (ObjType->isAnyComplexType())
 | 
						|
        ObjType = ObjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        ObjType = ObjType->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (A.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember() !=
 | 
						|
          B.Entries[I].getAsBaseOrMember()) {
 | 
						|
        WasArrayIndex = false;
 | 
						|
        return I;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (const FieldDecl *FD = getAsField(A.Entries[I]))
 | 
						|
        // Next subobject is a field.
 | 
						|
        ObjType = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        // Next subobject is a base class.
 | 
						|
        ObjType = QualType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  WasArrayIndex = false;
 | 
						|
  return I;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine whether the given subobject designators refer to elements of the
 | 
						|
/// same array object.
 | 
						|
static bool AreElementsOfSameArray(QualType ObjType,
 | 
						|
                                   const SubobjectDesignator &A,
 | 
						|
                                   const SubobjectDesignator &B) {
 | 
						|
  if (A.Entries.size() != B.Entries.size())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsArray = A.MostDerivedIsArrayElement;
 | 
						|
  if (IsArray && A.MostDerivedPathLength != A.Entries.size())
 | 
						|
    // A is a subobject of the array element.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If A (and B) designates an array element, the last entry will be the array
 | 
						|
  // index. That doesn't have to match. Otherwise, we're in the 'implicit array
 | 
						|
  // of length 1' case, and the entire path must match.
 | 
						|
  bool WasArrayIndex;
 | 
						|
  unsigned CommonLength = FindDesignatorMismatch(ObjType, A, B, WasArrayIndex);
 | 
						|
  return CommonLength >= A.Entries.size() - IsArray;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Find the complete object to which an LValue refers.
 | 
						|
static CompleteObject findCompleteObject(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                         AccessKinds AK, const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                                         QualType LValType) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.InvalidBase) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!LVal.Base) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_null) << AK;
 | 
						|
    return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  unsigned Depth = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.getLValueCallIndex()) {
 | 
						|
    std::tie(Frame, Depth) =
 | 
						|
        Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(LVal.getLValueCallIndex());
 | 
						|
    if (!Frame) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_lifetime_ended, 1)
 | 
						|
        << AK << LVal.Base.is<const ValueDecl*>();
 | 
						|
      NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base);
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsAccess = isAnyAccess(AK);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++11 DR1311: An lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on a volatile-qualified type
 | 
						|
  // is not a constant expression (even if the object is non-volatile). We also
 | 
						|
  // apply this rule to C++98, in order to conform to the expected 'volatile'
 | 
						|
  // semantics.
 | 
						|
  if (isFormalAccess(AK) && LValType.isVolatileQualified()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_volatile_type)
 | 
						|
        << AK << LValType;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Compute value storage location and type of base object.
 | 
						|
  APValue *BaseVal = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  QualType BaseType = getType(LVal.Base);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && LVal.Base == Info.EvaluatingDecl &&
 | 
						|
      lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
 | 
						|
    // This is the object whose initializer we're evaluating, so its lifetime
 | 
						|
    // started in the current evaluation.
 | 
						|
    BaseVal = Info.EvaluatingDeclValue;
 | 
						|
  } else if (const ValueDecl *D = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()) {
 | 
						|
    // Allow reading from a GUID declaration.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *GD = dyn_cast<MSGuidDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
      if (isModification(AK)) {
 | 
						|
        // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object.
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      APValue &V = GD->getAsAPValue();
 | 
						|
      if (V.isAbsent()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_layout)
 | 
						|
            << GD->getType();
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &V, GD->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Allow reading from template parameter objects.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
      if (isModification(AK)) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, const_cast<APValue *>(&TPO->getValue()),
 | 
						|
                            TPO->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In C++98, const, non-volatile integers initialized with ICEs are ICEs.
 | 
						|
    // In C++11, constexpr, non-volatile variables initialized with constant
 | 
						|
    // expressions are constant expressions too. Inside constexpr functions,
 | 
						|
    // parameters are constant expressions even if they're non-const.
 | 
						|
    // In C++1y, objects local to a constant expression (those with a Frame) are
 | 
						|
    // both readable and writable inside constant expressions.
 | 
						|
    // In C, such things can also be folded, although they are not ICEs.
 | 
						|
    const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
    if (VD) {
 | 
						|
      if (const VarDecl *VDef = VD->getDefinition(Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
        VD = VDef;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!VD || VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool IsConstant = BaseType.isConstant(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Unless we're looking at a local variable or argument in a constexpr call,
 | 
						|
    // the variable we're reading must be const.
 | 
						|
    if (!Frame) {
 | 
						|
      if (IsAccess && isa<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
 | 
						|
        // Access of a parameter that's not associated with a frame isn't going
 | 
						|
        // to work out, but we can leave it to evaluateVarDeclInit to provide a
 | 
						|
        // suitable diagnostic.
 | 
						|
      } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
 | 
						|
                 lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
 | 
						|
        // OK, we can read and modify an object if we're in the process of
 | 
						|
        // evaluating its initializer, because its lifetime began in this
 | 
						|
        // evaluation.
 | 
						|
      } else if (isModification(AK)) {
 | 
						|
        // All the remaining cases do not permit modification of the object.
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_global);
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      } else if (VD->isConstexpr()) {
 | 
						|
        // OK, we can read this variable.
 | 
						|
      } else if (BaseType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
        if (!IsConstant) {
 | 
						|
          if (!IsAccess)
 | 
						|
            return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
 | 
						|
          if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
            Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_const_int, 1) << VD;
 | 
						|
            Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
          } else {
 | 
						|
            Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else if (!IsAccess) {
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
 | 
						|
      } else if (IsConstant && Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() &&
 | 
						|
                 BaseType->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx) && !VD->hasDefinition()) {
 | 
						|
        // This variable might end up being constexpr. Don't diagnose it yet.
 | 
						|
      } else if (IsConstant) {
 | 
						|
        // Keep evaluating to see what we can do. In particular, we support
 | 
						|
        // folding of const floating-point types, in order to make static const
 | 
						|
        // data members of such types (supported as an extension) more useful.
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
 | 
						|
                              ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
 | 
						|
                              : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
 | 
						|
              << VD << BaseType;
 | 
						|
          Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Never allow reading a non-const value.
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
 | 
						|
                             ? diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_constexpr
 | 
						|
                             : diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
 | 
						|
              << VD << BaseType;
 | 
						|
          Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, LVal.getLValueVersion(), BaseVal))
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
  } else if (DynamicAllocLValue DA = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    Optional<DynAlloc*> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA);
 | 
						|
    if (!Alloc) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_deleted_object) << AK;
 | 
						|
      return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return CompleteObject(LVal.Base, &(*Alloc)->Value,
 | 
						|
                          LVal.Base.getDynamicAllocType());
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Frame) {
 | 
						|
      if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *MTE =
 | 
						|
              dyn_cast_or_null<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(Base)) {
 | 
						|
        assert(MTE->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static &&
 | 
						|
               "should have a frame for a non-global materialized temporary");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // C++20 [expr.const]p4: [DR2126]
 | 
						|
        //   An object or reference is usable in constant expressions if it is
 | 
						|
        //   - a temporary object of non-volatile const-qualified literal type
 | 
						|
        //     whose lifetime is extended to that of a variable that is usable
 | 
						|
        //     in constant expressions
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // C++20 [expr.const]p5:
 | 
						|
        //  an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion [is not allowed unless it applies to]
 | 
						|
        //   - a non-volatile glvalue that refers to an object that is usable
 | 
						|
        //     in constant expressions, or
 | 
						|
        //   - a non-volatile glvalue of literal type that refers to a
 | 
						|
        //     non-volatile object whose lifetime began within the evaluation
 | 
						|
        //     of E;
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // C++11 misses the 'began within the evaluation of e' check and
 | 
						|
        // instead allows all temporaries, including things like:
 | 
						|
        //   int &&r = 1;
 | 
						|
        //   int x = ++r;
 | 
						|
        //   constexpr int k = r;
 | 
						|
        // Therefore we use the C++14-onwards rules in C++11 too.
 | 
						|
        //
 | 
						|
        // Note that temporaries whose lifetimes began while evaluating a
 | 
						|
        // variable's constructor are not usable while evaluating the
 | 
						|
        // corresponding destructor, not even if they're of const-qualified
 | 
						|
        // types.
 | 
						|
        if (!MTE->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Info.Ctx) &&
 | 
						|
            !lifetimeStartedInEvaluation(Info, LVal.Base)) {
 | 
						|
          if (!IsAccess)
 | 
						|
            return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_static_temporary, 1) << AK;
 | 
						|
          Info.Note(MTE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_temporary_here);
 | 
						|
          return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        BaseVal = MTE->getOrCreateValue(false);
 | 
						|
        assert(BaseVal && "got reference to unevaluated temporary");
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (!IsAccess)
 | 
						|
          return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), nullptr, BaseType);
 | 
						|
        APValue Val;
 | 
						|
        LVal.moveInto(Val);
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_access_unreadable_object)
 | 
						|
            << AK
 | 
						|
            << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx,
 | 
						|
                               Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(LValType));
 | 
						|
        NoteLValueLocation(Info, LVal.Base);
 | 
						|
        return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      BaseVal = Frame->getTemporary(Base, LVal.Base.getVersion());
 | 
						|
      assert(BaseVal && "missing value for temporary");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // In C++14, we can't safely access any mutable state when we might be
 | 
						|
  // evaluating after an unmodeled side effect. Parameters are modeled as state
 | 
						|
  // in the caller, but aren't visible once the call returns, so they can be
 | 
						|
  // modified in a speculatively-evaluated call.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Not all local state is mutable. Allow local constant subobjects
 | 
						|
  // to be read here (but take care with 'mutable' fields).
 | 
						|
  unsigned VisibleDepth = Depth;
 | 
						|
  if (llvm::isa_and_nonnull<ParmVarDecl>(
 | 
						|
          LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>()))
 | 
						|
    ++VisibleDepth;
 | 
						|
  if ((Frame && Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
 | 
						|
       Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) ||
 | 
						|
      (isModification(AK) && VisibleDepth < Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth))
 | 
						|
    return CompleteObject();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return CompleteObject(LVal.getLValueBase(), BaseVal, BaseType);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on the given glvalue. This
 | 
						|
/// can also be used for 'lvalue-to-lvalue' conversions for looking up the
 | 
						|
/// glvalue referred to by an entity of reference type.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param Conv - The expression for which we are performing the conversion.
 | 
						|
///               Used for diagnostics.
 | 
						|
/// \param Type - The type of the glvalue (before stripping cv-qualifiers in the
 | 
						|
///               case of a non-class type).
 | 
						|
/// \param LVal - The glvalue on which we are attempting to perform this action.
 | 
						|
/// \param RVal - The produced value will be placed here.
 | 
						|
/// \param WantObjectRepresentation - If true, we're looking for the object
 | 
						|
///               representation rather than the value, and in particular,
 | 
						|
///               there is no requirement that the result be fully initialized.
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
handleLValueToRValueConversion(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Conv, QualType Type,
 | 
						|
                               const LValue &LVal, APValue &RVal,
 | 
						|
                               bool WantObjectRepresentation = false) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check for special cases where there is no existing APValue to look at.
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Base = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  AccessKinds AK =
 | 
						|
      WantObjectRepresentation ? AK_ReadObjectRepresentation : AK_Read;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Base && !LVal.getLValueCallIndex() && !Type.isVolatileQualified()) {
 | 
						|
    if (const CompoundLiteralExpr *CLE = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Base)) {
 | 
						|
      // In C99, a CompoundLiteralExpr is an lvalue, and we defer evaluating the
 | 
						|
      // initializer until now for such expressions. Such an expression can't be
 | 
						|
      // an ICE in C, so this only matters for fold.
 | 
						|
      if (Type.isVolatileQualified()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(Conv);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      APValue Lit;
 | 
						|
      if (!Evaluate(Lit, Info, CLE->getInitializer()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      CompleteObject LitObj(LVal.Base, &Lit, Base->getType());
 | 
						|
      return extractSubobject(Info, Conv, LitObj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK);
 | 
						|
    } else if (isa<StringLiteral>(Base) || isa<PredefinedExpr>(Base)) {
 | 
						|
      // Special-case character extraction so we don't have to construct an
 | 
						|
      // APValue for the whole string.
 | 
						|
      assert(LVal.Designator.Entries.size() <= 1 &&
 | 
						|
             "Can only read characters from string literals");
 | 
						|
      if (LVal.Designator.Entries.empty()) {
 | 
						|
        // Fail for now for LValue to RValue conversion of an array.
 | 
						|
        // (This shouldn't show up in C/C++, but it could be triggered by a
 | 
						|
        // weird EvaluateAsRValue call from a tool.)
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(Conv);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (LVal.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()) {
 | 
						|
        if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(Conv, diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end) << AK;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(Conv);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      uint64_t CharIndex = LVal.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
      RVal = APValue(extractStringLiteralCharacter(Info, Base, CharIndex));
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, Conv, AK, LVal, Type);
 | 
						|
  return Obj && extractSubobject(Info, Conv, Obj, LVal.Designator, RVal, AK);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform an assignment of Val to LVal. Takes ownership of Val.
 | 
						|
static bool handleAssignment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                             QualType LValType, APValue &Val) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType);
 | 
						|
  return Obj && modifySubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Val);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const CompoundAssignOperator *E;
 | 
						|
  QualType PromotedLHSType;
 | 
						|
  BinaryOperatorKind Opcode;
 | 
						|
  const APValue &RHS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
 | 
						|
    // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
    if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    switch (Subobj.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Int:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Float:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexInt:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexFloat:
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Implement complex compound assignment.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    case APValue::LValue:
 | 
						|
      return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Vector:
 | 
						|
      return foundVector(Subobj, SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: can this happen?
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool foundVector(APValue &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SubobjType->isVectorType()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Opcode, Value, RHS);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      // We don't support compound assignment on integer-cast-to-pointer
 | 
						|
      // values.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (RHS.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt LHS =
 | 
						|
          HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value);
 | 
						|
      if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHS, Opcode, RHS.getInt(), LHS))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Value = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType, LHS);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (RHS.isFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
 | 
						|
                                    Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
 | 
						|
      APFloat FValue(0.0);
 | 
						|
      return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubobjType, Value,
 | 
						|
                                  PromotedLHSType, FValue) &&
 | 
						|
             handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, FValue, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) &&
 | 
						|
             HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, FValue, SubobjType,
 | 
						|
                                  Value);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    return checkConst(SubobjType) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubobjType, PromotedLHSType,
 | 
						|
                                  Value) &&
 | 
						|
           handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Value, Opcode, RHS.getFloat()) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, PromotedLHSType, SubobjType, Value);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType PointeeType;
 | 
						|
    if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>())
 | 
						|
      PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PointeeType.isNull() || !RHS.isInt() ||
 | 
						|
        (Opcode != BO_Add && Opcode != BO_Sub)) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt Offset = RHS.getInt();
 | 
						|
    if (Opcode == BO_Sub)
 | 
						|
      negateAsSigned(Offset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj);
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType, Offset))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LVal.moveInto(Subobj);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const AccessKinds CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler::AccessKind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform a compound assignment of LVal <op>= RVal.
 | 
						|
static bool handleCompoundAssignment(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                     const CompoundAssignOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                                     const LValue &LVal, QualType LValType,
 | 
						|
                                     QualType PromotedLValType,
 | 
						|
                                     BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                     const APValue &RVal) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Assign, LVal, LValType);
 | 
						|
  CompoundAssignSubobjectHandler Handler = { Info, E, PromotedLValType, Opcode,
 | 
						|
                                             RVal };
 | 
						|
  return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct IncDecSubobjectHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const UnaryOperator *E;
 | 
						|
  AccessKinds AccessKind;
 | 
						|
  APValue *Old;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool checkConst(QualType QT) {
 | 
						|
    // Assigning to a const object has undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
    if (QT.isConstQualified()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_modify_const_type) << QT;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    // Stash the old value. Also clear Old, so we don't clobber it later
 | 
						|
    // if we're post-incrementing a complex.
 | 
						|
    if (Old) {
 | 
						|
      *Old = Subobj;
 | 
						|
      Old = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (Subobj.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Int:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getInt(), SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Float:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getFloat(), SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexInt:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getComplexIntReal(),
 | 
						|
                   SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()
 | 
						|
                     .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers()));
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexFloat:
 | 
						|
      return found(Subobj.getComplexFloatReal(),
 | 
						|
                   SubobjType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType()
 | 
						|
                     .withCVRQualifiers(SubobjType.getCVRQualifiers()));
 | 
						|
    case APValue::LValue:
 | 
						|
      return foundPointer(Subobj, SubobjType);
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: can this happen?
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!SubobjType->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      // We don't support increment / decrement on integer-cast-to-pointer
 | 
						|
      // values.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // bool arithmetic promotes to int, and the conversion back to bool
 | 
						|
    // doesn't reduce mod 2^n, so special-case it.
 | 
						|
    if (SubobjType->isBooleanType()) {
 | 
						|
      if (AccessKind == AK_Increment)
 | 
						|
        Value = 1;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Value = !Value;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool WasNegative = Value.isNegative();
 | 
						|
    if (AccessKind == AK_Increment) {
 | 
						|
      ++Value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!WasNegative && Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) {
 | 
						|
        APSInt ActualValue(Value, /*IsUnsigned*/true);
 | 
						|
        return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      --Value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (WasNegative && !Value.isNegative() && E->canOverflow()) {
 | 
						|
        unsigned BitWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
        APSInt ActualValue(Value.sext(BitWidth + 1), /*IsUnsigned*/false);
 | 
						|
        ActualValue.setBit(BitWidth);
 | 
						|
        return HandleOverflow(Info, E, ActualValue, SubobjType);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Old) *Old = APValue(Value);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APFloat One(Value.getSemantics(), 1);
 | 
						|
    if (AccessKind == AK_Increment)
 | 
						|
      Value.add(One, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Value.subtract(One, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool foundPointer(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkConst(SubobjType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType PointeeType;
 | 
						|
    if (const PointerType *PT = SubobjType->getAs<PointerType>())
 | 
						|
      PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Subobj);
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, LVal, PointeeType,
 | 
						|
                                     AccessKind == AK_Increment ? 1 : -1))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LVal.moveInto(Subobj);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform an increment or decrement on LVal.
 | 
						|
static bool handleIncDec(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                         QualType LValType, bool IsIncrement, APValue *Old) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  AccessKinds AK = IsIncrement ? AK_Increment : AK_Decrement;
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, LVal, LValType);
 | 
						|
  IncDecSubobjectHandler Handler = {Info, cast<UnaryOperator>(E), AK, Old};
 | 
						|
  return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, LVal.Designator, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Build an lvalue for the object argument of a member function call.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateObjectArgument(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Object,
 | 
						|
                                   LValue &This) {
 | 
						|
  if (Object->getType()->isPointerType() && Object->isRValue())
 | 
						|
    return EvaluatePointer(Object, This, Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Object->isGLValue())
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateLValue(Object, This, Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Object->getType()->isLiteralType(Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateTemporary(Object, This, Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Info.FFDiag(Object, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << Object->getType();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HandleMemberPointerAccess - Evaluate a member access operation and build an
 | 
						|
/// lvalue referring to the result.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// \param Info - Information about the ongoing evaluation.
 | 
						|
/// \param LV - An lvalue referring to the base of the member pointer.
 | 
						|
/// \param RHS - The member pointer expression.
 | 
						|
/// \param IncludeMember - Specifies whether the member itself is included in
 | 
						|
///        the resulting LValue subobject designator. This is not possible when
 | 
						|
///        creating a bound member function.
 | 
						|
/// \return The field or method declaration to which the member pointer refers,
 | 
						|
///         or 0 if evaluation fails.
 | 
						|
static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                                  QualType LVType,
 | 
						|
                                                  LValue &LV,
 | 
						|
                                                  const Expr *RHS,
 | 
						|
                                                  bool IncludeMember = true) {
 | 
						|
  MemberPtr MemPtr;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(RHS, MemPtr, Info))
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++11 [expr.mptr.oper]p6: If the second operand is the null pointer to
 | 
						|
  // member value, the behavior is undefined.
 | 
						|
  if (!MemPtr.getDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Specific diagnostic.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(RHS);
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (MemPtr.isDerivedMember()) {
 | 
						|
    // This is a member of some derived class. Truncate LV appropriately.
 | 
						|
    // The end of the derived-to-base path for the base object must match the
 | 
						|
    // derived-to-base path for the member pointer.
 | 
						|
    if (LV.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength + MemPtr.Path.size() >
 | 
						|
        LV.Designator.Entries.size()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(RHS);
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    unsigned PathLengthToMember =
 | 
						|
        LV.Designator.Entries.size() - MemPtr.Path.size();
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *LVDecl = getAsBaseClass(
 | 
						|
          LV.Designator.Entries[PathLengthToMember + I]);
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *MPDecl = MemPtr.Path[I];
 | 
						|
      if (LVDecl->getCanonicalDecl() != MPDecl->getCanonicalDecl()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(RHS);
 | 
						|
        return nullptr;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class.
 | 
						|
    if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, RHS, LV, MemPtr.getContainingRecord(),
 | 
						|
                            PathLengthToMember))
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  } else if (!MemPtr.Path.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    // Extend the LValue path with the member pointer's path.
 | 
						|
    LV.Designator.Entries.reserve(LV.Designator.Entries.size() +
 | 
						|
                                  MemPtr.Path.size() + IncludeMember);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Walk down to the appropriate base class.
 | 
						|
    if (const PointerType *PT = LVType->getAs<PointerType>())
 | 
						|
      LVType = PT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *RD = LVType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    assert(RD && "member pointer access on non-class-type expression");
 | 
						|
    // The first class in the path is that of the lvalue.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 1, N = MemPtr.Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Base = MemPtr.Path[N - I - 1];
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD, Base))
 | 
						|
        return nullptr;
 | 
						|
      RD = Base;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Finally cast to the class containing the member.
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, RHS, LV, RD,
 | 
						|
                                MemPtr.getContainingRecord()))
 | 
						|
      return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Add the member. Note that we cannot build bound member functions here.
 | 
						|
  if (IncludeMember) {
 | 
						|
    if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, RHS, LV, FD))
 | 
						|
        return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD =
 | 
						|
                 dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MemPtr.getDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(Info, RHS, LV, IFD))
 | 
						|
        return nullptr;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("can't construct reference to bound member function");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return MemPtr.getDecl();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const ValueDecl *HandleMemberPointerAccess(EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                                  const BinaryOperator *BO,
 | 
						|
                                                  LValue &LV,
 | 
						|
                                                  bool IncludeMember = true) {
 | 
						|
  assert(BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || BO->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, BO->getLHS(), LV)) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.noteFailure()) {
 | 
						|
      MemberPtr MemPtr;
 | 
						|
      EvaluateMemberPointer(BO->getRHS(), MemPtr, Info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BO->getLHS()->getType(), LV,
 | 
						|
                                   BO->getRHS(), IncludeMember);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HandleBaseToDerivedCast - Apply the given base-to-derived cast operation on
 | 
						|
/// the provided lvalue, which currently refers to the base object.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleBaseToDerivedCast(EvalInfo &Info, const CastExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                    LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  SubobjectDesignator &D = Result.Designator;
 | 
						|
  if (D.Invalid || !Result.checkNullPointer(Info, E, CSK_Derived))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType TargetQT = E->getType();
 | 
						|
  if (const PointerType *PT = TargetQT->getAs<PointerType>())
 | 
						|
    TargetQT = PT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check this cast lands within the final derived-to-base subobject path.
 | 
						|
  if (D.MostDerivedPathLength + E->path_size() > D.Entries.size()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast)
 | 
						|
      << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check the type of the final cast. We don't need to check the path,
 | 
						|
  // since a cast can only be formed if the path is unique.
 | 
						|
  unsigned NewEntriesSize = D.Entries.size() - E->path_size();
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *TargetType = TargetQT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *FinalType;
 | 
						|
  if (NewEntriesSize == D.MostDerivedPathLength)
 | 
						|
    FinalType = D.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    FinalType = getAsBaseClass(D.Entries[NewEntriesSize - 1]);
 | 
						|
  if (FinalType->getCanonicalDecl() != TargetType->getCanonicalDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_downcast)
 | 
						|
      << D.MostDerivedType << TargetQT;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Truncate the lvalue to the appropriate derived class.
 | 
						|
  return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Result, TargetType, NewEntriesSize);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Get the value to use for a default-initialized object of type T.
 | 
						|
/// Return false if it encounters something invalid.
 | 
						|
static bool getDefaultInitValue(QualType T, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
  if (auto *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue((const FieldDecl *)nullptr);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(),
 | 
						|
                     std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned Index = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = RD->bases_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                                  End = RD->bases_end();
 | 
						|
         I != End; ++I, ++Index)
 | 
						|
      Success &= getDefaultInitValue(I->getType(), Result.getStructBase(Index));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
      if (I->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      Success &= getDefaultInitValue(I->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                     Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (auto *AT =
 | 
						|
          dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(T->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())) {
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, AT->getSize().getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
    if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
      Success &=
 | 
						|
          getDefaultInitValue(AT->getElementType(), Result.getArrayFiller());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue::IndeterminateValue();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
enum EvalStmtResult {
 | 
						|
  /// Evaluation failed.
 | 
						|
  ESR_Failed,
 | 
						|
  /// Hit a 'return' statement.
 | 
						|
  ESR_Returned,
 | 
						|
  /// Evaluation succeeded.
 | 
						|
  ESR_Succeeded,
 | 
						|
  /// Hit a 'continue' statement.
 | 
						|
  ESR_Continue,
 | 
						|
  /// Hit a 'break' statement.
 | 
						|
  ESR_Break,
 | 
						|
  /// Still scanning for 'case' or 'default' statement.
 | 
						|
  ESR_CaseNotFound
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateVarDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *VD) {
 | 
						|
  // We don't need to evaluate the initializer for a static local.
 | 
						|
  if (!VD->hasLocalStorage())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Result;
 | 
						|
  APValue &Val = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(VD, VD->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                                   ScopeKind::Block, Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *InitE = VD->getInit();
 | 
						|
  if (!InitE)
 | 
						|
    return getDefaultInitValue(VD->getType(), Val);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (InitE->isValueDependent())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInPlace(Val, Info, Result, InitE)) {
 | 
						|
    // Wipe out any partially-computed value, to allow tracking that this
 | 
						|
    // evaluation failed.
 | 
						|
    Val = APValue();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateDecl(EvalInfo &Info, const Decl *D) {
 | 
						|
  bool OK = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    OK &= EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const DecompositionDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
 | 
						|
      if (auto *VD = BD->getHoldingVar())
 | 
						|
        OK &= EvaluateDecl(Info, VD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return OK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate a condition (either a variable declaration or an expression).
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateCond(EvalInfo &Info, const VarDecl *CondDecl,
 | 
						|
                         const Expr *Cond, bool &Result) {
 | 
						|
  FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
  if (CondDecl && !EvaluateDecl(Info, CondDecl))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Cond, Result, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  return Scope.destroy();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
/// A location where the result (returned value) of evaluating a
 | 
						|
/// statement should be stored.
 | 
						|
struct StmtResult {
 | 
						|
  /// The APValue that should be filled in with the returned value.
 | 
						|
  APValue &Value;
 | 
						|
  /// The location containing the result, if any (used to support RVO).
 | 
						|
  const LValue *Slot;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct TempVersionRAII {
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame &Frame;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  TempVersionRAII(CallStackFrame &Frame) : Frame(Frame) {
 | 
						|
    Frame.pushTempVersion();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ~TempVersionRAII() {
 | 
						|
    Frame.popTempVersion();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                   const Stmt *S,
 | 
						|
                                   const SwitchCase *SC = nullptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate the body of a loop, and translate the result as appropriate.
 | 
						|
static EvalStmtResult EvaluateLoopBody(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                       const Stmt *Body,
 | 
						|
                                       const SwitchCase *Case = nullptr) {
 | 
						|
  BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Body, Case);
 | 
						|
  if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
    ESR = ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (ESR) {
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Break:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Succeeded:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Continue:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Continue;
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Failed:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Returned:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_CaseNotFound:
 | 
						|
    return ESR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate a switch statement.
 | 
						|
static EvalStmtResult EvaluateSwitch(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                     const SwitchStmt *SS) {
 | 
						|
  BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Evaluate the switch condition.
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value;
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    if (const Stmt *Init = SS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          ESR = ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info);
 | 
						|
    if (SS->getConditionVariable() &&
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateDecl(Info, SS->getConditionVariable()))
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(SS->getCond(), Value, Info))
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    if (!CondScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Find the switch case corresponding to the value of the condition.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Cache this lookup.
 | 
						|
  const SwitchCase *Found = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  for (const SwitchCase *SC = SS->getSwitchCaseList(); SC;
 | 
						|
       SC = SC->getNextSwitchCase()) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<DefaultStmt>(SC)) {
 | 
						|
      Found = SC;
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const CaseStmt *CS = cast<CaseStmt>(SC);
 | 
						|
    APSInt LHS = CS->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
    APSInt RHS = CS->getRHS() ? CS->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx)
 | 
						|
                              : LHS;
 | 
						|
    if (LHS <= Value && Value <= RHS) {
 | 
						|
      Found = SC;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Found)
 | 
						|
    return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Search the switch body for the switch case and evaluate it from there.
 | 
						|
  EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SS->getBody(), Found);
 | 
						|
  if (ESR != ESR_Failed && ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (ESR) {
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Break:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Succeeded:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Continue:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Failed:
 | 
						|
  case ESR_Returned:
 | 
						|
    return ESR;
 | 
						|
  case ESR_CaseNotFound:
 | 
						|
    // This can only happen if the switch case is nested within a statement
 | 
						|
    // expression. We have no intention of supporting that.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Found->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid EvalStmtResult!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Evaluate a statement.
 | 
						|
static EvalStmtResult EvaluateStmt(StmtResult &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                   const Stmt *S, const SwitchCase *Case) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.nextStep(S))
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're hunting down a 'case' or 'default' label, recurse through
 | 
						|
  // substatements until we hit the label.
 | 
						|
  if (Case) {
 | 
						|
    switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass:
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Precompute which substatement of a compound statement we
 | 
						|
      // would jump to, and go straight there rather than performing a
 | 
						|
      // linear scan each time.
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::DoStmtClass:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
 | 
						|
      if (Case == S)
 | 
						|
        Case = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::IfStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Precompute which side of an 'if' we would jump to, and go
 | 
						|
      // straight there rather than scanning both sides.
 | 
						|
      const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Wrap the evaluation in a block scope, in case it's a DeclStmt
 | 
						|
      // preceded by our switch label.
 | 
						|
      BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized)
 | 
						|
      // variable into scope.
 | 
						|
      if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
        EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case);
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
 | 
						|
          assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded);
 | 
						|
          return ESR;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Condition variable must be initialized if it exists.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We can skip evaluating the body if there's a condition
 | 
						|
      // variable, as there can't be any case labels within it.
 | 
						|
      // (The same is true for 'for' statements.)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getThen(), Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR == ESR_Failed)
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound)
 | 
						|
        return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      if (!IS->getElse())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_CaseNotFound;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, IS->getElse(), Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR == ESR_Failed)
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound)
 | 
						|
        return Scope.destroy() ? ESR : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      return ESR_CaseNotFound;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR =
 | 
						|
          EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, cast<WhileStmt>(S)->getBody(), Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::ForStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
      const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
      BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Step into the init statement in case it brings an (uninitialized)
 | 
						|
      // variable into scope.
 | 
						|
      if (const Stmt *Init = FS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
        EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init, Case);
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
 | 
						|
          assert(ESR != ESR_Succeeded);
 | 
						|
          return ESR;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR =
 | 
						|
          EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody(), Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      if (FS->getInc()) {
 | 
						|
        FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info);
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, FS->getInc()) || !IncScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
      // Start the lifetime of any uninitialized variables we encounter. They
 | 
						|
      // might be used by the selected branch of the switch.
 | 
						|
      const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
      for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
 | 
						|
        if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
          if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && !VD->getInit())
 | 
						|
            if (!EvaluateVarDecl(Info, VD))
 | 
						|
              return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
          // FIXME: If the variable has initialization that can't be jumped
 | 
						|
          // over, bail out of any immediately-surrounding compound-statement
 | 
						|
          // too. There can't be any case labels here.
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return ESR_CaseNotFound;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ESR_CaseNotFound;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (S->getStmtClass()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    if (const Expr *E = dyn_cast<Expr>(S)) {
 | 
						|
      // Don't bother evaluating beyond an expression-statement which couldn't
 | 
						|
      // be evaluated.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Do we need the FullExpressionRAII object here?
 | 
						|
      // VisitExprWithCleanups should create one when necessary.
 | 
						|
      FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E) || !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(S->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::NullStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::DeclStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const DeclStmt *DS = cast<DeclStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *D : DS->decls()) {
 | 
						|
      // Each declaration initialization is its own full-expression.
 | 
						|
      FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateDecl(Info, D) && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      if (!Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::ReturnStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *RetExpr = cast<ReturnStmt>(S)->getRetValue();
 | 
						|
    FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
    if (RetExpr &&
 | 
						|
        !(Result.Slot
 | 
						|
              ? EvaluateInPlace(Result.Value, Info, *Result.Slot, RetExpr)
 | 
						|
              : Evaluate(Result.Value, Info, RetExpr)))
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Returned : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::CompoundStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const CompoundStmt *CS = cast<CompoundStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *BI : CS->body()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, BI, Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded)
 | 
						|
        Case = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      else if (ESR != ESR_CaseNotFound) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (Case)
 | 
						|
      return ESR_CaseNotFound;
 | 
						|
    return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::IfStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const IfStmt *IS = cast<IfStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the condition, as either a var decl or as an expression.
 | 
						|
    BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
    if (const Stmt *Init = IS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, Init);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool Cond;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateCond(Info, IS->getConditionVariable(), IS->getCond(), Cond))
 | 
						|
      return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (const Stmt *SubStmt = Cond ? IS->getThen() : IS->getElse()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, SubStmt);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::WhileStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const WhileStmt *WS = cast<WhileStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    while (true) {
 | 
						|
      BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
      bool Continue;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateCond(Info, WS->getConditionVariable(), WS->getCond(),
 | 
						|
                        Continue))
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      if (!Continue)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, WS->getBody());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (!Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::DoStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const DoStmt *DS = cast<DoStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    bool Continue;
 | 
						|
    do {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, DS->getBody(), Case);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue)
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      Case = nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      FullExpressionRAII CondScope(Info);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(DS->getCond(), Continue, Info) ||
 | 
						|
          !CondScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    } while (Continue);
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Succeeded;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::ForStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const ForStmt *FS = cast<ForStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    BlockScopeRAII ForScope(Info);
 | 
						|
    if (FS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !ForScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    while (true) {
 | 
						|
      BlockScopeRAII IterScope(Info);
 | 
						|
      bool Continue = true;
 | 
						|
      if (FS->getCond() && !EvaluateCond(Info, FS->getConditionVariable(),
 | 
						|
                                         FS->getCond(), Continue))
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      if (!Continue)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!IterScope.destroy() || !ForScope.destroy()))
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (FS->getInc()) {
 | 
						|
        FullExpressionRAII IncScope(Info);
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, FS->getInc()) || !IncScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!IterScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return ForScope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::CXXForRangeStmtClass: {
 | 
						|
    const CXXForRangeStmt *FS = cast<CXXForRangeStmt>(S);
 | 
						|
    BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the init-statement if present.
 | 
						|
    if (FS->getInit()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getInit());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Initialize the __range variable.
 | 
						|
    EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getRangeStmt());
 | 
						|
    if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      return ESR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Create the __begin and __end iterators.
 | 
						|
    ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getBeginStmt());
 | 
						|
    if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      return ESR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getEndStmt());
 | 
						|
    if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Failed && !Scope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
      return ESR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (true) {
 | 
						|
      // Condition: __begin != __end.
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        bool Continue = true;
 | 
						|
        FullExpressionRAII CondExpr(Info);
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(FS->getCond(), Continue, Info))
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        if (!Continue)
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // User's variable declaration, initialized by *__begin.
 | 
						|
      BlockScopeRAII InnerScope(Info);
 | 
						|
      ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, FS->getLoopVarStmt());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy()))
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Loop body.
 | 
						|
      ESR = EvaluateLoopBody(Result, Info, FS->getBody());
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Continue) {
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed && (!InnerScope.destroy() || !Scope.destroy()))
 | 
						|
          return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
        return ESR;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Increment: ++__begin
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, FS->getInc()))
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!InnerScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Scope.destroy() ? ESR_Succeeded : ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::SwitchStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateSwitch(Result, Info, cast<SwitchStmt>(S));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::ContinueStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::BreakStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return ESR_Break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::LabelStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<LabelStmt>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::AttributedStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    // As a general principle, C++11 attributes can be ignored without
 | 
						|
    // any semantic impact.
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<AttributedStmt>(S)->getSubStmt(),
 | 
						|
                        Case);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::CaseStmtClass:
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::DefaultStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<SwitchCase>(S)->getSubStmt(), Case);
 | 
						|
  case Stmt::CXXTryStmtClass:
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate try blocks by evaluating all sub statements.
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, cast<CXXTryStmt>(S)->getTryBlock(), Case);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor - Check whether a constructor is a trivial
 | 
						|
/// default constructor. If so, we'll fold it whether or not it's marked as
 | 
						|
/// constexpr. If it is marked as constexpr, we will never implicitly define it,
 | 
						|
/// so we need special handling.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                           const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
 | 
						|
                                           bool IsValueInitialization) {
 | 
						|
  if (!CD->isTrivial() || !CD->isDefaultConstructor())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Value-initialization does not call a trivial default constructor, so such a
 | 
						|
  // call is a core constant expression whether or not the constructor is
 | 
						|
  // constexpr.
 | 
						|
  if (!CD->isConstexpr() && !IsValueInitialization) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function,
 | 
						|
      // we should be much more explicit about why it's not constexpr.
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1)
 | 
						|
        << /*IsConstexpr*/0 << /*IsConstructor*/1 << CD;
 | 
						|
      Info.Note(CD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(Loc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// CheckConstexprFunction - Check that a function can be called in a constant
 | 
						|
/// expression.
 | 
						|
static bool CheckConstexprFunction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                                   const FunctionDecl *Declaration,
 | 
						|
                                   const FunctionDecl *Definition,
 | 
						|
                                   const Stmt *Body) {
 | 
						|
  // Potential constant expressions can contain calls to declared, but not yet
 | 
						|
  // defined, constexpr functions.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && !Definition &&
 | 
						|
      Declaration->isConstexpr())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Bail out if the function declaration itself is invalid.  We will
 | 
						|
  // have produced a relevant diagnostic while parsing it, so just
 | 
						|
  // note the problematic sub-expression.
 | 
						|
  if (Declaration->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // DR1872: An instantiated virtual constexpr function can't be called in a
 | 
						|
  // constant expression (prior to C++20). We can still constant-fold such a
 | 
						|
  // call.
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration) &&
 | 
						|
      cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Declaration)->isVirtual())
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_call);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Definition && Definition->isInvalidDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const auto *CtorDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)) {
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *InitExpr : CtorDecl->inits()) {
 | 
						|
      if (InitExpr->getInit() && InitExpr->getInit()->containsErrors())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Can we evaluate this function call?
 | 
						|
  if (Definition && Definition->isConstexpr() && Body)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *DiagDecl = Definition ? Definition : Declaration;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If this function is not constexpr because it is an inherited
 | 
						|
    // non-constexpr constructor, diagnose that directly.
 | 
						|
    auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(DiagDecl);
 | 
						|
    if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor()) {
 | 
						|
      auto *Inherited = CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor();
 | 
						|
      if (!Inherited->isConstexpr())
 | 
						|
        DiagDecl = CD = Inherited;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: If DiagDecl is an implicitly-declared special member function
 | 
						|
    // or an inheriting constructor, we should be much more explicit about why
 | 
						|
    // it's not constexpr.
 | 
						|
    if (CD && CD->isInheritingConstructor())
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_inhctor, 1)
 | 
						|
        << CD->getInheritedConstructor().getConstructor()->getParent();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function, 1)
 | 
						|
        << DiagDecl->isConstexpr() << (bool)CD << DiagDecl;
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(DiagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct CheckDynamicTypeHandler {
 | 
						|
  AccessKinds AccessKind;
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) { return true; }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that we can access the notional vptr of an object / determine its
 | 
						|
/// dynamic type.
 | 
						|
static bool checkDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                             AccessKinds AK, bool Polymorphic) {
 | 
						|
  if (This.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, This, QualType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Obj)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Obj.Value) {
 | 
						|
    // The object is not usable in constant expressions, so we can't inspect
 | 
						|
    // its value to see if it's in-lifetime or what the active union members
 | 
						|
    // are. We can still check for a one-past-the-end lvalue.
 | 
						|
    if (This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() ||
 | 
						|
        This.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, This.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd()
 | 
						|
                         ? diag::note_constexpr_access_past_end
 | 
						|
                         : diag::note_constexpr_access_unsized_array)
 | 
						|
          << AK;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    } else if (Polymorphic) {
 | 
						|
      // Conservatively refuse to perform a polymorphic operation if we would
 | 
						|
      // not be able to read a notional 'vptr' value.
 | 
						|
      APValue Val;
 | 
						|
      This.moveInto(Val);
 | 
						|
      QualType StarThisType =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(This.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx));
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_polymorphic_unknown_dynamic_type)
 | 
						|
          << AK << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, StarThisType);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CheckDynamicTypeHandler Handler{AK};
 | 
						|
  return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that the pointee of the 'this' pointer in a member function call is
 | 
						|
/// either within its lifetime or in its period of construction or destruction.
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                     const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                     const CXXMethodDecl *NamedMember) {
 | 
						|
  return checkDynamicType(
 | 
						|
      Info, E, This,
 | 
						|
      isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NamedMember) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall, false);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct DynamicType {
 | 
						|
  /// The dynamic class type of the object.
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *Type;
 | 
						|
  /// The corresponding path length in the lvalue.
 | 
						|
  unsigned PathLength;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const CXXRecordDecl *getBaseClassType(SubobjectDesignator &Designator,
 | 
						|
                                             unsigned PathLength) {
 | 
						|
  assert(PathLength >= Designator.MostDerivedPathLength && PathLength <=
 | 
						|
      Designator.Entries.size() && "invalid path length");
 | 
						|
  return (PathLength == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength)
 | 
						|
             ? Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
 | 
						|
             : getAsBaseClass(Designator.Entries[PathLength - 1]);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine the dynamic type of an object.
 | 
						|
static Optional<DynamicType> ComputeDynamicType(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                LValue &This, AccessKinds AK) {
 | 
						|
  // If we don't have an lvalue denoting an object of class type, there is no
 | 
						|
  // meaningful dynamic type. (We consider objects of non-class type to have no
 | 
						|
  // dynamic type.)
 | 
						|
  if (!checkDynamicType(Info, E, This, AK, true))
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Refuse to compute a dynamic type in the presence of virtual bases. This
 | 
						|
  // shouldn't happen other than in constant-folding situations, since literal
 | 
						|
  // types can't have virtual bases.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Note that consumers of DynamicType assume that the type has no virtual
 | 
						|
  // bases, and will need modifications if this restriction is relaxed.
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *Class =
 | 
						|
      This.Designator.MostDerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (!Class || Class->getNumVBases()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: For very deep class hierarchies, it might be beneficial to use a
 | 
						|
  // binary search here instead. But the overwhelmingly common case is that
 | 
						|
  // we're not in the middle of a constructor, so it probably doesn't matter
 | 
						|
  // in practice.
 | 
						|
  ArrayRef<APValue::LValuePathEntry> Path = This.Designator.Entries;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned PathLength = This.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength;
 | 
						|
       PathLength <= Path.size(); ++PathLength) {
 | 
						|
    switch (Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(This.getLValueBase(),
 | 
						|
                                      Path.slice(0, PathLength))) {
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::Bases:
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::DestroyingBases:
 | 
						|
      // We're constructing or destroying a base class. This is not the dynamic
 | 
						|
      // type.
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::None:
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::AfterBases:
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::AfterFields:
 | 
						|
    case ConstructionPhase::Destroying:
 | 
						|
      // We've finished constructing the base classes and not yet started
 | 
						|
      // destroying them again, so this is the dynamic type.
 | 
						|
      return DynamicType{getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength),
 | 
						|
                         PathLength};
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // CWG issue 1517: we're constructing a base class of the object described by
 | 
						|
  // 'This', so that object has not yet begun its period of construction and
 | 
						|
  // any polymorphic operation on it results in undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
  Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
  return None;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform virtual dispatch.
 | 
						|
static const CXXMethodDecl *HandleVirtualDispatch(
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, LValue &This, const CXXMethodDecl *Found,
 | 
						|
    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &CovariantAdjustmentPath) {
 | 
						|
  Optional<DynamicType> DynType = ComputeDynamicType(
 | 
						|
      Info, E, This,
 | 
						|
      isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Found) ? AK_Destroy : AK_MemberCall);
 | 
						|
  if (!DynType)
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Find the final overrider. It must be declared in one of the classes on the
 | 
						|
  // path from the dynamic type to the static type.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: If we ever allow literal types to have virtual base classes, that
 | 
						|
  // won't be true.
 | 
						|
  const CXXMethodDecl *Callee = Found;
 | 
						|
  unsigned PathLength = DynType->PathLength;
 | 
						|
  for (/**/; PathLength <= This.Designator.Entries.size(); ++PathLength) {
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(This.Designator, PathLength);
 | 
						|
    const CXXMethodDecl *Overrider =
 | 
						|
        Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(Class, false);
 | 
						|
    if (Overrider) {
 | 
						|
      Callee = Overrider;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++2a [class.abstract]p6:
 | 
						|
  //   the effect of making a virtual call to a pure virtual function [...] is
 | 
						|
  //   undefined
 | 
						|
  if (Callee->isPure()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pure_virtual_call, 1) << Callee;
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If necessary, walk the rest of the path to determine the sequence of
 | 
						|
  // covariant adjustment steps to apply.
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Callee->getReturnType(),
 | 
						|
                                       Found->getReturnType())) {
 | 
						|
    CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Callee->getReturnType());
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned CovariantPathLength = PathLength + 1;
 | 
						|
         CovariantPathLength != This.Designator.Entries.size();
 | 
						|
         ++CovariantPathLength) {
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *NextClass =
 | 
						|
          getBaseClassType(This.Designator, CovariantPathLength);
 | 
						|
      const CXXMethodDecl *Next =
 | 
						|
          Found->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(NextClass, false);
 | 
						|
      if (Next && !Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
 | 
						|
                      Next->getReturnType(), CovariantAdjustmentPath.back()))
 | 
						|
        CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Next->getReturnType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Found->getReturnType(),
 | 
						|
                                         CovariantAdjustmentPath.back()))
 | 
						|
      CovariantAdjustmentPath.push_back(Found->getReturnType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Perform 'this' adjustment.
 | 
						|
  if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, This, Callee->getParent(), PathLength))
 | 
						|
    return nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Callee;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform the adjustment from a value returned by a virtual function to
 | 
						|
/// a value of the statically expected type, which may be a pointer or
 | 
						|
/// reference to a base class of the returned type.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                            APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                            ArrayRef<QualType> Path) {
 | 
						|
  assert(Result.isLValue() &&
 | 
						|
         "unexpected kind of APValue for covariant return");
 | 
						|
  if (Result.isNullPointer())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
  LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *OldClass = Path[0]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 1; I != Path.size(); ++I) {
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *NewClass = Path[I]->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    assert(OldClass && NewClass && "unexpected kind of covariant return");
 | 
						|
    if (OldClass != NewClass &&
 | 
						|
        !CastToBaseClass(Info, E, LVal, OldClass, NewClass))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    OldClass = NewClass;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LVal.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine whether \p Base, which is known to be a direct base class of
 | 
						|
/// \p Derived, is a public base class.
 | 
						|
static bool isBaseClassPublic(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
 | 
						|
                              const CXXRecordDecl *Base) {
 | 
						|
  for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BaseSpec : Derived->bases()) {
 | 
						|
    auto *BaseClass = BaseSpec.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (BaseClass && declaresSameEntity(BaseClass, Base))
 | 
						|
      return BaseSpec.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Base is not a direct base of Derived");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Apply the given dynamic cast operation on the provided lvalue.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This implements the hard case of dynamic_cast, requiring a "runtime check"
 | 
						|
/// to find a suitable target subobject.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDynamicCast(EvalInfo &Info, const ExplicitCastExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                              LValue &Ptr) {
 | 
						|
  // We can't do anything with a non-symbolic pointer value.
 | 
						|
  SubobjectDesignator &D = Ptr.Designator;
 | 
						|
  if (D.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p6:
 | 
						|
  //   If v is a null pointer value, the result is a null pointer value.
 | 
						|
  if (Ptr.isNullPointer() && !E->isGLValue())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For all the other cases, we need the pointer to point to an object within
 | 
						|
  // its lifetime / period of construction / destruction, and we need to know
 | 
						|
  // its dynamic type.
 | 
						|
  Optional<DynamicType> DynType =
 | 
						|
      ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Ptr, AK_DynamicCast);
 | 
						|
  if (!DynType)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p7:
 | 
						|
  //   If T is "pointer to cv void", then the result is a pointer to the most
 | 
						|
  //   derived object
 | 
						|
  if (E->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
 | 
						|
    return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *C = E->getTypeAsWritten()->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  assert(C && "dynamic_cast target is not void pointer nor class");
 | 
						|
  CanQualType CQT = Info.Ctx.getCanonicalType(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(C));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto RuntimeCheckFailed = [&] (CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
 | 
						|
    // C++ [expr.dynamic.cast]p9:
 | 
						|
    if (!E->isGLValue()) {
 | 
						|
      //   The value of a failed cast to pointer type is the null pointer value
 | 
						|
      //   of the required result type.
 | 
						|
      Ptr.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   A failed cast to reference type throws [...] std::bad_cast.
 | 
						|
    unsigned DiagKind;
 | 
						|
    if (!Paths && (declaresSameEntity(DynType->Type, C) ||
 | 
						|
                   DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C)))
 | 
						|
      DiagKind = 0;
 | 
						|
    else if (!Paths || Paths->begin() == Paths->end())
 | 
						|
      DiagKind = 1;
 | 
						|
    else if (Paths->isAmbiguous(CQT))
 | 
						|
      DiagKind = 2;
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      assert(Paths->front().Access != AS_public && "why did the cast fail?");
 | 
						|
      DiagKind = 3;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_dynamic_cast_to_reference_failed)
 | 
						|
        << DiagKind << Ptr.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx)
 | 
						|
        << Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type)
 | 
						|
        << E->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Runtime check, phase 1:
 | 
						|
  //   Walk from the base subobject towards the derived object looking for the
 | 
						|
  //   target type.
 | 
						|
  for (int PathLength = Ptr.Designator.Entries.size();
 | 
						|
       PathLength >= (int)DynType->PathLength; --PathLength) {
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *Class = getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength);
 | 
						|
    if (declaresSameEntity(Class, C))
 | 
						|
      return CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, Class, PathLength);
 | 
						|
    // We can only walk across public inheritance edges.
 | 
						|
    if (PathLength > (int)DynType->PathLength &&
 | 
						|
        !isBaseClassPublic(getBaseClassType(Ptr.Designator, PathLength - 1),
 | 
						|
                           Class))
 | 
						|
      return RuntimeCheckFailed(nullptr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Runtime check, phase 2:
 | 
						|
  //   Search the dynamic type for an unambiguous public base of type C.
 | 
						|
  CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true,
 | 
						|
                     /*RecordPaths=*/true, /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
 | 
						|
  if (DynType->Type->isDerivedFrom(C, Paths) && !Paths.isAmbiguous(CQT) &&
 | 
						|
      Paths.front().Access == AS_public) {
 | 
						|
    // Downcast to the dynamic type...
 | 
						|
    if (!CastToDerivedClass(Info, E, Ptr, DynType->Type, DynType->PathLength))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // ... then upcast to the chosen base class subobject.
 | 
						|
    for (CXXBasePathElement &Elem : Paths.front())
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, E, Ptr, Elem.Class, Elem.Base))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, the runtime check fails.
 | 
						|
  return RuntimeCheckFailed(&Paths);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *LHSExpr;
 | 
						|
  const FieldDecl *Field;
 | 
						|
  bool DuringInit;
 | 
						|
  bool Failed = false;
 | 
						|
  static const AccessKinds AccessKind = AK_Assign;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return Failed; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    // We are supposed to perform no initialization but begin the lifetime of
 | 
						|
    // the object. We interpret that as meaning to do what default
 | 
						|
    // initialization of the object would do if all constructors involved were
 | 
						|
    // trivial:
 | 
						|
    //  * All base, non-variant member, and array element subobjects' lifetimes
 | 
						|
    //    begin
 | 
						|
    //  * No variant members' lifetimes begin
 | 
						|
    //  * All scalar subobjects whose lifetimes begin have indeterminate values
 | 
						|
    assert(SubobjType->isUnionType());
 | 
						|
    if (declaresSameEntity(Subobj.getUnionField(), Field)) {
 | 
						|
      // This union member is already active. If it's also in-lifetime, there's
 | 
						|
      // nothing to do.
 | 
						|
      if (Subobj.getUnionValue().hasValue())
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (DuringInit) {
 | 
						|
      // We're currently in the process of initializing a different union
 | 
						|
      // member.  If we carried on, that initialization would attempt to
 | 
						|
      // store to an inactive union member, resulting in undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(LHSExpr,
 | 
						|
                  diag::note_constexpr_union_member_change_during_init);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    APValue Result;
 | 
						|
    Failed = !getDefaultInitValue(Field->getType(), Result);
 | 
						|
    Subobj.setUnion(Field, Result);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("wrong value kind for union object");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const AccessKinds StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler::AccessKind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Handle a builtin simple-assignment or a call to a trivial assignment
 | 
						|
/// operator whose left-hand side might involve a union member access. If it
 | 
						|
/// does, implicitly start the lifetime of any accessed union elements per
 | 
						|
/// C++20 [class.union]5.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *LHSExpr,
 | 
						|
                                          const LValue &LHS) {
 | 
						|
  if (LHS.InvalidBase || LHS.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl*>, 4> UnionPathLengths;
 | 
						|
  // C++ [class.union]p5:
 | 
						|
  //   define the set S(E) of subexpressions of E as follows:
 | 
						|
  unsigned PathLength = LHS.Designator.Entries.size();
 | 
						|
  for (const Expr *E = LHSExpr; E != nullptr;) {
 | 
						|
    //   -- If E is of the form A.B, S(E) contains the elements of S(A)...
 | 
						|
    if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
 | 
						|
      auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
 | 
						|
      // Note that we can't implicitly start the lifetime of a reference,
 | 
						|
      // so we don't need to proceed any further if we reach one.
 | 
						|
      if (!FD || FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      //    ... and also contains A.B if B names a union member ...
 | 
						|
      if (FD->getParent()->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
        //    ... of a non-class, non-array type, or of a class type with a
 | 
						|
        //    trivial default constructor that is not deleted, or an array of
 | 
						|
        //    such types.
 | 
						|
        auto *RD =
 | 
						|
            FD->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
        if (!RD || RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
 | 
						|
          UnionPathLengths.push_back({PathLength - 1, FD});
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      E = ME->getBase();
 | 
						|
      --PathLength;
 | 
						|
      assert(declaresSameEntity(FD,
 | 
						|
                                LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength]
 | 
						|
                                    .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      //   -- If E is of the form A[B] and is interpreted as a built-in array
 | 
						|
      //      subscripting operator, S(E) is [S(the array operand, if any)].
 | 
						|
    } else if (auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) {
 | 
						|
      // Step over an ArrayToPointerDecay implicit cast.
 | 
						|
      auto *Base = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreImplicit();
 | 
						|
      if (!Base->getType()->isArrayType())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      E = Base;
 | 
						|
      --PathLength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    } else if (auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
 | 
						|
      // Step over a derived-to-base conversion.
 | 
						|
      E = ICE->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
      if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
 | 
						|
        continue;
 | 
						|
      if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_DerivedToBase &&
 | 
						|
          ICE->getCastKind() != CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      // Walk path backwards as we walk up from the base to the derived class.
 | 
						|
      for (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Elt : llvm::reverse(ICE->path())) {
 | 
						|
        --PathLength;
 | 
						|
        (void)Elt;
 | 
						|
        assert(declaresSameEntity(Elt->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(),
 | 
						|
                                  LHS.Designator.Entries[PathLength]
 | 
						|
                                      .getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer()));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   -- Otherwise, S(E) is empty.
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Common case: no unions' lifetimes are started.
 | 
						|
  if (UnionPathLengths.empty())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //   if modification of X [would access an inactive union member], an object
 | 
						|
  //   of the type of X is implicitly created
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj =
 | 
						|
      findCompleteObject(Info, LHSExpr, AK_Assign, LHS, LHSExpr->getType());
 | 
						|
  if (!Obj)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  for (std::pair<unsigned, const FieldDecl *> LengthAndField :
 | 
						|
           llvm::reverse(UnionPathLengths)) {
 | 
						|
    // Form a designator for the union object.
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator D = LHS.Designator;
 | 
						|
    D.truncate(Info.Ctx, LHS.Base, LengthAndField.first);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool DuringInit = Info.isEvaluatingCtorDtor(LHS.Base, D.Entries) ==
 | 
						|
                      ConstructionPhase::AfterBases;
 | 
						|
    StartLifetimeOfUnionMemberHandler StartLifetime{
 | 
						|
        Info, LHSExpr, LengthAndField.second, DuringInit};
 | 
						|
    if (!findSubobject(Info, LHSExpr, Obj, D, StartLifetime))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateCallArg(const ParmVarDecl *PVD, const Expr *Arg,
 | 
						|
                            CallRef Call, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                            bool NonNull = false) {
 | 
						|
  LValue LV;
 | 
						|
  // Create the parameter slot and register its destruction. For a vararg
 | 
						|
  // argument, create a temporary.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: For calling conventions that destroy parameters in the callee,
 | 
						|
  // should we consider performing destruction when the function returns
 | 
						|
  // instead?
 | 
						|
  APValue &V = PVD ? Info.CurrentCall->createParam(Call, PVD, LV)
 | 
						|
                   : Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(Arg, Arg->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                                       ScopeKind::Call, LV);
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInPlace(V, Info, LV, Arg))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Passing a null pointer to an __attribute__((nonnull)) parameter results in
 | 
						|
  // undefined behavior, so is non-constant.
 | 
						|
  if (NonNull && V.isLValue() && V.isNullPointer()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(Arg, diag::note_non_null_attribute_failed);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate the arguments to a function call.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArgs(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, CallRef Call,
 | 
						|
                         EvalInfo &Info, const FunctionDecl *Callee,
 | 
						|
                         bool RightToLeft = false) {
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
  llvm::SmallBitVector ForbiddenNullArgs;
 | 
						|
  if (Callee->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
    ForbiddenNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *Attr : Callee->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Attr->args_size()) {
 | 
						|
        ForbiddenNullArgs.set();
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      } else
 | 
						|
        for (auto Idx : Attr->args()) {
 | 
						|
          unsigned ASTIdx = Idx.getASTIndex();
 | 
						|
          if (ASTIdx >= Args.size())
 | 
						|
            continue;
 | 
						|
          ForbiddenNullArgs[ASTIdx] = 1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0; I < Args.size(); I++) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned Idx = RightToLeft ? Args.size() - I - 1 : I;
 | 
						|
    const ParmVarDecl *PVD =
 | 
						|
        Idx < Callee->getNumParams() ? Callee->getParamDecl(Idx) : nullptr;
 | 
						|
    bool NonNull = !ForbiddenNullArgs.empty() && ForbiddenNullArgs[Idx];
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateCallArg(PVD, Args[Idx], Call, Info, NonNull)) {
 | 
						|
      // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all
 | 
						|
      // initializers even if some of them fail.
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform a trivial copy from Param, which is the parameter of a copy or move
 | 
						|
/// constructor or assignment operator.
 | 
						|
static bool handleTrivialCopy(EvalInfo &Info, const ParmVarDecl *Param,
 | 
						|
                              const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                              bool CopyObjectRepresentation) {
 | 
						|
  // Find the reference argument.
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame *Frame = Info.CurrentCall;
 | 
						|
  APValue *RefValue = Info.getParamSlot(Frame->Arguments, Param);
 | 
						|
  if (!RefValue) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Copy out the contents of the RHS object.
 | 
						|
  LValue RefLValue;
 | 
						|
  RefLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, *RefValue);
 | 
						|
  return handleLValueToRValueConversion(
 | 
						|
      Info, E, Param->getType().getNonReferenceType(), RefLValue, Result,
 | 
						|
      CopyObjectRepresentation);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate a function call.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleFunctionCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                               const FunctionDecl *Callee, const LValue *This,
 | 
						|
                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, CallRef Call,
 | 
						|
                               const Stmt *Body, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                               APValue &Result, const LValue *ResultSlot) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Callee, This, Call);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For a trivial copy or move assignment, perform an APValue copy. This is
 | 
						|
  // essential for unions, where the operations performed by the assignment
 | 
						|
  // operator cannot be represented as statements.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Skip this for non-union classes with no fields; in that case, the defaulted
 | 
						|
  // copy/move does not actually read the object.
 | 
						|
  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee);
 | 
						|
  if (MD && MD->isDefaulted() &&
 | 
						|
      (MD->getParent()->isUnion() ||
 | 
						|
       (MD->isTrivial() &&
 | 
						|
        isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(MD->getParent())))) {
 | 
						|
    assert(This &&
 | 
						|
           (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() || MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()));
 | 
						|
    APValue RHSValue;
 | 
						|
    if (!handleTrivialCopy(Info, MD->getParamDecl(0), Args[0], RHSValue,
 | 
						|
                           MD->getParent()->isUnion()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && MD->isTrivial() &&
 | 
						|
        !HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, Args[0], *This))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!handleAssignment(Info, Args[0], *This, MD->getThisType(),
 | 
						|
                          RHSValue))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    This->moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (MD && isLambdaCallOperator(MD)) {
 | 
						|
    // We're in a lambda; determine the lambda capture field maps unless we're
 | 
						|
    // just constexpr checking a lambda's call operator. constexpr checking is
 | 
						|
    // done before the captures have been added to the closure object (unless
 | 
						|
    // we're inferring constexpr-ness), so we don't have access to them in this
 | 
						|
    // case. But since we don't need the captures to constexpr check, we can
 | 
						|
    // just ignore them.
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
      MD->getParent()->getCaptureFields(Frame.LambdaCaptureFields,
 | 
						|
                                        Frame.LambdaThisCaptureField);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  StmtResult Ret = {Result, ResultSlot};
 | 
						|
  EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Body);
 | 
						|
  if (ESR == ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
    if (Callee->getReturnType()->isVoidType())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(Callee->getEndLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_no_return);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ESR == ESR_Returned;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate a constructor call.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                  CallRef Call,
 | 
						|
                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation CallLoc = E->getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Definition->getParent();
 | 
						|
  if (RD->getNumVBases()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj(
 | 
						|
      Info,
 | 
						|
      ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries},
 | 
						|
      RD->getNumBases());
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Definition, &This, Call);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is
 | 
						|
  // wasteful.
 | 
						|
  APValue RetVal;
 | 
						|
  StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If it's a delegating constructor, delegate.
 | 
						|
  if (Definition->isDelegatingConstructor()) {
 | 
						|
    CXXConstructorDecl::init_const_iterator I = Definition->init_begin();
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, This, (*I)->getInit()) ||
 | 
						|
          !InitScope.destroy())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For a trivial copy or move constructor, perform an APValue copy. This is
 | 
						|
  // essential for unions (or classes with anonymous union members), where the
 | 
						|
  // operations performed by the constructor cannot be represented by
 | 
						|
  // ctor-initializers.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Skip this for empty non-union classes; we should not perform an
 | 
						|
  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on them because their copy constructor does not
 | 
						|
  // actually read them.
 | 
						|
  if (Definition->isDefaulted() && Definition->isCopyOrMoveConstructor() &&
 | 
						|
      (Definition->getParent()->isUnion() ||
 | 
						|
       (Definition->isTrivial() &&
 | 
						|
        isReadByLvalueToRvalueConversion(Definition->getParent())))) {
 | 
						|
    return handleTrivialCopy(Info, Definition->getParamDecl(0), E, Result,
 | 
						|
                             Definition->getParent()->isUnion());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Reserve space for the struct members.
 | 
						|
  if (!Result.hasValue()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!RD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), RD->getNumBases(),
 | 
						|
                       std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      // A union starts with no active member.
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A scope for temporaries lifetime-extended by reference members.
 | 
						|
  BlockScopeRAII LifetimeExtendedScope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
  unsigned BasesSeen = 0;
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator BaseIt = RD->bases_begin();
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  CXXRecordDecl::field_iterator FieldIt = RD->field_begin();
 | 
						|
  auto SkipToField = [&](FieldDecl *FD, bool Indirect) {
 | 
						|
    // We might be initializing the same field again if this is an indirect
 | 
						|
    // field initialization.
 | 
						|
    if (FieldIt == RD->field_end() ||
 | 
						|
        FieldIt->getFieldIndex() > FD->getFieldIndex()) {
 | 
						|
      assert(Indirect && "fields out of order?");
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Default-initialize any fields with no explicit initializer.
 | 
						|
    for (; !declaresSameEntity(*FieldIt, FD); ++FieldIt) {
 | 
						|
      assert(FieldIt != RD->field_end() && "missing field?");
 | 
						|
      if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
        Success &= getDefaultInitValue(
 | 
						|
            FieldIt->getType(),
 | 
						|
            Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex()));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ++FieldIt;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  for (const auto *I : Definition->inits()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    LValue SubobjectParent = This;
 | 
						|
    APValue *Value = &Result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Determine the subobject to initialize.
 | 
						|
    FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    if (I->isBaseInitializer()) {
 | 
						|
      QualType BaseType(I->getBaseClass(), 0);
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
      // Non-virtual base classes are initialized in the order in the class
 | 
						|
      // definition. We have already checked for virtual base classes.
 | 
						|
      assert(!BaseIt->isVirtual() && "virtual base for literal type");
 | 
						|
      assert(Info.Ctx.hasSameType(BaseIt->getType(), BaseType) &&
 | 
						|
             "base class initializers not in expected order");
 | 
						|
      ++BaseIt;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, RD,
 | 
						|
                                  BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Value = &Result.getStructBase(BasesSeen++);
 | 
						|
    } else if ((FD = I->getMember())) {
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD, &Layout))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
        Result = APValue(FD);
 | 
						|
        Value = &Result.getUnionValue();
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        SkipToField(FD, false);
 | 
						|
        Value = &Result.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = I->getIndirectMember()) {
 | 
						|
      // Walk the indirect field decl's chain to find the object to initialize,
 | 
						|
      // and make sure we've initialized every step along it.
 | 
						|
      auto IndirectFieldChain = IFD->chain();
 | 
						|
      for (auto *C : IndirectFieldChain) {
 | 
						|
        FD = cast<FieldDecl>(C);
 | 
						|
        CXXRecordDecl *CD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getParent());
 | 
						|
        // Switch the union field if it differs. This happens if we had
 | 
						|
        // preceding zero-initialization, and we're now initializing a union
 | 
						|
        // subobject other than the first.
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: In this case, the values of the other subobjects are
 | 
						|
        // specified, since zero-initialization sets all padding bits to zero.
 | 
						|
        if (!Value->hasValue() ||
 | 
						|
            (Value->isUnion() && Value->getUnionField() != FD)) {
 | 
						|
          if (CD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
            *Value = APValue(FD);
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            // FIXME: This immediately starts the lifetime of all members of
 | 
						|
            // an anonymous struct. It would be preferable to strictly start
 | 
						|
            // member lifetime in initialization order.
 | 
						|
            Success &= getDefaultInitValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(CD), *Value);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // Store Subobject as its parent before updating it for the last element
 | 
						|
        // in the chain.
 | 
						|
        if (C == IndirectFieldChain.back())
 | 
						|
          SubobjectParent = Subobject;
 | 
						|
        if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, I->getInit(), Subobject, FD))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        if (CD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
          Value = &Value->getUnionValue();
 | 
						|
        else {
 | 
						|
          if (C == IndirectFieldChain.front() && !RD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
            SkipToField(FD, true);
 | 
						|
          Value = &Value->getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("unknown base initializer kind");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Need to override This for implicit field initializers as in this case
 | 
						|
    // This refers to innermost anonymous struct/union containing initializer,
 | 
						|
    // not to currently constructed class.
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Init = I->getInit();
 | 
						|
    ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &SubobjectParent,
 | 
						|
                                  isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init));
 | 
						|
    FullExpressionRAII InitScope(Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Subobject, Init) ||
 | 
						|
        (FD && FD->isBitField() &&
 | 
						|
         !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init, *Value, FD))) {
 | 
						|
      // If we're checking for a potential constant expression, evaluate all
 | 
						|
      // initializers even if some of them fail.
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // This is the point at which the dynamic type of the object becomes this
 | 
						|
    // class type.
 | 
						|
    if (I->isBaseInitializer() && BasesSeen == RD->getNumBases())
 | 
						|
      EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Default-initialize any remaining fields.
 | 
						|
  if (!RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
    for (; FieldIt != RD->field_end(); ++FieldIt) {
 | 
						|
      if (!FieldIt->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
        Success &= getDefaultInitValue(
 | 
						|
            FieldIt->getType(),
 | 
						|
            Result.getStructField(FieldIt->getFieldIndex()));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success &&
 | 
						|
         EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) != ESR_Failed &&
 | 
						|
         LifetimeExtendedScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleConstructorCall(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                  ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args,
 | 
						|
                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Definition,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info);
 | 
						|
  CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Definition);
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, Definition))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Call, Definition, Info, Result) &&
 | 
						|
         CallScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDestructionImpl(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                                  const LValue &This, APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  // Objects can only be destroyed while they're within their lifetimes.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We have no representation for whether an object of type nullptr_t
 | 
						|
  // is in its lifetime; it usually doesn't matter. Perhaps we should model it
 | 
						|
  // as indeterminate instead?
 | 
						|
  if (Value.isAbsent() && !T->isNullPtrType()) {
 | 
						|
    APValue Printable;
 | 
						|
    This.moveInto(Printable);
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_out_of_lifetime)
 | 
						|
      << Printable.getAsString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(T));
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Invent an expression for location purposes.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We shouldn't need to do this.
 | 
						|
  OpaqueValueExpr LocE(CallLoc, Info.Ctx.IntTy, VK_RValue);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For arrays, destroy elements right-to-left.
 | 
						|
  if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) {
 | 
						|
    uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
    QualType ElemT = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue ElemLV = This;
 | 
						|
    ElemLV.addArray(Info, &LocE, CAT);
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, Size))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ensure that we have actual array elements available to destroy; the
 | 
						|
    // destructors might mutate the value, so we can't run them on the array
 | 
						|
    // filler.
 | 
						|
    if (Size && Size > Value.getArrayInitializedElts())
 | 
						|
      expandArray(Value, Value.getArraySize() - 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (; Size != 0; --Size) {
 | 
						|
      APValue &Elem = Value.getArrayInitializedElt(Size - 1);
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, &LocE, ElemLV, ElemT, -1) ||
 | 
						|
          !HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, ElemLV, Elem, ElemT))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // End the lifetime of this array now.
 | 
						|
    Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (!RD) {
 | 
						|
    if (T.isDestructedType()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_destruction) << T;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (RD->getNumVBases()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
 | 
						|
  if (!DD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!DD || DD->isTrivial() ||
 | 
						|
      (RD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && RD->isUnion())) {
 | 
						|
    // A trivial destructor just ends the lifetime of the object. Check for
 | 
						|
    // this case before checking for a body, because we might not bother
 | 
						|
    // building a body for a trivial destructor. Note that it doesn't matter
 | 
						|
    // whether the destructor is constexpr in this case; all trivial
 | 
						|
    // destructors are constexpr.
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // If an anonymous union would be destroyed, some enclosing destructor must
 | 
						|
    // have been explicitly defined, and the anonymous union destruction should
 | 
						|
    // have no effect.
 | 
						|
    Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.CheckCallLimit(CallLoc))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  const Stmt *Body = DD->getBody(Definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, CallLoc, DD, Definition, Body))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame Frame(Info, CallLoc, Definition, &This, CallRef());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We're now in the period of destruction of this object.
 | 
						|
  unsigned BasesLeft = RD->getNumBases();
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo::EvaluatingDestructorRAII EvalObj(
 | 
						|
      Info,
 | 
						|
      ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries});
 | 
						|
  if (!EvalObj.DidInsert) {
 | 
						|
    // C++2a [class.dtor]p19:
 | 
						|
    //   the behavior is undefined if the destructor is invoked for an object
 | 
						|
    //   whose lifetime has ended
 | 
						|
    // (Note that formally the lifetime ends when the period of destruction
 | 
						|
    // begins, even though certain uses of the object remain valid until the
 | 
						|
    // period of destruction ends.)
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(CallLoc, diag::note_constexpr_double_destroy);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Creating an APValue just to hold a nonexistent return value is
 | 
						|
  // wasteful.
 | 
						|
  APValue RetVal;
 | 
						|
  StmtResult Ret = {RetVal, nullptr};
 | 
						|
  if (EvaluateStmt(Ret, Info, Definition->getBody()) == ESR_Failed)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A union destructor does not implicitly destroy its members.
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isUnion())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We don't have a good way to iterate fields in reverse, so collect all the
 | 
						|
  // fields first and then walk them backwards.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 16> Fields(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end());
 | 
						|
  for (const FieldDecl *FD : llvm::reverse(Fields)) {
 | 
						|
    if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, &LocE, Subobject, FD, &Layout))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, Subobject, *SubobjectValue,
 | 
						|
                               FD->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (BasesLeft != 0)
 | 
						|
    EvalObj.startedDestroyingBases();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Destroy base classes in reverse order.
 | 
						|
  for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &Base : llvm::reverse(RD->bases())) {
 | 
						|
    --BasesLeft;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType BaseType = Base.getType();
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, &LocE, Subobject, RD,
 | 
						|
                                BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(), &Layout))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue *SubobjectValue = &Value.getStructBase(BasesLeft);
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleDestructionImpl(Info, CallLoc, Subobject, *SubobjectValue,
 | 
						|
                               BaseType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  assert(BasesLeft == 0 && "NumBases was wrong?");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The period of destruction ends now. The object is gone.
 | 
						|
  Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
struct DestroyObjectHandler {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E;
 | 
						|
  const LValue &This;
 | 
						|
  const AccessKinds AccessKind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
  bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, E->getExprLoc(), This, Subobj,
 | 
						|
                                 SubobjType);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_destroy_complex_elem);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform a destructor or pseudo-destructor call on the given object, which
 | 
						|
/// might in general not be a complete object.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                              const LValue &This, QualType ThisType) {
 | 
						|
  CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK_Destroy, This, ThisType);
 | 
						|
  DestroyObjectHandler Handler = {Info, E, This, AK_Destroy};
 | 
						|
  return Obj && findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, This.Designator, Handler);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Destroy and end the lifetime of the given complete object.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleDestruction(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                              APValue::LValueBase LVBase, APValue &Value,
 | 
						|
                              QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  // If we've had an unmodeled side-effect, we can't rely on mutable state
 | 
						|
  // (such as the object we're about to destroy) being correct.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue LV;
 | 
						|
  LV.set({LVBase});
 | 
						|
  return HandleDestructionImpl(Info, Loc, LV, Value, T);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform a call to 'perator new' or to `__builtin_operator_new'.
 | 
						|
static bool HandleOperatorNewCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                  LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
      Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::allocate.
 | 
						|
  auto Caller = Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate");
 | 
						|
  if (!Caller) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
 | 
						|
                                     ? diag::note_constexpr_new_untyped
 | 
						|
                                     : diag::note_constexpr_new);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType ElemType = Caller.ElemType;
 | 
						|
  if (ElemType->isIncompleteType() || ElemType->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_new_not_complete_object_type)
 | 
						|
        << (ElemType->isIncompleteType() ? 0 : 1) << ElemType;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt ByteSize;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), ByteSize, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  bool IsNothrow = false;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I));
 | 
						|
    IsNothrow |= E->getType()->isNothrowT();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CharUnits ElemSize;
 | 
						|
  if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElemType, ElemSize))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  APInt Size, Remainder;
 | 
						|
  APInt ElemSizeAP(ByteSize.getBitWidth(), ElemSize.getQuantity());
 | 
						|
  APInt::udivrem(ByteSize, ElemSizeAP, Size, Remainder);
 | 
						|
  if (Remainder != 0) {
 | 
						|
    // This likely indicates a bug in the implementation of 'std::allocator'.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_constexpr_operator_new_bad_size)
 | 
						|
        << ByteSize << APSInt(ElemSizeAP, true) << ElemType;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (ByteSize.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Info.Ctx)) {
 | 
						|
    if (IsNothrow) {
 | 
						|
      Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_large) << APSInt(Size, true);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType(ElemType, Size, nullptr,
 | 
						|
                                                     ArrayType::Normal, 0);
 | 
						|
  APValue *Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(E, AllocType, Result);
 | 
						|
  *Val = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, Size.getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
  Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AllocType));
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool hasVirtualDestructor(QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
 | 
						|
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor())
 | 
						|
      return DD->isVirtual();
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const FunctionDecl *getVirtualOperatorDelete(QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
 | 
						|
    if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor())
 | 
						|
      return DD->isVirtual() ? DD->getOperatorDelete() : nullptr;
 | 
						|
  return nullptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check that the given object is a suitable pointer to a heap allocation that
 | 
						|
/// still exists and is of the right kind for the purpose of a deletion.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// On success, returns the heap allocation to deallocate. On failure, produces
 | 
						|
/// a diagnostic and returns None.
 | 
						|
static Optional<DynAlloc *> CheckDeleteKind(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                            const LValue &Pointer,
 | 
						|
                                            DynAlloc::Kind DeallocKind) {
 | 
						|
  auto PointerAsString = [&] {
 | 
						|
    return Pointer.toString(Info.Ctx, Info.Ctx.VoidPtrTy);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DynamicAllocLValue DA = Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>();
 | 
						|
  if (!DA) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_not_heap_alloc)
 | 
						|
        << PointerAsString();
 | 
						|
    if (Pointer.Base)
 | 
						|
      NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base);
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = Info.lookupDynamicAlloc(DA);
 | 
						|
  if (!Alloc) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete);
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType();
 | 
						|
  if (DeallocKind != (*Alloc)->getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_delete_mismatch)
 | 
						|
        << DeallocKind << (*Alloc)->getKind() << AllocType;
 | 
						|
    NoteLValueLocation(Info, Pointer.Base);
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Subobject = false;
 | 
						|
  if (DeallocKind == DynAlloc::New) {
 | 
						|
    Subobject = Pointer.Designator.MostDerivedPathLength != 0 ||
 | 
						|
                Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Subobject = Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 1 ||
 | 
						|
                Pointer.Designator.Entries[0].getAsArrayIndex() != 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (Subobject) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_subobject)
 | 
						|
        << PointerAsString() << Pointer.Designator.isOnePastTheEnd();
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Alloc;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Perform a call to 'operator delete' or '__builtin_operator_delete'.
 | 
						|
bool HandleOperatorDeleteCall(EvalInfo &Info, const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() ||
 | 
						|
      Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This is permitted only within a call to std::allocator<T>::deallocate.
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("deallocate")) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getExprLoc());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Pointer;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Pointer, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 1, N = E->getNumArgs(); I != N; ++I)
 | 
						|
    EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getArg(I));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Deleting a null pointer has no effect.
 | 
						|
  if (Pointer.isNullPointer())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckDeleteKind(Info, E, Pointer, DynAlloc::StdAllocator))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.get<DynamicAllocLValue>());
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Generic Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class BitCastBuffer {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: We're going to need bit-level granularity when we support
 | 
						|
  // bit-fields.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Its possible under the C++ standard for 'char' to not be 8 bits, but
 | 
						|
  // we don't support a host or target where that is the case. Still, we should
 | 
						|
  // use a more generic type in case we ever do.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<Optional<unsigned char>, 32> Bytes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  static_assert(std::numeric_limits<unsigned char>::digits >= 8,
 | 
						|
                "Need at least 8 bit unsigned char");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool TargetIsLittleEndian;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  BitCastBuffer(CharUnits Width, bool TargetIsLittleEndian)
 | 
						|
      : Bytes(Width.getQuantity()),
 | 
						|
        TargetIsLittleEndian(TargetIsLittleEndian) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LLVM_NODISCARD
 | 
						|
  bool readObject(CharUnits Offset, CharUnits Width,
 | 
						|
                  SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Output) const {
 | 
						|
    for (CharUnits I = Offset, E = Offset + Width; I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      // If a byte of an integer is uninitialized, then the whole integer is
 | 
						|
      // uninitalized.
 | 
						|
      if (!Bytes[I.getQuantity()])
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Output.push_back(*Bytes[I.getQuantity()]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian)
 | 
						|
      std::reverse(Output.begin(), Output.end());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void writeObject(CharUnits Offset, SmallVectorImpl<unsigned char> &Input) {
 | 
						|
    if (llvm::sys::IsLittleEndianHost != TargetIsLittleEndian)
 | 
						|
      std::reverse(Input.begin(), Input.end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    size_t Index = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned char Byte : Input) {
 | 
						|
      assert(!Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] && "overwriting a byte?");
 | 
						|
      Bytes[Offset.getQuantity() + Index] = Byte;
 | 
						|
      ++Index;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  size_t size() { return Bytes.size(); }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Traverse an APValue to produce an BitCastBuffer, emulating how the current
 | 
						|
/// target would represent the value at runtime.
 | 
						|
class APValueToBufferConverter {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  BitCastBuffer Buffer;
 | 
						|
  const CastExpr *BCE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValueToBufferConverter(EvalInfo &Info, CharUnits ObjectWidth,
 | 
						|
                           const CastExpr *BCE)
 | 
						|
      : Info(Info),
 | 
						|
        Buffer(ObjectWidth, Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isLittleEndian()),
 | 
						|
        BCE(BCE) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty) {
 | 
						|
    return visit(Val, Ty, CharUnits::fromQuantity(0));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Write out Val with type Ty into Buffer starting at Offset.
 | 
						|
  bool visit(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    assert((size_t)Offset.getQuantity() <= Buffer.size());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // As a special case, nullptr_t has an indeterminate value.
 | 
						|
    if (Ty->isNullPtrType())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Dig through Src to find the byte at SrcOffset.
 | 
						|
    switch (Val.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Indeterminate:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::None:
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Int:
 | 
						|
      return visitInt(Val.getInt(), Ty, Offset);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Float:
 | 
						|
      return visitFloat(Val.getFloat(), Ty, Offset);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Array:
 | 
						|
      return visitArray(Val, Ty, Offset);
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Struct:
 | 
						|
      return visitRecord(Val, Ty, Offset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexInt:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::ComplexFloat:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Vector:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::FixedPoint:
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We should support these.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case APValue::Union:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::MemberPointer:
 | 
						|
    case APValue::AddrLabelDiff: {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                  diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type)
 | 
						|
          << Ty;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case APValue::LValue:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("LValue subobject in bit_cast?");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled APValue::ValueKind");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visitRecord(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    const RecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Visit the base classes.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
 | 
						|
      for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
        const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I];
 | 
						|
        CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!visitRecord(Val.getStructBase(I), BS.getType(),
 | 
						|
                         Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Visit the fields.
 | 
						|
    unsigned FieldIdx = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
      if (FD->isBitField()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                    diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0 &&
 | 
						|
             "only bit-fields can have sub-char alignment");
 | 
						|
      CharUnits FieldOffset =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(FieldOffsetBits) + Offset;
 | 
						|
      QualType FieldTy = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
      if (!visit(Val.getStructField(FieldIdx), FieldTy, FieldOffset))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      ++FieldIdx;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visitArray(const APValue &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    const auto *CAT =
 | 
						|
        dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
 | 
						|
    if (!CAT)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CharUnits ElemWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CAT->getElementType());
 | 
						|
    unsigned NumInitializedElts = Val.getArrayInitializedElts();
 | 
						|
    unsigned ArraySize = Val.getArraySize();
 | 
						|
    // First, initialize the initialized elements.
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumInitializedElts; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      const APValue &SubObj = Val.getArrayInitializedElt(I);
 | 
						|
      if (!visit(SubObj, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Next, initialize the rest of the array using the filler.
 | 
						|
    if (Val.hasArrayFiller()) {
 | 
						|
      const APValue &Filler = Val.getArrayFiller();
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned I = NumInitializedElts; I != ArraySize; ++I) {
 | 
						|
        if (!visit(Filler, CAT->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElemWidth))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visitInt(const APSInt &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    APSInt AdjustedVal = Val;
 | 
						|
    unsigned Width = AdjustedVal.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
    if (Ty->isBooleanType()) {
 | 
						|
      Width = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty);
 | 
						|
      AdjustedVal = AdjustedVal.extend(Width);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<unsigned char, 8> Bytes(Width / 8);
 | 
						|
    llvm::StoreIntToMemory(AdjustedVal, &*Bytes.begin(), Width / 8);
 | 
						|
    Buffer.writeObject(Offset, Bytes);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visitFloat(const APFloat &Val, QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    APSInt AsInt(Val.bitcastToAPInt());
 | 
						|
    return visitInt(AsInt, Ty, Offset);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  static Optional<BitCastBuffer> convert(EvalInfo &Info, const APValue &Src,
 | 
						|
                                         const CastExpr *BCE) {
 | 
						|
    CharUnits DstSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BCE->getType());
 | 
						|
    APValueToBufferConverter Converter(Info, DstSize, BCE);
 | 
						|
    if (!Converter.visit(Src, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return None;
 | 
						|
    return Converter.Buffer;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Write an BitCastBuffer into an APValue.
 | 
						|
class BufferToAPValueConverter {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  const BitCastBuffer &Buffer;
 | 
						|
  const CastExpr *BCE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  BufferToAPValueConverter(EvalInfo &Info, const BitCastBuffer &Buffer,
 | 
						|
                           const CastExpr *BCE)
 | 
						|
      : Info(Info), Buffer(Buffer), BCE(BCE) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Emit an unsupported bit_cast type error. Sema refuses to build a bit_cast
 | 
						|
  // with an invalid type, so anything left is a deficiency on our part (FIXME).
 | 
						|
  // Ideally this will be unreachable.
 | 
						|
  llvm::NoneType unsupportedType(QualType Ty) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_type)
 | 
						|
        << Ty;
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::NoneType unrepresentableValue(QualType Ty, const APSInt &Val) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unrepresentable_value)
 | 
						|
        << Ty << Val.toString(/*Radix=*/10);
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visit(const BuiltinType *T, CharUnits Offset,
 | 
						|
                          const EnumType *EnumSugar = nullptr) {
 | 
						|
    if (T->isNullPtrType()) {
 | 
						|
      uint64_t NullValue = Info.Ctx.getTargetNullPointerValue(QualType(T, 0));
 | 
						|
      return APValue((Expr *)nullptr,
 | 
						|
                     /*Offset=*/CharUnits::fromQuantity(NullValue),
 | 
						|
                     APValue::NoLValuePath{}, /*IsNullPtr=*/true);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CharUnits SizeOf = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Work around floating point types that contain unused padding bytes. This
 | 
						|
    // is really just `long double` on x86, which is the only fundamental type
 | 
						|
    // with padding bytes.
 | 
						|
    if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0));
 | 
						|
      unsigned NumBits = llvm::APFloatBase::getSizeInBits(Semantics);
 | 
						|
      assert(NumBits % 8 == 0);
 | 
						|
      CharUnits NumBytes = CharUnits::fromQuantity(NumBits / 8);
 | 
						|
      if (NumBytes != SizeOf)
 | 
						|
        SizeOf = NumBytes;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<uint8_t, 8> Bytes;
 | 
						|
    if (!Buffer.readObject(Offset, SizeOf, Bytes)) {
 | 
						|
      // If this is std::byte or unsigned char, then its okay to store an
 | 
						|
      // indeterminate value.
 | 
						|
      bool IsStdByte = EnumSugar && EnumSugar->isStdByteType();
 | 
						|
      bool IsUChar =
 | 
						|
          !EnumSugar && (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::UChar) ||
 | 
						|
                         T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U));
 | 
						|
      if (!IsStdByte && !IsUChar) {
 | 
						|
        QualType DisplayType(EnumSugar ? (const Type *)EnumSugar : T, 0);
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(BCE->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                    diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_indet_dest)
 | 
						|
            << DisplayType << Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned;
 | 
						|
        return None;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return APValue::IndeterminateValue();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val(SizeOf.getQuantity() * Info.Ctx.getCharWidth(), true);
 | 
						|
    llvm::LoadIntFromMemory(Val, &*Bytes.begin(), Bytes.size());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
      Val.setIsSigned(T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      unsigned IntWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0));
 | 
						|
      if (IntWidth != Val.getBitWidth()) {
 | 
						|
        APSInt Truncated = Val.trunc(IntWidth);
 | 
						|
        if (Truncated.extend(Val.getBitWidth()) != Val)
 | 
						|
          return unrepresentableValue(QualType(T, 0), Val);
 | 
						|
        Val = Truncated;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return APValue(Val);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      const llvm::fltSemantics &Semantics =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(T, 0));
 | 
						|
      return APValue(APFloat(Semantics, Val));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return unsupportedType(QualType(T, 0));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visit(const RecordType *RTy, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    const RecordDecl *RD = RTy->getAsRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned NumBases = 0;
 | 
						|
    if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
 | 
						|
      NumBases = CXXRD->getNumBases();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue ResultVal(APValue::UninitStruct(), NumBases,
 | 
						|
                      std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Visit the base classes.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
 | 
						|
      for (size_t I = 0, E = CXXRD->getNumBases(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
        const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS = CXXRD->bases_begin()[I];
 | 
						|
        CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
        if (BaseDecl->isEmpty() ||
 | 
						|
            Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(BaseDecl).getNonVirtualSize().isZero())
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType(
 | 
						|
            BS.getType(), Layout.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl) + Offset);
 | 
						|
        if (!SubObj)
 | 
						|
          return None;
 | 
						|
        ResultVal.getStructBase(I) = *SubObj;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Visit the fields.
 | 
						|
    unsigned FieldIdx = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We don't currently support bit-fields. A lot of the logic for
 | 
						|
      // this is in CodeGen, so we need to factor it around.
 | 
						|
      if (FD->isBitField()) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                    diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_unsupported_bitfield);
 | 
						|
        return None;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      uint64_t FieldOffsetBits = Layout.getFieldOffset(FieldIdx);
 | 
						|
      assert(FieldOffsetBits % Info.Ctx.getCharWidth() == 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      CharUnits FieldOffset =
 | 
						|
          CharUnits::fromQuantity(FieldOffsetBits / Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()) +
 | 
						|
          Offset;
 | 
						|
      QualType FieldTy = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
      Optional<APValue> SubObj = visitType(FieldTy, FieldOffset);
 | 
						|
      if (!SubObj)
 | 
						|
        return None;
 | 
						|
      ResultVal.getStructField(FieldIdx) = *SubObj;
 | 
						|
      ++FieldIdx;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ResultVal;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visit(const EnumType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    QualType RepresentationType = Ty->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
 | 
						|
    assert(!RepresentationType.isNull() &&
 | 
						|
           "enum forward decl should be caught by Sema");
 | 
						|
    const auto *AsBuiltin =
 | 
						|
        RepresentationType.getCanonicalType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
 | 
						|
    // Recurse into the underlying type. Treat std::byte transparently as
 | 
						|
    // unsigned char.
 | 
						|
    return visit(AsBuiltin, Offset, /*EnumTy=*/Ty);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visit(const ConstantArrayType *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    size_t Size = Ty->getSize().getLimitedValue();
 | 
						|
    CharUnits ElementWidth = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty->getElementType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue ArrayValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Size, Size);
 | 
						|
    for (size_t I = 0; I != Size; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      Optional<APValue> ElementValue =
 | 
						|
          visitType(Ty->getElementType(), Offset + I * ElementWidth);
 | 
						|
      if (!ElementValue)
 | 
						|
        return None;
 | 
						|
      ArrayValue.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = std::move(*ElementValue);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ArrayValue;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visit(const Type *Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    return unsupportedType(QualType(Ty, 0));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> visitType(QualType Ty, CharUnits Offset) {
 | 
						|
    QualType Can = Ty.getCanonicalType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (Can->getTypeClass()) {
 | 
						|
#define TYPE(Class, Base)                                                      \
 | 
						|
  case Type::Class:                                                            \
 | 
						|
    return visit(cast<Class##Type>(Can.getTypePtr()), Offset);
 | 
						|
#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
 | 
						|
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)                                        \
 | 
						|
  case Type::Class:                                                            \
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("non-canonical type should be impossible!");
 | 
						|
#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base)                                            \
 | 
						|
  case Type::Class:                                                            \
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable(                                                          \
 | 
						|
        "dependent types aren't supported in the constant evaluator!");
 | 
						|
#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT(Class, Base)                            \
 | 
						|
  case Type::Class:                                                            \
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("either dependent or not canonical!");
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled Type::TypeClass");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  // Pull out a full value of type DstType.
 | 
						|
  static Optional<APValue> convert(EvalInfo &Info, BitCastBuffer &Buffer,
 | 
						|
                                   const CastExpr *BCE) {
 | 
						|
    BufferToAPValueConverter Converter(Info, Buffer, BCE);
 | 
						|
    return Converter.visitType(BCE->getType(), CharUnits::fromQuantity(0));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(SourceLocation Loc,
 | 
						|
                                                 QualType Ty, EvalInfo *Info,
 | 
						|
                                                 const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                 bool CheckingDest) {
 | 
						|
  Ty = Ty.getCanonicalType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto diag = [&](int Reason) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info)
 | 
						|
      Info->FFDiag(Loc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_type)
 | 
						|
          << CheckingDest << (Reason == 4) << Reason;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  auto note = [&](int Construct, QualType NoteTy, SourceLocation NoteLoc) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info)
 | 
						|
      Info->Note(NoteLoc, diag::note_constexpr_bit_cast_invalid_subtype)
 | 
						|
          << NoteTy << Construct << Ty;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isUnionType())
 | 
						|
    return diag(0);
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isPointerType())
 | 
						|
    return diag(1);
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isMemberPointerType())
 | 
						|
    return diag(2);
 | 
						|
  if (Ty.isVolatileQualified())
 | 
						|
    return diag(3);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (RecordDecl *Record = Ty->getAsRecordDecl()) {
 | 
						|
    if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
 | 
						|
      for (CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : CXXRD->bases())
 | 
						|
        if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, BS.getType(), Info, Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                  CheckingDest))
 | 
						|
          return note(1, BS.getType(), BS.getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    for (FieldDecl *FD : Record->fields()) {
 | 
						|
      if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
 | 
						|
        return diag(4);
 | 
						|
      if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, FD->getType(), Info, Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                CheckingDest))
 | 
						|
        return note(0, FD->getType(), FD->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
      !checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(Loc, Ctx.getBaseElementType(Ty),
 | 
						|
                                            Info, Ctx, CheckingDest))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(EvalInfo *Info,
 | 
						|
                                             const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                             const CastExpr *BCE) {
 | 
						|
  bool DestOK = checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(
 | 
						|
      BCE->getBeginLoc(), BCE->getType(), Info, Ctx, true);
 | 
						|
  bool SourceOK = DestOK && checkBitCastConstexprEligibilityType(
 | 
						|
                                BCE->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                BCE->getSubExpr()->getType(), Info, Ctx, false);
 | 
						|
  return SourceOK;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool handleLValueToRValueBitCast(EvalInfo &Info, APValue &DestValue,
 | 
						|
                                        APValue &SourceValue,
 | 
						|
                                        const CastExpr *BCE) {
 | 
						|
  assert(CHAR_BIT == 8 && Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth() == 8 &&
 | 
						|
         "no host or target supports non 8-bit chars");
 | 
						|
  assert(SourceValue.isLValue() &&
 | 
						|
         "LValueToRValueBitcast requires an lvalue operand!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(&Info, Info.Ctx, BCE))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue SourceLValue;
 | 
						|
  APValue SourceRValue;
 | 
						|
  SourceLValue.setFrom(Info.Ctx, SourceValue);
 | 
						|
  if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(
 | 
						|
          Info, BCE, BCE->getSubExpr()->getType().withConst(), SourceLValue,
 | 
						|
          SourceRValue, /*WantObjectRepresentation=*/true))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Read out SourceValue into a char buffer.
 | 
						|
  Optional<BitCastBuffer> Buffer =
 | 
						|
      APValueToBufferConverter::convert(Info, SourceRValue, BCE);
 | 
						|
  if (!Buffer)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Write out the buffer into a new APValue.
 | 
						|
  Optional<APValue> MaybeDestValue =
 | 
						|
      BufferToAPValueConverter::convert(Info, *Buffer, BCE);
 | 
						|
  if (!MaybeDestValue)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DestValue = std::move(*MaybeDestValue);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template <class Derived>
 | 
						|
class ExprEvaluatorBase
 | 
						|
  : public ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> {
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  Derived &getDerived() { return static_cast<Derived&>(*this); }
 | 
						|
  bool DerivedSuccess(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return getDerived().Success(V, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool DerivedZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return getDerived().ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check whether a conditional operator with a non-constant condition is a
 | 
						|
  // potential constant expression. If neither arm is a potential constant
 | 
						|
  // expression, then the conditional operator is not either.
 | 
						|
  template<typename ConditionalOperator>
 | 
						|
  void CheckPotentialConstantConditional(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Speculatively evaluate both arms.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diag;
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag);
 | 
						|
      StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
 | 
						|
      if (Diag.empty())
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      SpeculativeEvaluationRAII Speculate(Info, &Diag);
 | 
						|
      Diag.clear();
 | 
						|
      StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr());
 | 
						|
      if (Diag.empty())
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Error(E, diag::note_constexpr_conditional_never_const);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  template<typename ConditionalOperator>
 | 
						|
  bool HandleConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    bool BoolResult;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getCond(), BoolResult, Info)) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && Info.noteFailure()) {
 | 
						|
        CheckPotentialConstantConditional(E);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (Info.noteFailure()) {
 | 
						|
        StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getTrueExpr());
 | 
						|
        StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Expr *EvalExpr = BoolResult ? E->getTrueExpr() : E->getFalseExpr();
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(EvalExpr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  typedef ConstStmtVisitor<Derived, bool> StmtVisitorTy;
 | 
						|
  typedef ExprEvaluatorBase ExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
 | 
						|
    return Info.CCEDiag(E, D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Error(E); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  ExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info) : Info(Info) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &getEvalInfo() { return Info; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Report an evaluation error. This should only be called when an error is
 | 
						|
  /// first discovered. When propagating an error, just return false.
 | 
						|
  bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, D);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Error(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Error(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitStmt(const Stmt *) {
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Expression evaluator should not be called on stmts");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitExpr(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitConstantExpr(const ConstantExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->hasAPValueResult())
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(E->getAPValueResult(), E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitParenExpr(const ParenExpr *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryExtension(const UnaryOperator *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPlus(const UnaryOperator *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitChooseExpr(const ChooseExpr *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getChosenSubExpr()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitGenericSelectionExpr(const GenericSelectionExpr *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getResultExpr()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitSubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr(const SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr *E)
 | 
						|
    { return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getReplacement()); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(const CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall);
 | 
						|
    SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope);
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXDefaultInitExpr(const CXXDefaultInitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    TempVersionRAII RAII(*Info.CurrentCall);
 | 
						|
    // The initializer may not have been parsed yet, or might be erroneous.
 | 
						|
    if (!E->getExpr())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    SourceLocExprScopeGuard Guard(E, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope);
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getExpr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitExprWithCleanups(const ExprWithCleanups *E) {
 | 
						|
    FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr()) && Scope.destroy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Temporaries are registered when created, so we don't care about
 | 
						|
  // CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXBindTemporaryExpr(const CXXBindTemporaryExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXReinterpretCastExpr(const CXXReinterpretCastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 0;
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXDynamicCastExpr(const CXXDynamicCastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
 | 
						|
      CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 1;
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBuiltinBitCastExpr(const BuiltinBitCastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return static_cast<Derived*>(this)->VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BO_Comma:
 | 
						|
      VisitIgnoredValue(E->getLHS());
 | 
						|
      return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getRHS());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemD:
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemI: {
 | 
						|
      LValue Obj;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, E, Obj))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      APValue Result;
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), Obj, Result))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXRewrittenBinaryOperator(const CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSemanticForm());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(const BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate and cache the common expression. We treat it as a temporary,
 | 
						|
    // even though it's not quite the same thing.
 | 
						|
    LValue CommonLV;
 | 
						|
    if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
                      E->getOpaqueValue(),
 | 
						|
                      getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getOpaqueValue()),
 | 
						|
                      ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV),
 | 
						|
                  Info, E->getCommon()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return HandleConditionalOperator(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitConditionalOperator(const ConditionalOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    bool IsBcpCall = false;
 | 
						|
    // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call,
 | 
						|
    // the result is a constant expression if it can be folded without
 | 
						|
    // side-effects. This is an important GNU extension. See GCC PR38377
 | 
						|
    // for discussion.
 | 
						|
    if (const CallExpr *CallCE =
 | 
						|
          dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
 | 
						|
      if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p)
 | 
						|
        IsBcpCall = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Always assume __builtin_constant_p(...) ? ... : ... is a potential
 | 
						|
    // constant expression; we can't check whether it's potentially foldable.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We should instead treat __builtin_constant_p as non-constant if
 | 
						|
    // it would return 'false' in this mode.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression() && IsBcpCall)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    FoldConstant Fold(Info, IsBcpCall);
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleConditionalOperator(E)) {
 | 
						|
      Fold.keepDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitOpaqueValueExpr(const OpaqueValueExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (APValue *Value = Info.CurrentCall->getCurrentTemporary(E))
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(*Value, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Source = E->getSourceExpr();
 | 
						|
    if (!Source)
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    if (Source == E) { // sanity checking.
 | 
						|
      assert(0 && "OpaqueValueExpr recursively refers to itself");
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(Source);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitPseudoObjectExpr(const PseudoObjectExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    for (const Expr *SemE : E->semantics()) {
 | 
						|
      if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SemE)) {
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: We can't handle the case where an OpaqueValueExpr is also the
 | 
						|
        // result expression: there could be two different LValues that would
 | 
						|
        // refer to the same object in that case, and we can't model that.
 | 
						|
        if (SemE == E->getResultExpr())
 | 
						|
          return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Unique OVEs get evaluated if and when we encounter them when
 | 
						|
        // emitting the rest of the semantic form, rather than eagerly.
 | 
						|
        if (OVE->isUnique())
 | 
						|
          continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        LValue LV;
 | 
						|
        if (!Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
                          OVE, getStorageType(Info.Ctx, OVE),
 | 
						|
                          ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV),
 | 
						|
                      Info, OVE->getSourceExpr()))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      } else if (SemE == E->getResultExpr()) {
 | 
						|
        if (!StmtVisitorTy::Visit(SemE))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, SemE))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    APValue Result;
 | 
						|
    if (!handleCallExpr(E, Result, nullptr))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool handleCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                     const LValue *ResultSlot) {
 | 
						|
    CallScopeRAII CallScope(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Callee = E->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
    QualType CalleeType = Callee->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    LValue *This = nullptr, ThisVal;
 | 
						|
    auto Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs());
 | 
						|
    bool HasQualifier = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CallRef Call;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Extract function decl and 'this' pointer from the callee.
 | 
						|
    if (CalleeType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BoundMember)) {
 | 
						|
      const CXXMethodDecl *Member = nullptr;
 | 
						|
      if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) {
 | 
						|
        // Explicit bound member calls, such as x.f() or p->g();
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, ME->getBase(), ThisVal))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
 | 
						|
        if (!Member)
 | 
						|
          return Error(Callee);
 | 
						|
        This = &ThisVal;
 | 
						|
        HasQualifier = ME->hasQualifier();
 | 
						|
      } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) {
 | 
						|
        // Indirect bound member calls ('.*' or '->*').
 | 
						|
        const ValueDecl *D =
 | 
						|
            HandleMemberPointerAccess(Info, BE, ThisVal, false);
 | 
						|
        if (!D)
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        Member = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
        if (!Member)
 | 
						|
          return Error(Callee);
 | 
						|
        This = &ThisVal;
 | 
						|
      } else if (const auto *PDE = dyn_cast<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Callee)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(PDE, diag::note_constexpr_pseudo_destructor);
 | 
						|
        return EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, PDE->getBase(), ThisVal) &&
 | 
						|
               HandleDestruction(Info, PDE, ThisVal, PDE->getDestroyedType());
 | 
						|
      } else
 | 
						|
        return Error(Callee);
 | 
						|
      FD = Member;
 | 
						|
    } else if (CalleeType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
      LValue CalleeLV;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluatePointer(Callee, CalleeLV, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!CalleeLV.getLValueOffset().isZero())
 | 
						|
        return Error(Callee);
 | 
						|
      FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(
 | 
						|
          CalleeLV.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>());
 | 
						|
      if (!FD)
 | 
						|
        return Error(Callee);
 | 
						|
      // Don't call function pointers which have been cast to some other type.
 | 
						|
      // Per DR (no number yet), the caller and callee can differ in noexcept.
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
 | 
						|
        CalleeType->getPointeeType(), FD->getType())) {
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // For an (overloaded) assignment expression, evaluate the RHS before the
 | 
						|
      // LHS.
 | 
						|
      auto *OCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
      if (OCE && OCE->isAssignmentOp()) {
 | 
						|
        assert(Args.size() == 2 && "wrong number of arguments in assignment");
 | 
						|
        Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD);
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateArgs(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) ? Args.slice(1) : Args, Call,
 | 
						|
                          Info, FD, /*RightToLeft=*/true))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Overloaded operator calls to member functions are represented as normal
 | 
						|
      // calls with '*this' as the first argument.
 | 
						|
      const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
 | 
						|
      if (MD && !MD->isStatic()) {
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: When selecting an implicit conversion for an overloaded
 | 
						|
        // operator delete, we sometimes try to evaluate calls to conversion
 | 
						|
        // operators without a 'this' parameter!
 | 
						|
        if (Args.empty())
 | 
						|
          return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, Args[0], ThisVal))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        This = &ThisVal;
 | 
						|
        Args = Args.slice(1);
 | 
						|
      } else if (MD && MD->isLambdaStaticInvoker()) {
 | 
						|
        // Map the static invoker for the lambda back to the call operator.
 | 
						|
        // Conveniently, we don't have to slice out the 'this' argument (as is
 | 
						|
        // being done for the non-static case), since a static member function
 | 
						|
        // doesn't have an implicit argument passed in.
 | 
						|
        const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = MD->getParent();
 | 
						|
        assert(
 | 
						|
            ClosureClass->captures_begin() == ClosureClass->captures_end() &&
 | 
						|
            "Number of captures must be zero for conversion to function-ptr");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        const CXXMethodDecl *LambdaCallOp =
 | 
						|
            ClosureClass->getLambdaCallOperator();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        // Set 'FD', the function that will be called below, to the call
 | 
						|
        // operator.  If the closure object represents a generic lambda, find
 | 
						|
        // the corresponding specialization of the call operator.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ClosureClass->isGenericLambda()) {
 | 
						|
          assert(MD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
 | 
						|
                 "A generic lambda's static-invoker function must be a "
 | 
						|
                 "template specialization");
 | 
						|
          const TemplateArgumentList *TAL = MD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
 | 
						|
          FunctionTemplateDecl *CallOpTemplate =
 | 
						|
              LambdaCallOp->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
 | 
						|
          void *InsertPos = nullptr;
 | 
						|
          FunctionDecl *CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization =
 | 
						|
              CallOpTemplate->findSpecialization(TAL->asArray(), InsertPos);
 | 
						|
          assert(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization &&
 | 
						|
                 "We must always have a function call operator specialization "
 | 
						|
                 "that corresponds to our static invoker specialization");
 | 
						|
          FD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CorrespondingCallOpSpecialization);
 | 
						|
        } else
 | 
						|
          FD = LambdaCallOp;
 | 
						|
      } else if (FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
 | 
						|
        if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
 | 
						|
            FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) {
 | 
						|
          LValue Ptr;
 | 
						|
          if (!HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Ptr))
 | 
						|
            return false;
 | 
						|
          Ptr.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
          return CallScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E) && CallScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the arguments now if we've not already done so.
 | 
						|
    if (!Call) {
 | 
						|
      Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(FD);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateArgs(Args, Call, Info, FD))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<QualType, 4> CovariantAdjustmentPath;
 | 
						|
    if (This) {
 | 
						|
      auto *NamedMember = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
 | 
						|
      if (NamedMember && NamedMember->isVirtual() && !HasQualifier) {
 | 
						|
        // Perform virtual dispatch, if necessary.
 | 
						|
        FD = HandleVirtualDispatch(Info, E, *This, NamedMember,
 | 
						|
                                   CovariantAdjustmentPath);
 | 
						|
        if (!FD)
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Check that the 'this' pointer points to an object of the right type.
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: If this is an assignment operator call, we may need to change
 | 
						|
        // the active union member before we check this.
 | 
						|
        if (!checkNonVirtualMemberCallThisPointer(Info, E, *This, NamedMember))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Destructor calls are different enough that they have their own codepath.
 | 
						|
    if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) {
 | 
						|
      assert(This && "no 'this' pointer for destructor call");
 | 
						|
      return HandleDestruction(Info, E, *This,
 | 
						|
                               Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DD->getParent())) &&
 | 
						|
             CallScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
 | 
						|
    Stmt *Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body) ||
 | 
						|
        !HandleFunctionCall(E->getExprLoc(), Definition, This, Args, Call,
 | 
						|
                            Body, Info, Result, ResultSlot))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CovariantAdjustmentPath.empty() &&
 | 
						|
        !HandleCovariantReturnAdjustment(Info, E, Result,
 | 
						|
                                         CovariantAdjustmentPath))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return CallScope.destroy();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInitializer());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->getNumInits() == 0)
 | 
						|
      return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
    if (E->getNumInits() == 1)
 | 
						|
      return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getInit(0));
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitImplicitValueInitExpr(const ImplicitValueInitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXScalarValueInitExpr(const CXXScalarValueInitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(const CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return DerivedZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// A member expression where the object is a prvalue is itself a prvalue.
 | 
						|
  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    assert(!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
 | 
						|
           "missing temporary materialization conversion");
 | 
						|
    assert(!E->isArrow() && "missing call to bound member function?");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
 | 
						|
    if (!FD) return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    assert(!FD->getType()->isReferenceType() && "prvalue reference?");
 | 
						|
    assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
 | 
						|
           FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Note: there is no lvalue base here. But this case should only ever
 | 
						|
    // happen in C or in C++98, where we cannot be evaluating a constexpr
 | 
						|
    // constructor, which is the only case the base matters.
 | 
						|
    CompleteObject Obj(APValue::LValueBase(), &Val, BaseTy);
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator Designator(BaseTy);
 | 
						|
    Designator.addDeclUnchecked(FD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue Result;
 | 
						|
    return extractSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Designator, Result) &&
 | 
						|
           DerivedSuccess(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitExtVectorElementExpr(const ExtVectorElementExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, E->getBase()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Val.isVector()) {
 | 
						|
      SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> Indices;
 | 
						|
      E->getEncodedElementAccess(Indices);
 | 
						|
      if (Indices.size() == 1) {
 | 
						|
        // Return scalar.
 | 
						|
        return DerivedSuccess(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[0]), E);
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // Construct new APValue vector.
 | 
						|
        SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts;
 | 
						|
        for (unsigned I = 0; I < Indices.size(); ++I) {
 | 
						|
          Elts.push_back(Val.getVectorElt(Indices[I]));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        APValue VecResult(Elts.data(), Indices.size());
 | 
						|
        return DerivedSuccess(VecResult, E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic: {
 | 
						|
      APValue AtomicVal;
 | 
						|
      // This does not need to be done in place even for class/array types:
 | 
						|
      // atomic-to-non-atomic conversion implies copying the object
 | 
						|
      // representation.
 | 
						|
      if (!Evaluate(AtomicVal, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(AtomicVal, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_NoOp:
 | 
						|
    case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
 | 
						|
      return StmtVisitorTy::Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_LValueToRValue: {
 | 
						|
      LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
      // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers.
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                          LVal, RVal))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(RVal, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast: {
 | 
						|
      APValue DestValue, SourceValue;
 | 
						|
      if (!Evaluate(SourceValue, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueBitCast(Info, DestValue, SourceValue, E))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(DestValue, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_AddressSpaceConversion: {
 | 
						|
      APValue Value;
 | 
						|
      if (!Evaluate(Value, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return DerivedSuccess(Value, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
 | 
						|
      return Error(UO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateLValue(UO->getSubExpr(), LVal, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
    if (!handleIncDec(this->Info, UO, LVal, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(),
 | 
						|
                      UO->isIncrementOp(), &RVal))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return DerivedSuccess(RVal, UO);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitStmtExpr(const StmtExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    // We will have checked the full-expressions inside the statement expression
 | 
						|
    // when they were completed, and don't need to check them again now.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const CompoundStmt *CS = E->getSubStmt();
 | 
						|
    if (CS->body_empty())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    BlockScopeRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
    for (CompoundStmt::const_body_iterator BI = CS->body_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                           BE = CS->body_end();
 | 
						|
         /**/; ++BI) {
 | 
						|
      if (BI + 1 == BE) {
 | 
						|
        const Expr *FinalExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(*BI);
 | 
						|
        if (!FinalExpr) {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                      diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        return this->Visit(FinalExpr) && Scope.destroy();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APValue ReturnValue;
 | 
						|
      StmtResult Result = { ReturnValue, nullptr };
 | 
						|
      EvalStmtResult ESR = EvaluateStmt(Result, Info, *BI);
 | 
						|
      if (ESR != ESR_Succeeded) {
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: If the statement-expression terminated due to 'return',
 | 
						|
        // 'break', or 'continue', it would be nice to propagate that to
 | 
						|
        // the outer statement evaluation rather than bailing out.
 | 
						|
        if (ESR != ESR_Failed)
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag((*BI)->getBeginLoc(),
 | 
						|
                      diag::note_constexpr_stmt_expr_unsupported);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Return from function from the loop above.");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Visit a value which is evaluated, but whose value is ignored.
 | 
						|
  void VisitIgnoredValue(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Potentially visit a MemberExpr's base expression.
 | 
						|
  void VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    // While MSVC doesn't evaluate the base expression, it does diagnose the
 | 
						|
    // presence of side-effecting behavior.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && !E->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    VisitIgnoredValue(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
} // namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Common base class for lvalue and temporary evaluation.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
template<class Derived>
 | 
						|
class LValueExprEvaluatorBase
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> {
 | 
						|
protected:
 | 
						|
  LValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  bool InvalidBaseOK;
 | 
						|
  typedef LValueExprEvaluatorBase LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
 | 
						|
  typedef ExprEvaluatorBase<Derived> ExprEvaluatorBaseTy;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(APValue::LValueBase B) {
 | 
						|
    Result.set(B);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, this->Info, InvalidBaseOK);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  LValueExprEvaluatorBase(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result),
 | 
						|
        InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result.setFrom(this->Info.Ctx, V);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle non-static data members.
 | 
						|
    QualType BaseTy;
 | 
						|
    bool EvalOK;
 | 
						|
    if (E->isArrow()) {
 | 
						|
      EvalOK = evaluatePointer(E->getBase(), Result);
 | 
						|
      BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
    } else if (E->getBase()->isRValue()) {
 | 
						|
      assert(E->getBase()->getType()->isRecordType());
 | 
						|
      EvalOK = EvaluateTemporary(E->getBase(), Result, this->Info);
 | 
						|
      BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      EvalOK = this->Visit(E->getBase());
 | 
						|
      BaseTy = E->getBase()->getType();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!EvalOK) {
 | 
						|
      if (!InvalidBaseOK)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Result.setInvalid(E);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const ValueDecl *MD = E->getMemberDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      assert(BaseTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
 | 
						|
             FD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() && "record / field mismatch");
 | 
						|
      (void)BaseTy;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(this->Info, E, Result, FD))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    } else if (const IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(MD)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueIndirectMember(this->Info, E, Result, IFD))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      return this->Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (MD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						|
      APValue RefValue;
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(this->Info, E, MD->getType(), Result,
 | 
						|
                                          RefValue))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return Success(RefValue, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemD:
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemI:
 | 
						|
      return HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, E, Result);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_DerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
    case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
      if (!this->Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from
 | 
						|
      // the derived class to the base class.
 | 
						|
      return HandleLValueBasePath(this->Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                  Result);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// LValue Evaluation
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// This is used for evaluating lvalues (in C and C++), xvalues (in C++11),
 | 
						|
// function designators (in C), decl references to void objects (in C), and
 | 
						|
// temporaries (if building with -Wno-address-of-temporary).
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// LValue evaluation produces values comprising a base expression of one of the
 | 
						|
// following types:
 | 
						|
// - Declarations
 | 
						|
//  * VarDecl
 | 
						|
//  * FunctionDecl
 | 
						|
// - Literals
 | 
						|
//  * CompoundLiteralExpr in C (and in global scope in C++)
 | 
						|
//  * StringLiteral
 | 
						|
//  * PredefinedExpr
 | 
						|
//  * ObjCStringLiteralExpr
 | 
						|
//  * ObjCEncodeExpr
 | 
						|
//  * AddrLabelExpr
 | 
						|
//  * BlockExpr
 | 
						|
//  * CallExpr for a MakeStringConstant builtin
 | 
						|
// - typeid(T) expressions, as TypeInfoLValues
 | 
						|
// - Locals and temporaries
 | 
						|
//  * MaterializeTemporaryExpr
 | 
						|
//  * Any Expr, with a CallIndex indicating the function in which the temporary
 | 
						|
//    was evaluated, for cases where the MaterializeTemporaryExpr is missing
 | 
						|
//    from the AST (FIXME).
 | 
						|
//  * A MaterializeTemporaryExpr that has static storage duration, with no
 | 
						|
//    CallIndex, for a lifetime-extended temporary.
 | 
						|
//  * The ConstantExpr that is currently being evaluated during evaluation of an
 | 
						|
//    immediate invocation.
 | 
						|
// plus an offset in bytes.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class LValueExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<LValueExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  LValueExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK) :
 | 
						|
    LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitPredefinedExpr(const PredefinedExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E) { return Success(E); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitObjCEncodeExpr(const ObjCEncodeExpr *E) { return Success(E); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *BO);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_LValueBitCast:
 | 
						|
      this->CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
 | 
						|
      if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Result.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_BaseToDerived:
 | 
						|
      if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_Dynamic:
 | 
						|
      if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate an expression as an lvalue. This can be legitimately called on
 | 
						|
/// expressions which are not glvalues, in three cases:
 | 
						|
///  * function designators in C, and
 | 
						|
///  * "extern void" objects
 | 
						|
///  * @selector() expressions in Objective-C
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                           bool InvalidBaseOK) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isGLValue() || E->getType()->isFunctionType() ||
 | 
						|
         E->getType()->isVoidType() || isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(E));
 | 
						|
  return LValueExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const NamedDecl *D = E->getDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (isa<FunctionDecl, MSGuidDecl, TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    return Success(cast<ValueDecl>(D));
 | 
						|
  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    return VisitVarDecl(E, VD);
 | 
						|
  if (const BindingDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BindingDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
    return Visit(BD->getBinding());
 | 
						|
  return Error(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitVarDecl(const Expr *E, const VarDecl *VD) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we are within a lambda's call operator, check whether the 'VD' referred
 | 
						|
  // to within 'E' actually represents a lambda-capture that maps to a
 | 
						|
  // data-member/field within the closure object, and if so, evaluate to the
 | 
						|
  // field or what the field refers to.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.CurrentCall && isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee) &&
 | 
						|
      isa<DeclRefExpr>(E) &&
 | 
						|
      cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->refersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture()) {
 | 
						|
    // We don't always have a complete capture-map when checking or inferring if
 | 
						|
    // the function call operator meets the requirements of a constexpr function
 | 
						|
    // - but we don't need to evaluate the captures to determine constexprness
 | 
						|
    // (dcl.constexpr C++17).
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (auto *FD = Info.CurrentCall->LambdaCaptureFields.lookup(VD)) {
 | 
						|
      // Start with 'Result' referring to the complete closure object...
 | 
						|
      Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This;
 | 
						|
      // ... then update it to refer to the field of the closure object
 | 
						|
      // that represents the capture.
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, FD))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      // And if the field is of reference type, update 'Result' to refer to what
 | 
						|
      // the field refers to.
 | 
						|
      if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						|
        APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
        if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, FD->getType(), Result,
 | 
						|
                                            RVal))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame *Frame = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  unsigned Version = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (VD->hasLocalStorage()) {
 | 
						|
    // Only if a local variable was declared in the function currently being
 | 
						|
    // evaluated, do we expect to be able to find its value in the current
 | 
						|
    // frame. (Otherwise it was likely declared in an enclosing context and
 | 
						|
    // could either have a valid evaluatable value (for e.g. a constexpr
 | 
						|
    // variable) or be ill-formed (and trigger an appropriate evaluation
 | 
						|
    // diagnostic)).
 | 
						|
    CallStackFrame *CurrFrame = Info.CurrentCall;
 | 
						|
    if (CurrFrame->Callee && CurrFrame->Callee->Equals(VD->getDeclContext())) {
 | 
						|
      // Function parameters are stored in some caller's frame. (Usually the
 | 
						|
      // immediate caller, but for an inherited constructor they may be more
 | 
						|
      // distant.)
 | 
						|
      if (auto *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
 | 
						|
        if (CurrFrame->Arguments) {
 | 
						|
          VD = CurrFrame->Arguments.getOrigParam(PVD);
 | 
						|
          Frame =
 | 
						|
              Info.getCallFrameAndDepth(CurrFrame->Arguments.CallIndex).first;
 | 
						|
          Version = CurrFrame->Arguments.Version;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        Frame = CurrFrame;
 | 
						|
        Version = CurrFrame->getCurrentTemporaryVersion(VD);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Frame) {
 | 
						|
      Result.set({VD, Frame->Index, Version});
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success(VD);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_non_integral, 1)
 | 
						|
        << VD << VD->getType();
 | 
						|
    Info.Note(VD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue *V;
 | 
						|
  if (!evaluateVarDeclInit(Info, E, VD, Frame, Version, V))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (!V->hasValue()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Is it possible for V to be indeterminate here? If so, we should
 | 
						|
    // adjust the diagnostic to say that.
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_use_uninit_reference);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success(*V, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMaterializeTemporaryExpr(
 | 
						|
    const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  // Walk through the expression to find the materialized temporary itself.
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> CommaLHSs;
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<SubobjectAdjustment, 2> Adjustments;
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Inner =
 | 
						|
      E->getSubExpr()->skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments(CommaLHSs, Adjustments);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we passed any comma operators, evaluate their LHSs.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = CommaLHSs.size(); I != N; ++I)
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, CommaLHSs[I]))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A materialized temporary with static storage duration can appear within the
 | 
						|
  // result of a constant expression evaluation, so we need to preserve its
 | 
						|
  // value for use outside this evaluation.
 | 
						|
  APValue *Value;
 | 
						|
  if (E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: What about SD_Thread?
 | 
						|
    Value = E->getOrCreateValue(true);
 | 
						|
    *Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
    Result.set(E);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Value = &Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
        E, E->getType(),
 | 
						|
        E->getStorageDuration() == SD_FullExpression ? ScopeKind::FullExpression
 | 
						|
                                                     : ScopeKind::Block,
 | 
						|
        Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType Type = Inner->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Materialize the temporary itself.
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Value, Info, Result, Inner)) {
 | 
						|
    *Value = APValue();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Adjust our lvalue to refer to the desired subobject.
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned I = Adjustments.size(); I != 0; /**/) {
 | 
						|
    --I;
 | 
						|
    switch (Adjustments[I].Kind) {
 | 
						|
    case SubobjectAdjustment::DerivedToBaseAdjustment:
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueBasePath(Info, Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath,
 | 
						|
                                Type, Result))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Type = Adjustments[I].DerivedToBase.BasePath->getType();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SubobjectAdjustment::FieldAdjustment:
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result, Adjustments[I].Field))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Type = Adjustments[I].Field->getType();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case SubobjectAdjustment::MemberPointerAdjustment:
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleMemberPointerAccess(this->Info, Type, Result,
 | 
						|
                                     Adjustments[I].Ptr.RHS))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Type = Adjustments[I].Ptr.MPT->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundLiteralExpr(const CompoundLiteralExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  assert((!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E->isFileScope()) &&
 | 
						|
         "lvalue compound literal in c++?");
 | 
						|
  // Defer visiting the literal until the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. We can
 | 
						|
  // only see this when folding in C, so there's no standard to follow here.
 | 
						|
  return Success(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXTypeidExpr(const CXXTypeidExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  TypeInfoLValue TypeInfo;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!E->isPotentiallyEvaluated()) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->isTypeOperand())
 | 
						|
      TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getTypeOperand(Info.Ctx).getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      TypeInfo = TypeInfoLValue(E->getExprOperand()->getType().getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20) {
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_typeid_polymorphic)
 | 
						|
        << E->getExprOperand()->getType()
 | 
						|
        << E->getExprOperand()->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getExprOperand()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Optional<DynamicType> DynType =
 | 
						|
        ComputeDynamicType(Info, E, Result, AK_TypeId);
 | 
						|
    if (!DynType)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    TypeInfo =
 | 
						|
        TypeInfoLValue(Info.Ctx.getRecordType(DynType->Type).getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success(APValue::LValueBase::getTypeInfo(TypeInfo, E->getType()));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCXXUuidofExpr(const CXXUuidofExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return Success(E->getGuidDecl());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  // Handle static data members.
 | 
						|
  if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
    VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
 | 
						|
    return VisitVarDecl(E, VD);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle static member functions.
 | 
						|
  if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
    if (MD->isStatic()) {
 | 
						|
      VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
 | 
						|
      return Success(MD);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle non-static data members.
 | 
						|
  return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Deal with vectors as array subscript bases.
 | 
						|
  if (E->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt Index;
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++17's rules require us to evaluate the LHS first, regardless of which
 | 
						|
  // side is the base.
 | 
						|
  for (const Expr *SubExpr : {E->getLHS(), E->getRHS()}) {
 | 
						|
    if (SubExpr == E->getBase() ? !evaluatePointer(SubExpr, Result)
 | 
						|
                                : !EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Index, Info)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success &&
 | 
						|
         HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), Index);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryDeref(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  return evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  // __real is a no-op on scalar lvalues.
 | 
						|
  if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType())
 | 
						|
    HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), false);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType() &&
 | 
						|
         "lvalue __imag__ on scalar?");
 | 
						|
  if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  HandleLValueComplexElement(Info, E, Result, E->getType(), true);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
 | 
						|
    return Error(UO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!this->Visit(UO->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return handleIncDec(
 | 
						|
      this->Info, UO, Result, UO->getSubExpr()->getType(),
 | 
						|
      UO->isIncrementOp(), nullptr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitCompoundAssignOperator(
 | 
						|
    const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
 | 
						|
    return Error(CAO);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
 | 
						|
  APValue RHS;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(RHS, this->Info, CAO->getRHS())) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Success = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The overall lvalue result is the result of evaluating the LHS.
 | 
						|
  if (!this->Visit(CAO->getLHS()) || !Success)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return handleCompoundAssignment(
 | 
						|
      this->Info, CAO,
 | 
						|
      Result, CAO->getLHS()->getType(), CAO->getComputationLHSType(),
 | 
						|
      CAO->getOpForCompoundAssignment(CAO->getOpcode()), RHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool LValueExprEvaluator::VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++17 onwards require that we evaluate the RHS first.
 | 
						|
  APValue NewVal;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(NewVal, this->Info, E->getRHS())) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Success = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!this->Visit(E->getLHS()) || !Success)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 &&
 | 
						|
      !HandleUnionActiveMemberChange(Info, E->getLHS(), Result))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return handleAssignment(this->Info, E, Result, E->getLHS()->getType(),
 | 
						|
                          NewVal);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Pointer Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Attempts to compute the number of bytes available at the pointer
 | 
						|
/// returned by a function with the alloc_size attribute. Returns true if we
 | 
						|
/// were successful. Places an unsigned number into `Result`.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// This expects the given CallExpr to be a call to a function with an
 | 
						|
/// alloc_size attribute.
 | 
						|
static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                            const CallExpr *Call,
 | 
						|
                                            llvm::APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  const AllocSizeAttr *AllocSize = getAllocSizeAttr(Call);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(AllocSize && AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().isValid());
 | 
						|
  unsigned SizeArgNo = AllocSize->getElemSizeParam().getASTIndex();
 | 
						|
  unsigned BitsInSizeT = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ctx.getSizeType());
 | 
						|
  if (Call->getNumArgs() <= SizeArgNo)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto EvaluateAsSizeT = [&](const Expr *E, APSInt &Into) {
 | 
						|
    Expr::EvalResult ExprResult;
 | 
						|
    if (!E->EvaluateAsInt(ExprResult, Ctx, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Into = ExprResult.Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
    if (Into.isNegative() || !Into.isIntN(BitsInSizeT))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Into = Into.zextOrSelf(BitsInSizeT);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt SizeOfElem;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(SizeArgNo), SizeOfElem))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().isValid()) {
 | 
						|
    Result = std::move(SizeOfElem);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt NumberOfElems;
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumArgNo = AllocSize->getNumElemsParam().getASTIndex();
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateAsSizeT(Call->getArg(NumArgNo), NumberOfElems))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Overflow;
 | 
						|
  llvm::APInt BytesAvailable = SizeOfElem.umul_ov(NumberOfElems, Overflow);
 | 
						|
  if (Overflow)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = std::move(BytesAvailable);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Convenience function. LVal's base must be a call to an alloc_size
 | 
						|
/// function.
 | 
						|
static bool getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                            const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                                            llvm::APInt &Result) {
 | 
						|
  assert(isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
 | 
						|
         "Can't get the size of a non alloc_size function");
 | 
						|
  const auto *Base = LVal.getLValueBase().get<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
  const CallExpr *CE = tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(Base);
 | 
						|
  return getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Ctx, CE, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Attempts to evaluate the given LValueBase as the result of a call to
 | 
						|
/// a function with the alloc_size attribute. If it was possible to do so, this
 | 
						|
/// function will return true, make Result's Base point to said function call,
 | 
						|
/// and mark Result's Base as invalid.
 | 
						|
static bool evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(EvalInfo &Info, APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                                      LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  if (Base.isNull())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Because we do no form of static analysis, we only support const variables.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Additionally, we can't support parameters, nor can we support static
 | 
						|
  // variables (in the latter case, use-before-assign isn't UB; in the former,
 | 
						|
  // we have no clue what they'll be assigned to).
 | 
						|
  const auto *VD =
 | 
						|
      dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>());
 | 
						|
  if (!VD || !VD->isLocalVarDecl() || !VD->getType().isConstQualified())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer();
 | 
						|
  if (!Init)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *E = Init->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
  if (!tryUnwrapAllocSizeCall(E))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Store E instead of E unwrapped so that the type of the LValue's base is
 | 
						|
  // what the user wanted.
 | 
						|
  Result.setInvalid(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType Pointee = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
  Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, Pointee);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class PointerExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<PointerExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  LValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  bool InvalidBaseOK;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result.set(E);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool evaluateLValue(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateLValue(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool evaluatePointer(const Expr *E, LValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    return EvaluatePointer(E, Result, Info, InvalidBaseOK);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  PointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, LValue &Result, bool InvalidBaseOK)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result),
 | 
						|
        InvalidBaseOK(InvalidBaseOK) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, V);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result.setNull(Info.Ctx, E->getType());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitObjCStringLiteral(const ObjCStringLiteral *E)
 | 
						|
      { return Success(E); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitObjCBoxedExpr(const ObjCBoxedExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->isExpressibleAsConstantInitializer())
 | 
						|
      return Success(E);
 | 
						|
    if (Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      EvaluateIgnoredValue(Info, E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitAddrLabelExpr(const AddrLabelExpr *E)
 | 
						|
      { return Success(E); }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBlockExpr(const BlockExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (!E->getBlockDecl()->hasCaptures())
 | 
						|
      return Success(E);
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXThisExpr(const CXXThisExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    // Can't look at 'this' when checking a potential constant expression.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.CurrentCall->This) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_this) << E->isImplicit();
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = *Info.CurrentCall->This;
 | 
						|
    // If we are inside a lambda's call operator, the 'this' expression refers
 | 
						|
    // to the enclosing '*this' object (either by value or reference) which is
 | 
						|
    // either copied into the closure object's field that represents the '*this'
 | 
						|
    // or refers to '*this'.
 | 
						|
    if (isLambdaCallOperator(Info.CurrentCall->Callee)) {
 | 
						|
      // Ensure we actually have captured 'this'. (an error will have
 | 
						|
      // been previously reported if not).
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Update 'Result' to refer to the data member/field of the closure object
 | 
						|
      // that represents the '*this' capture.
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Result,
 | 
						|
                             Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      // If we captured '*this' by reference, replace the field with its referent.
 | 
						|
      if (Info.CurrentCall->LambdaThisCaptureField->getType()
 | 
						|
              ->isPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
        APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
        if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), Result,
 | 
						|
                                            RVal))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->isStringType() && "SourceLocExpr isn't a pointer type?");
 | 
						|
    APValue LValResult = E->EvaluateInContext(
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr());
 | 
						|
    Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, LValResult);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Missing: @protocol, @selector
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluatePointer(const Expr* E, LValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                            bool InvalidBaseOK) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation());
 | 
						|
  return PointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result, InvalidBaseOK).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() != BO_Add &&
 | 
						|
      E->getOpcode() != BO_Sub)
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *PExp = E->getLHS();
 | 
						|
  const Expr *IExp = E->getRHS();
 | 
						|
  if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
 | 
						|
    std::swap(PExp, IExp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool EvalPtrOK = evaluatePointer(PExp, Result);
 | 
						|
  if (!EvalPtrOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::APSInt Offset;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInteger(IExp, Offset, Info) || !EvalPtrOK)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub)
 | 
						|
    negateAsSigned(Offset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType Pointee = PExp->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
  return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, Pointee, Offset);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  return evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case CK_BitCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(SubExpr))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // Bitcasts to cv void* are static_casts, not reinterpret_casts, so are
 | 
						|
    // permitted in constant expressions in C++11. Bitcasts from cv void* are
 | 
						|
    // also static_casts, but we disallow them as a resolution to DR1312.
 | 
						|
    if (!E->getType()->isVoidPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Result.InvalidBase && !Result.Designator.Invalid &&
 | 
						|
          !Result.IsNullPtr &&
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx),
 | 
						|
                                          E->getType()->getPointeeType()) &&
 | 
						|
          Info.getStdAllocatorCaller("allocate")) {
 | 
						|
        // Inside a call to std::allocator::allocate and friends, we permit
 | 
						|
        // casting from void* back to cv1 T* for a pointer that points to a
 | 
						|
        // cv2 T.
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        Result.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
        if (SubExpr->getType()->isVoidPointerType())
 | 
						|
          CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast)
 | 
						|
            << 3 << SubExpr->getType();
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (E->getCastKind() == CK_AddressSpaceConversion && Result.IsNullPtr)
 | 
						|
      ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
    if (!evaluatePointer(E->getSubExpr(), Result))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Now figure out the necessary offset to add to the base LV to get from
 | 
						|
    // the derived class to the base class.
 | 
						|
    return HandleLValueBasePath(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType()->
 | 
						|
                                  castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(),
 | 
						|
                                Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerived:
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.Base && Result.Offset.isZero())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    return HandleBaseToDerivedCast(Info, E, Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_Dynamic:
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return HandleDynamicCast(Info, cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E), Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToPointer:
 | 
						|
    VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToPointer: {
 | 
						|
    CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue Value;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(SubExpr, Value, Info))
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Value.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
      unsigned Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(E->getType());
 | 
						|
      uint64_t N = Value.getInt().extOrTrunc(Size).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      Result.Base = (Expr*)nullptr;
 | 
						|
      Result.InvalidBase = false;
 | 
						|
      Result.Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(N);
 | 
						|
      Result.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
      Result.IsNullPtr = false;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      // Cast is of an lvalue, no need to change value.
 | 
						|
      Result.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Value);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay: {
 | 
						|
    if (SubExpr->isGLValue()) {
 | 
						|
      if (!evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
          SubExpr, SubExpr->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, SubExpr))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // The result is a pointer to the first element of the array.
 | 
						|
    auto *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(SubExpr->getType());
 | 
						|
    if (auto *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
 | 
						|
      Result.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, AT->getElementType());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
 | 
						|
    return evaluateLValue(SubExpr, Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValue: {
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    if (!evaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), LVal))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
    // Note, we use the subexpression's type in order to retain cv-qualifiers.
 | 
						|
    if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getSubExpr()->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                        LVal, RVal))
 | 
						|
      return InvalidBaseOK &&
 | 
						|
             evaluateLValueAsAllocSize(Info, LVal.Base, Result);
 | 
						|
    return Success(RVal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static CharUnits GetAlignOfType(EvalInfo &Info, QualType T,
 | 
						|
                                UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
 | 
						|
  // C++ [expr.alignof]p3:
 | 
						|
  //     When alignof is applied to a reference type, the result is the
 | 
						|
  //     alignment of the referenced type.
 | 
						|
  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
 | 
						|
    T = Ref->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (T.getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
 | 
						|
    return CharUnits::One();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const bool AlignOfReturnsPreferred =
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getLangOpts().getClangABICompat() <= LangOptions::ClangABI::Ver7;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // __alignof is defined to return the preferred alignment.
 | 
						|
  // Before 8, clang returned the preferred alignment for alignof and _Alignof
 | 
						|
  // as well.
 | 
						|
  if (ExprKind == UETT_PreferredAlignOf || AlignOfReturnsPreferred)
 | 
						|
    return Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
 | 
						|
  // alignof and _Alignof are defined to return the ABI alignment.
 | 
						|
  else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf)
 | 
						|
    return Info.Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(T.getTypePtr());
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("GetAlignOfType on a non-alignment ExprKind");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static CharUnits GetAlignOfExpr(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
 | 
						|
  E = E->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The kinds of expressions that we have special-case logic here for
 | 
						|
  // should be kept up to date with the special checks for those
 | 
						|
  // expressions in Sema.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // alignof decl is always accepted, even if it doesn't make sense: we default
 | 
						|
  // to 1 in those cases.
 | 
						|
  if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
    return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(DRE->getDecl(),
 | 
						|
                                 /*RefAsPointee*/true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
    return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(ME->getMemberDecl(),
 | 
						|
                                 /*RefAsPointee*/true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return GetAlignOfType(Info, E->getType(), ExprKind);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static CharUnits getBaseAlignment(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &Value) {
 | 
						|
  if (const auto *VD = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>())
 | 
						|
    return Info.Ctx.getDeclAlign(VD);
 | 
						|
  if (const auto *E = Value.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())
 | 
						|
    return GetAlignOfExpr(Info, E, UETT_AlignOf);
 | 
						|
  return GetAlignOfType(Info, Value.Base.getTypeInfoType(), UETT_AlignOf);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate the value of the alignment argument to __builtin_align_{up,down},
 | 
						|
/// __builtin_is_aligned and __builtin_assume_aligned.
 | 
						|
static bool getAlignmentArgument(const Expr *E, QualType ForType,
 | 
						|
                                 EvalInfo &Info, APSInt &Alignment) {
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Alignment, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (Alignment < 0 || !Alignment.isPowerOf2()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_alignment) << Alignment;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  unsigned SrcWidth = Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(ForType);
 | 
						|
  APSInt MaxValue(APInt::getOneBitSet(SrcWidth, SrcWidth - 1));
 | 
						|
  if (APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, MaxValue) > 0) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_alignment_too_big)
 | 
						|
        << MaxValue << ForType << Alignment;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  // Ensure both alignment and source value have the same bit width so that we
 | 
						|
  // don't assert when computing the resulting value.
 | 
						|
  APSInt ExtAlignment =
 | 
						|
      APSInt(Alignment.zextOrTrunc(SrcWidth), /*isUnsigned=*/true);
 | 
						|
  assert(APSInt::compareValues(Alignment, ExtAlignment) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
         "Alignment should not be changed by ext/trunc");
 | 
						|
  Alignment = ExtAlignment;
 | 
						|
  assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() == SrcWidth);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// To be clear: this happily visits unsupported builtins. Better name welcomed.
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E))
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!(InvalidBaseOK && getAllocSizeAttr(E)))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result.setInvalid(E);
 | 
						|
  QualType PointeeTy = E->getType()->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
  Result.addUnsizedArray(Info, E, PointeeTy);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (IsStringLiteralCall(E))
 | 
						|
    return Success(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned BuiltinOp = E->getBuiltinCallee())
 | 
						|
    return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinOp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Determine if T is a character type for which we guarantee that
 | 
						|
// sizeof(T) == 1.
 | 
						|
static bool isOneByteCharacterType(QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  return T->isCharType() || T->isChar8Type();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                unsigned BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
  switch (BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
 | 
						|
    return evaluateLValue(E->getArg(0), Result);
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned: {
 | 
						|
    // We need to be very careful here because: if the pointer does not have the
 | 
						|
    // asserted alignment, then the behavior is undefined, and undefined
 | 
						|
    // behavior is non-constant.
 | 
						|
    if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue OffsetResult(Result);
 | 
						|
    APSInt Alignment;
 | 
						|
    if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info,
 | 
						|
                              Alignment))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    CharUnits Align = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Alignment.getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->getNumArgs() > 2) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt Offset;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), Offset, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      int64_t AdditionalOffset = -Offset.getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      OffsetResult.Offset += CharUnits::fromQuantity(AdditionalOffset);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If there is a base object, then it must have the correct alignment.
 | 
						|
    if (OffsetResult.Base) {
 | 
						|
      CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, OffsetResult);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (BaseAlignment < Align) {
 | 
						|
        Result.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Add support to Diagnostic for long / long long.
 | 
						|
        CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
 | 
						|
                diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) << 0
 | 
						|
          << (unsigned)BaseAlignment.getQuantity()
 | 
						|
          << (unsigned)Align.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The offset must also have the correct alignment.
 | 
						|
    if (OffsetResult.Offset.alignTo(Align) != OffsetResult.Offset) {
 | 
						|
      Result.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      (OffsetResult.Base
 | 
						|
           ? CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
 | 
						|
                     diag::note_constexpr_baa_insufficient_alignment) << 1
 | 
						|
           : CCEDiag(E->getArg(0),
 | 
						|
                     diag::note_constexpr_baa_value_insufficient_alignment))
 | 
						|
        << (int)OffsetResult.Offset.getQuantity()
 | 
						|
        << (unsigned)Align.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: {
 | 
						|
    if (!evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Alignment;
 | 
						|
    if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), E->getArg(0)->getType(), Info,
 | 
						|
                              Alignment))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Result);
 | 
						|
    CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Result.Offset);
 | 
						|
    // For align_up/align_down, we can return the same value if the alignment
 | 
						|
    // is known to be greater or equal to the requested value.
 | 
						|
    if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The alignment could be greater than the minimum at run-time, so we cannot
 | 
						|
    // infer much about the resulting pointer value. One case is possible:
 | 
						|
    // For `_Alignas(32) char buf[N]; __builtin_align_down(&buf[idx], 32)` we
 | 
						|
    // can infer the correct index if the requested alignment is smaller than
 | 
						|
    // the base alignment so we can perform the computation on the offset.
 | 
						|
    if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment) {
 | 
						|
      assert(Alignment.getBitWidth() <= 64 &&
 | 
						|
             "Cannot handle > 64-bit address-space");
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Alignment64 = Alignment.getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      CharUnits NewOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
 | 
						|
          BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down
 | 
						|
              ? llvm::alignDown(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64)
 | 
						|
              : llvm::alignTo(Result.Offset.getQuantity(), Alignment64));
 | 
						|
      Result.adjustOffset(NewOffset - Result.Offset);
 | 
						|
      // TODO: diagnose out-of-bounds values/only allow for arrays?
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise, we cannot constant-evaluate the result.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_adjust)
 | 
						|
        << Alignment;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
 | 
						|
    return HandleOperatorNewCall(Info, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_launder:
 | 
						|
    return evaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Result);
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIstrchr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwcschr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BImemchr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwmemchr:
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
 | 
						|
        << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
 | 
						|
        << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getArg(0)))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Desired;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Desired, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1);
 | 
						|
    if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrchr &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcschr &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt N;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      MaxLength = N.getExtValue();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // We cannot find the value if there are no candidates to match against.
 | 
						|
    if (MaxLength == 0u)
 | 
						|
      return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
 | 
						|
        Result.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    QualType CharTy = Result.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
    bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemchr ||
 | 
						|
                     BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr;
 | 
						|
    assert(IsRawByte ||
 | 
						|
           Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
 | 
						|
               CharTy, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType()));
 | 
						|
    // Pointers to const void may point to objects of incomplete type.
 | 
						|
    if (IsRawByte && CharTy->isIncompleteType()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_ltor_incomplete_type) << CharTy;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Give up on byte-oriented matching against multibyte elements.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: We can compare the bytes in the correct order.
 | 
						|
    if (IsRawByte && !isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy)) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memchr_unsupported)
 | 
						|
          << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'")
 | 
						|
          << CharTy;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Figure out what value we're actually looking for (after converting to
 | 
						|
    // the corresponding unsigned type if necessary).
 | 
						|
    uint64_t DesiredVal;
 | 
						|
    bool StopAtNull = false;
 | 
						|
    switch (BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BIstrchr:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_strchr:
 | 
						|
      // strchr compares directly to the passed integer, and therefore
 | 
						|
      // always fails if given an int that is not a char.
 | 
						|
      if (!APSInt::isSameValue(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, CharTy,
 | 
						|
                                                  E->getArg(1)->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                                  Desired),
 | 
						|
                               Desired))
 | 
						|
        return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
      StopAtNull = true;
 | 
						|
      LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BImemchr:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_memchr:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_char_memchr:
 | 
						|
      // memchr compares by converting both sides to unsigned char. That's also
 | 
						|
      // correct for strchr if we get this far (to cope with plain char being
 | 
						|
      // unsigned in the strchr case).
 | 
						|
      DesiredVal = Desired.trunc(Info.Ctx.getCharWidth()).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BIwcschr:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcschr:
 | 
						|
      StopAtNull = true;
 | 
						|
      LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BIwmemchr:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemchr:
 | 
						|
      // wcschr and wmemchr are given a wchar_t to look for. Just use it.
 | 
						|
      DesiredVal = Desired.getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) {
 | 
						|
      APValue Char;
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, Result, Char) ||
 | 
						|
          !Char.isInt())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (Char.getInt().getZExtValue() == DesiredVal)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      if (StopAtNull && !Char.getInt())
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Result, CharTy, 1))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Not found: return nullptr.
 | 
						|
    return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BImemcpy:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BImemmove:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwmemcpy:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwmemmove:
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
 | 
						|
        << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
 | 
						|
        << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcpy:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove: {
 | 
						|
    bool WChar = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcpy ||
 | 
						|
                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove ||
 | 
						|
                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcpy ||
 | 
						|
                 BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove;
 | 
						|
    bool Move = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemmove ||
 | 
						|
                BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemmove ||
 | 
						|
                BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove ||
 | 
						|
                BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemmove;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The result of mem* is the first argument.
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getArg(0)))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LValue Dest = Result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Src;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), Src, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt N;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    assert(!N.isSigned() && "memcpy and friends take an unsigned size");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the size is zero, we treat this as always being a valid no-op.
 | 
						|
    // (Even if one of the src and dest pointers is null.)
 | 
						|
    if (!N)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise, if either of the operands is null, we can't proceed. Don't
 | 
						|
    // try to determine the type of the copied objects, because there aren't
 | 
						|
    // any.
 | 
						|
    if (!Src.Base || !Dest.Base) {
 | 
						|
      APValue Val;
 | 
						|
      (!Src.Base ? Src : Dest).moveInto(Val);
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_null)
 | 
						|
          << Move << WChar << !!Src.Base
 | 
						|
          << Val.getAsString(Info.Ctx, E->getArg(0)->getType());
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (Src.Designator.Invalid || Dest.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // We require that Src and Dest are both pointers to arrays of
 | 
						|
    // trivially-copyable type. (For the wide version, the designator will be
 | 
						|
    // invalid if the designated object is not a wchar_t.)
 | 
						|
    QualType T = Dest.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
    QualType SrcT = Src.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SrcT)) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_type_pun) << Move << SrcT << T;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (T->isIncompleteType()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_incomplete_type) << Move << T;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!T.isTriviallyCopyableType(Info.Ctx)) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_nontrivial) << Move << T;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Figure out how many T's we're copying.
 | 
						|
    uint64_t TSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
 | 
						|
    if (!WChar) {
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Remainder;
 | 
						|
      llvm::APInt OrigN = N;
 | 
						|
      llvm::APInt::udivrem(OrigN, TSize, N, Remainder);
 | 
						|
      if (Remainder) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported)
 | 
						|
            << Move << WChar << 0 << T << OrigN.toString(10, /*Signed*/false)
 | 
						|
            << (unsigned)TSize;
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check that the copying will remain within the arrays, just so that we
 | 
						|
    // can give a more meaningful diagnostic. This implicitly also checks that
 | 
						|
    // N fits into 64 bits.
 | 
						|
    uint64_t RemainingSrcSize = Src.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second;
 | 
						|
    uint64_t RemainingDestSize = Dest.Designator.validIndexAdjustments().second;
 | 
						|
    if (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) || N.ugt(RemainingDestSize)) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_unsupported)
 | 
						|
          << Move << WChar << (N.ugt(RemainingSrcSize) ? 1 : 2) << T
 | 
						|
          << N.toString(10, /*Signed*/false);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    uint64_t NElems = N.getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
    uint64_t NBytes = NElems * TSize;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check for overlap.
 | 
						|
    int Direction = 1;
 | 
						|
    if (HasSameBase(Src, Dest)) {
 | 
						|
      uint64_t SrcOffset = Src.getLValueOffset().getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t DestOffset = Dest.getLValueOffset().getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      if (DestOffset >= SrcOffset && DestOffset - SrcOffset < NBytes) {
 | 
						|
        // Dest is inside the source region.
 | 
						|
        if (!Move) {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar;
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // For memmove and friends, copy backwards.
 | 
						|
        if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, NElems - 1) ||
 | 
						|
            !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, NElems - 1))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        Direction = -1;
 | 
						|
      } else if (!Move && SrcOffset >= DestOffset &&
 | 
						|
                 SrcOffset - DestOffset < NBytes) {
 | 
						|
        // Src is inside the destination region for memcpy: invalid.
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcpy_overlap) << WChar;
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while (true) {
 | 
						|
      APValue Val;
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Set WantObjectRepresentation to true if we're copying a
 | 
						|
      // char-like type?
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, T, Src, Val) ||
 | 
						|
          !handleAssignment(Info, E, Dest, T, Val))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      // Do not iterate past the last element; if we're copying backwards, that
 | 
						|
      // might take us off the start of the array.
 | 
						|
      if (--NElems == 0)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Src, T, Direction) ||
 | 
						|
          !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Dest, T, Direction))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return visitNonBuiltinCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                     APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE,
 | 
						|
                                     QualType AllocType);
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                          APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                          const CXXConstructExpr *CCE,
 | 
						|
                                          QualType AllocType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool PointerExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNewExpr(const CXXNewExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
 | 
						|
    Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = E->getOperatorNew();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsNothrow = false;
 | 
						|
  bool IsPlacement = false;
 | 
						|
  if (OperatorNew->isReservedGlobalPlacementOperator() &&
 | 
						|
      Info.CurrentCall->isStdFunction() && !E->isArray()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME Support array placement new.
 | 
						|
    assert(E->getNumPlacementArgs() == 1);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getPlacementArg(0), Result, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (Result.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    IsPlacement = true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (!OperatorNew->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
 | 
						|
        << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorNew) << OperatorNew;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (E->getNumPlacementArgs()) {
 | 
						|
    // The only new-placement list we support is of the form (std::nothrow).
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: There is no restriction on this, but it's not clear that any
 | 
						|
    // other form makes any sense. We get here for cases such as:
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    //   new (std::align_val_t{N}) X(int)
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // (which should presumably be valid only if N is a multiple of
 | 
						|
    // alignof(int), and in any case can't be deallocated unless N is
 | 
						|
    // alignof(X) and X has new-extended alignment).
 | 
						|
    if (E->getNumPlacementArgs() != 1 ||
 | 
						|
        !E->getPlacementArg(0)->getType()->isNothrowT())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_placement);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Nothrow;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getPlacementArg(0), Nothrow, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    IsNothrow = true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Init = E->getInitializer();
 | 
						|
  const InitListExpr *ResizedArrayILE = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  const CXXConstructExpr *ResizedArrayCCE = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  bool ValueInit = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType AllocType = E->getAllocatedType();
 | 
						|
  if (Optional<const Expr*> ArraySize = E->getArraySize()) {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Stripped = *ArraySize;
 | 
						|
    for (; auto *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Stripped);
 | 
						|
         Stripped = ICE->getSubExpr())
 | 
						|
      if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp &&
 | 
						|
          ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast)
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    llvm::APSInt ArrayBound;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(Stripped, ArrayBound, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ [expr.new]p9:
 | 
						|
    //   The expression is erroneous if:
 | 
						|
    //   -- [...] its value before converting to size_t [or] applying the
 | 
						|
    //      second standard conversion sequence is less than zero
 | 
						|
    if (ArrayBound.isSigned() && ArrayBound.isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
      if (IsNothrow)
 | 
						|
        return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_negative)
 | 
						|
          << ArrayBound << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   -- its value is such that the size of the allocated object would
 | 
						|
    //      exceed the implementation-defined limit
 | 
						|
    if (ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Info.Ctx, AllocType,
 | 
						|
                                                ArrayBound) >
 | 
						|
        ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Info.Ctx)) {
 | 
						|
      if (IsNothrow)
 | 
						|
        return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_large)
 | 
						|
        << ArrayBound << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   -- the new-initializer is a braced-init-list and the number of
 | 
						|
    //      array elements for which initializers are provided [...]
 | 
						|
    //      exceeds the number of elements to initialize
 | 
						|
    if (!Init) {
 | 
						|
      // No initialization is performed.
 | 
						|
    } else if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Init) ||
 | 
						|
               isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
 | 
						|
      ValueInit = true;
 | 
						|
    } else if (auto *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) {
 | 
						|
      ResizedArrayCCE = CCE;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      auto *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Init->getType());
 | 
						|
      assert(CAT && "unexpected type for array initializer");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      unsigned Bits =
 | 
						|
          std::max(CAT->getSize().getBitWidth(), ArrayBound.getBitWidth());
 | 
						|
      llvm::APInt InitBound = CAT->getSize().zextOrSelf(Bits);
 | 
						|
      llvm::APInt AllocBound = ArrayBound.zextOrSelf(Bits);
 | 
						|
      if (InitBound.ugt(AllocBound)) {
 | 
						|
        if (IsNothrow)
 | 
						|
          return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(*ArraySize, diag::note_constexpr_new_too_small)
 | 
						|
            << AllocBound.toString(10, /*Signed=*/false)
 | 
						|
            << InitBound.toString(10, /*Signed=*/false)
 | 
						|
            << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange();
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // If the sizes differ, we must have an initializer list, and we need
 | 
						|
      // special handling for this case when we initialize.
 | 
						|
      if (InitBound != AllocBound)
 | 
						|
        ResizedArrayILE = cast<InitListExpr>(Init);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    AllocType = Info.Ctx.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, ArrayBound, nullptr,
 | 
						|
                                              ArrayType::Normal, 0);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    assert(!AllocType->isArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
           "array allocation with non-array new");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue *Val;
 | 
						|
  if (IsPlacement) {
 | 
						|
    AccessKinds AK = AK_Construct;
 | 
						|
    struct FindObjectHandler {
 | 
						|
      EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
      const Expr *E;
 | 
						|
      QualType AllocType;
 | 
						|
      const AccessKinds AccessKind;
 | 
						|
      APValue *Value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      typedef bool result_type;
 | 
						|
      bool failed() { return false; }
 | 
						|
      bool found(APValue &Subobj, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: Reject the cases where [basic.life]p8 would not permit the
 | 
						|
        // old name of the object to be used to name the new object.
 | 
						|
        if (!Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SubobjType, AllocType)) {
 | 
						|
          Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_placement_new_wrong_type) <<
 | 
						|
            SubobjType << AllocType;
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        Value = &Subobj;
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      bool found(APSInt &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      bool found(APFloat &Value, QualType SubobjType) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_construct_complex_elem);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } Handler = {Info, E, AllocType, AK, nullptr};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CompleteObject Obj = findCompleteObject(Info, E, AK, Result, AllocType);
 | 
						|
    if (!Obj || !findSubobject(Info, E, Obj, Result.Designator, Handler))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Val = Handler.Value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // [basic.life]p1:
 | 
						|
    //   The lifetime of an object o of type T ends when [...] the storage
 | 
						|
    //   which the object occupies is [...] reused by an object that is not
 | 
						|
    //   nested within o (6.6.2).
 | 
						|
    *Val = APValue();
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Perform the allocation and obtain a pointer to the resulting object.
 | 
						|
    Val = Info.createHeapAlloc(E, AllocType, Result);
 | 
						|
    if (!Val)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (ValueInit) {
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(AllocType);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, &VIE))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (ResizedArrayILE) {
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateArrayNewInitList(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayILE,
 | 
						|
                                  AllocType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (ResizedArrayCCE) {
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(Info, Result, *Val, ResizedArrayCCE,
 | 
						|
                                       AllocType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (Init) {
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(*Val, Info, Result, Init))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (!getDefaultInitValue(AllocType, *Val)) {
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Array new returns a pointer to the first element, not a pointer to the
 | 
						|
  // array.
 | 
						|
  if (auto *AT = AllocType->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
 | 
						|
    Result.addArray(Info, E, cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Member Pointer Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class MemberPointerExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<MemberPointerExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  MemberPtr &Result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const ValueDecl *D) {
 | 
						|
    Result = MemberPtr(D);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  MemberPointerExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, MemberPtr &Result)
 | 
						|
    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result.setFrom(V);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success((const ValueDecl*)nullptr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateMemberPointer(const Expr *E, MemberPtr &Result,
 | 
						|
                                  EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isMemberPointerType());
 | 
						|
  return MemberPointerExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
    VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (E->path_empty())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    // Base-to-derived member pointer casts store the path in derived-to-base
 | 
						|
    // order, so iterate backwards. The CXXBaseSpecifier also provides us with
 | 
						|
    // the wrong end of the derived->base arc, so stagger the path by one class.
 | 
						|
    typedef std::reverse_iterator<CastExpr::path_const_iterator> ReverseIter;
 | 
						|
    for (ReverseIter PathI(E->path_end() - 1), PathE(E->path_begin());
 | 
						|
         PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
 | 
						|
      assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase");
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Derived = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (!Result.castToDerived(Derived))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    const Type *FinalTy = E->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getClass();
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.castToDerived(FinalTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()))
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
 | 
						|
         PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
 | 
						|
      assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "memptr cast through vbase");
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (!Result.castToBase(Base))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool MemberPointerExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryAddrOf(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  // C++11 [expr.unary.op]p3 has very strict rules on how the address of a
 | 
						|
  // member can be formed.
 | 
						|
  return Success(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getSubExpr())->getDecl());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Record Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  class RecordExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<RecordExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
    const LValue &This;
 | 
						|
    APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RecordExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      Result = V;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      return ZeroInitialization(E, E->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
      return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
      return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, E->getType());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E, QualType T);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Perform zero-initialization on an object of non-union class type.
 | 
						|
/// C++11 [dcl.init]p5:
 | 
						|
///  To zero-initialize an object or reference of type T means:
 | 
						|
///    [...]
 | 
						|
///    -- if T is a (possibly cv-qualified) non-union class type,
 | 
						|
///       each non-static data member and each base-class subobject is
 | 
						|
///       zero-initialized
 | 
						|
static bool HandleClassZeroInitialization(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                          const RecordDecl *RD,
 | 
						|
                                          const LValue &This, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!RD->isUnion() && "Expected non-union class type");
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CD ? CD->getNumBases() : 0,
 | 
						|
                   std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (CD) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned Index = 0;
 | 
						|
    for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = CD->bases_begin(),
 | 
						|
           End = CD->bases_end(); I != End; ++I, ++Index) {
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Base = I->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
      LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueDirectBase(Info, E, Subobject, CD, Base, &Layout))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, Base, Subobject,
 | 
						|
                                         Result.getStructBase(Index)))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (const auto *I : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
    // -- if T is a reference type, no initialization is performed.
 | 
						|
    if (I->isUnnamedBitfield() || I->getType()->isReferenceType())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, I, &Layout))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType());
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(
 | 
						|
          Result.getStructField(I->getFieldIndex()), Info, Subobject, &VIE))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E, QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  const RecordDecl *RD = T->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [dcl.init]p5: If T is a (possibly cv-qualified) union type, the
 | 
						|
    // object's first non-static named data member is zero-initialized
 | 
						|
    RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin();
 | 
						|
    while (I != RD->field_end() && (*I)->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
      ++I;
 | 
						|
    if (I == RD->field_end()) {
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue((const FieldDecl*)nullptr);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, E, Subobject, *I))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(*I);
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(I->getType());
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, &VIE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD) && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)->getNumVBases()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_virtual_base) << RD;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return HandleClassZeroInitialization(Info, E, RD, This, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_ConstructorConversion:
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase: {
 | 
						|
    APValue DerivedObject;
 | 
						|
    if (!Evaluate(DerivedObject, Info, E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!DerivedObject.isStruct())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Derived-to-base rvalue conversion: just slice off the derived part.
 | 
						|
    APValue *Value = &DerivedObject;
 | 
						|
    const CXXRecordDecl *RD = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
    for (CastExpr::path_const_iterator PathI = E->path_begin(),
 | 
						|
         PathE = E->path_end(); PathI != PathE; ++PathI) {
 | 
						|
      assert(!(*PathI)->isVirtual() && "record rvalue with virtual base");
 | 
						|
      const CXXRecordDecl *Base = (*PathI)->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
 | 
						|
      Value = &Value->getStructBase(getBaseIndex(RD, Base));
 | 
						|
      RD = Base;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = *Value;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->isTransparent())
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getInit(0));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const RecordDecl *RD = E->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
  const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
  auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo::EvaluatingConstructorRAII EvalObj(
 | 
						|
      Info,
 | 
						|
      ObjectUnderConstruction{This.getLValueBase(), This.Designator.Entries},
 | 
						|
      CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (RD->isUnion()) {
 | 
						|
    const FieldDecl *Field = E->getInitializedFieldInUnion();
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(Field);
 | 
						|
    if (!Field)
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the initializer list for a union does not contain any elements, the
 | 
						|
    // first element of the union is value-initialized.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: The element should be initialized from an initializer list.
 | 
						|
    //        Is this difference ever observable for initializer lists which
 | 
						|
    //        we don't build?
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(Field->getType());
 | 
						|
    const Expr *InitExpr = E->getNumInits() ? E->getInit(0) : &VIE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, InitExpr, Subobject, Field, &Layout))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here.
 | 
						|
    ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This,
 | 
						|
                                  isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(InitExpr));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getUnionValue(), Info, Subobject, InitExpr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Result.hasValue())
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), CXXRD ? CXXRD->getNumBases() : 0,
 | 
						|
                     std::distance(RD->field_begin(), RD->field_end()));
 | 
						|
  unsigned ElementNo = 0;
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Initialize base classes.
 | 
						|
  if (CXXRD && CXXRD->getNumBases()) {
 | 
						|
    for (const auto &Base : CXXRD->bases()) {
 | 
						|
      assert(ElementNo < E->getNumInits() && "missing init for base class");
 | 
						|
      const Expr *Init = E->getInit(ElementNo);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueBase(Info, Init, Subobject, CXXRD, &Base))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructBase(ElementNo);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init)) {
 | 
						|
        if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
        Success = false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      ++ElementNo;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    EvalObj.finishedConstructingBases();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Initialize members.
 | 
						|
  for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
 | 
						|
    // Anonymous bit-fields are not considered members of the class for
 | 
						|
    // purposes of aggregate initialization.
 | 
						|
    if (Field->isUnnamedBitfield())
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool HaveInit = ElementNo < E->getNumInits();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Diagnostics here should point to the end of the initializer
 | 
						|
    // list, not the start.
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueMember(Info, HaveInit ? E->getInit(ElementNo) : E,
 | 
						|
                            Subobject, Field, &Layout))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Perform an implicit value-initialization for members beyond the end of
 | 
						|
    // the initializer list.
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(HaveInit ? Info.Ctx.IntTy : Field->getType());
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Init = HaveInit ? E->getInit(ElementNo++) : &VIE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Temporarily override This, in case there's a CXXDefaultInitExpr in here.
 | 
						|
    ThisOverrideRAII ThisOverride(*Info.CurrentCall, &This,
 | 
						|
                                  isa<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(Init));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, Subobject, Init) ||
 | 
						|
        (Field->isBitField() && !truncateBitfieldValue(Info, Init,
 | 
						|
                                                       FieldVal, Field))) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalObj.finishedConstructingFields();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                QualType T) {
 | 
						|
  // Note that E's type is not necessarily the type of our class here; we might
 | 
						|
  // be initializing an array element instead.
 | 
						|
  const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor();
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInit = E->requiresZeroInitialization();
 | 
						|
  if (CheckTrivialDefaultConstructor(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, ZeroInit)) {
 | 
						|
    // If we've already performed zero-initialization, we're already done.
 | 
						|
    if (Result.hasValue())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ZeroInit)
 | 
						|
      return ZeroInitialization(E, T);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return getDefaultInitValue(T, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Avoid materializing a temporary for an elidable copy/move constructor.
 | 
						|
  if (E->isElidable() && !ZeroInit)
 | 
						|
    if (const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *ME
 | 
						|
          = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
 | 
						|
      return Visit(ME->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (ZeroInit && !ZeroInitialization(E, T))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto Args = llvm::makeArrayRef(E->getArgs(), E->getNumArgs());
 | 
						|
  return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Args,
 | 
						|
                               cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info,
 | 
						|
                               Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXInheritedCtorInitExpr(
 | 
						|
    const CXXInheritedCtorInitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.CurrentCall) {
 | 
						|
    assert(Info.checkingPotentialConstantExpression());
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXConstructorDecl *FD = E->getConstructor();
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const FunctionDecl *Definition = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  auto Body = FD->getBody(Definition);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckConstexprFunction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), FD, Definition, Body))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return HandleConstructorCall(E, This, Info.CurrentCall->Arguments,
 | 
						|
                               cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition), Info,
 | 
						|
                               Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(
 | 
						|
    const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const ConstantArrayType *ArrayType =
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getSubExpr()->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Array;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateLValue(E->getSubExpr(), Array, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Get a pointer to the first element of the array.
 | 
						|
  Array.addArray(Info, E, ArrayType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto InvalidType = [&] {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_unsupported_layout)
 | 
						|
      << E->getType();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Perform the checks on the field types in SemaInit.
 | 
						|
  RecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
 | 
						|
  RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = Record->field_begin();
 | 
						|
  if (Field == Record->field_end())
 | 
						|
    return InvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Start pointer.
 | 
						|
  if (!Field->getType()->isPointerType() ||
 | 
						|
      !Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(),
 | 
						|
                            ArrayType->getElementType()))
 | 
						|
    return InvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: What if the initializer_list type has base classes, etc?
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), 0, 2);
 | 
						|
  Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(0));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (++Field == Record->field_end())
 | 
						|
    return InvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Field->getType()->isPointerType() &&
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType()->getPointeeType(),
 | 
						|
                           ArrayType->getElementType())) {
 | 
						|
    // End pointer.
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Array,
 | 
						|
                                     ArrayType->getElementType(),
 | 
						|
                                     ArrayType->getSize().getZExtValue()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Array.moveInto(Result.getStructField(1));
 | 
						|
  } else if (Info.Ctx.hasSameType(Field->getType(), Info.Ctx.getSizeType()))
 | 
						|
    // Length.
 | 
						|
    Result.getStructField(1) = APValue(APSInt(ArrayType->getSize()));
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return InvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (++Field != Record->field_end())
 | 
						|
    return InvalidType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *ClosureClass = E->getLambdaClass();
 | 
						|
  if (ClosureClass->isInvalidDecl())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const size_t NumFields =
 | 
						|
      std::distance(ClosureClass->field_begin(), ClosureClass->field_end());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(NumFields == (size_t)std::distance(E->capture_init_begin(),
 | 
						|
                                            E->capture_init_end()) &&
 | 
						|
         "The number of lambda capture initializers should equal the number of "
 | 
						|
         "fields within the closure type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitStruct(), /*NumBases*/0, NumFields);
 | 
						|
  // Iterate through all the lambda's closure object's fields and initialize
 | 
						|
  // them.
 | 
						|
  auto *CaptureInitIt = E->capture_init_begin();
 | 
						|
  const LambdaCapture *CaptureIt = ClosureClass->captures_begin();
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
  for (const auto *Field : ClosureClass->fields()) {
 | 
						|
    assert(CaptureInitIt != E->capture_init_end());
 | 
						|
    // Get the initializer for this field
 | 
						|
    Expr *const CurFieldInit = *CaptureInitIt++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If there is no initializer, either this is a VLA or an error has
 | 
						|
    // occurred.
 | 
						|
    if (!CurFieldInit)
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue &FieldVal = Result.getStructField(Field->getFieldIndex());
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(FieldVal, Info, This, CurFieldInit)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    ++CaptureIt;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateRecord(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                           APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType() &&
 | 
						|
         "can't evaluate expression as a record rvalue");
 | 
						|
  return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Temporary Evaluation
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Temporaries are represented in the AST as rvalues, but generally behave like
 | 
						|
// lvalues. The full-object of which the temporary is a subobject is implicitly
 | 
						|
// materialized so that a reference can bind to it.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class TemporaryExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public LValueExprEvaluatorBase<TemporaryExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  TemporaryExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &Result) :
 | 
						|
    LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info, Result, false) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// Visit an expression which constructs the value of this temporary.
 | 
						|
  bool VisitConstructExpr(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
        E, E->getType(), ScopeKind::FullExpression, Result);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return LValueExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CK_ConstructorConversion:
 | 
						|
      return VisitConstructExpr(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitConstructExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitConstructExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitConstructExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXStdInitializerListExpr(const CXXStdInitializerListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitConstructExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitLambdaExpr(const LambdaExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return VisitConstructExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate an expression of record type as a temporary.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateTemporary(const Expr *E, LValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRecordType());
 | 
						|
  return TemporaryExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Vector Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  class VectorExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VectorExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
    APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    VectorExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &Result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool Success(ArrayRef<APValue> V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.size() == E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements());
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: remove this APValue copy.
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue(V.data(), V.size());
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.isVector());
 | 
						|
      Result = V;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E)
 | 
						|
      { return Visit(E->getSubExpr()); }
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Missing: unary -, unary ~, conditional operator (for GNU
 | 
						|
    //                 conditional select), shufflevector, ExtVectorElementExpr
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateVector(const Expr* E, APValue& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isVectorType() &&"not a vector rvalue");
 | 
						|
  return VectorExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const VectorType *VTy = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NElts = VTy->getNumElements();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *SE = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
  QualType SETy = SE->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case CK_VectorSplat: {
 | 
						|
    APValue Val = APValue();
 | 
						|
    if (SETy->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt IntResult;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(SE, IntResult, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Val = APValue(std::move(IntResult));
 | 
						|
    } else if (SETy->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      APFloat FloatResult(0.0);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateFloat(SE, FloatResult, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Val = APValue(std::move(FloatResult));
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Splat and create vector APValue.
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts(NElts, Val);
 | 
						|
    return Success(Elts, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case CK_BitCast: {
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the operand into an APInt we can extract from.
 | 
						|
    llvm::APInt SValInt;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvalAndBitcastToAPInt(Info, SE, SValInt))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // Extract the elements
 | 
						|
    QualType EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    unsigned EltSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(EltTy);
 | 
						|
    bool BigEndian = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().isBigEndian();
 | 
						|
    SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elts;
 | 
						|
    if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy);
 | 
						|
      unsigned FloatEltSize = EltSize;
 | 
						|
      if (&Sem == &APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
 | 
						|
        FloatEltSize = 80;
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0; i < NElts; i++) {
 | 
						|
        llvm::APInt Elt;
 | 
						|
        if (BigEndian)
 | 
						|
          Elt = SValInt.rotl(i*EltSize+FloatEltSize).trunc(FloatEltSize);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Elt = SValInt.rotr(i*EltSize).trunc(FloatEltSize);
 | 
						|
        Elts.push_back(APValue(APFloat(Sem, Elt)));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned i = 0; i < NElts; i++) {
 | 
						|
        llvm::APInt Elt;
 | 
						|
        if (BigEndian)
 | 
						|
          Elt = SValInt.rotl(i*EltSize+EltSize).zextOrTrunc(EltSize);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          Elt = SValInt.rotr(i*EltSize).zextOrTrunc(EltSize);
 | 
						|
        Elts.push_back(APValue(APSInt(Elt, EltTy->isSignedIntegerType())));
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success(Elts, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
VectorExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const VectorType *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumInits = E->getNumInits();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The number of initializers can be less than the number of
 | 
						|
  // vector elements. For OpenCL, this can be due to nested vector
 | 
						|
  // initialization. For GCC compatibility, missing trailing elements
 | 
						|
  // should be initialized with zeroes.
 | 
						|
  unsigned CountInits = 0, CountElts = 0;
 | 
						|
  while (CountElts < NumElements) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle nested vector initialization.
 | 
						|
    if (CountInits < NumInits
 | 
						|
        && E->getInit(CountInits)->getType()->isVectorType()) {
 | 
						|
      APValue v;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateVector(E->getInit(CountInits), v, Info))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      unsigned vlen = v.getVectorLength();
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned j = 0; j < vlen; j++)
 | 
						|
        Elements.push_back(v.getVectorElt(j));
 | 
						|
      CountElts += vlen;
 | 
						|
    } else if (EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
      llvm::APSInt sInt(32);
 | 
						|
      if (CountInits < NumInits) {
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(CountInits), sInt, Info))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      } else // trailing integer zero.
 | 
						|
        sInt = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy);
 | 
						|
      Elements.push_back(APValue(sInt));
 | 
						|
      CountElts++;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      llvm::APFloat f(0.0);
 | 
						|
      if (CountInits < NumInits) {
 | 
						|
        if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(CountInits), f, Info))
 | 
						|
          return false;
 | 
						|
      } else // trailing float zero.
 | 
						|
        f = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy));
 | 
						|
      Elements.push_back(APValue(f));
 | 
						|
      CountElts++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    CountInits++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success(Elements, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool
 | 
						|
VectorExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const auto *VT = E->getType()->castAs<VectorType>();
 | 
						|
  QualType EltTy = VT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  APValue ZeroElement;
 | 
						|
  if (EltTy->isIntegerType())
 | 
						|
    ZeroElement = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, EltTy));
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    ZeroElement =
 | 
						|
        APValue(APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(EltTy)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<APValue, 4> Elements(VT->getNumElements(), ZeroElement);
 | 
						|
  return Success(Elements, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool VectorExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  BinaryOperatorKind Op = E->getOpcode();
 | 
						|
  assert(Op != BO_PtrMemD && Op != BO_PtrMemI && Op != BO_Cmp &&
 | 
						|
         "Operation not supported on vector types");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Op == BO_Comma)
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
 | 
						|
  Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(LHS->getType()->isVectorType() && RHS->getType()->isVectorType() &&
 | 
						|
         "Must both be vector types");
 | 
						|
  // Checking JUST the types are the same would be fine, except shifts don't
 | 
						|
  // need to have their types be the same (since you always shift by an int).
 | 
						|
  assert(LHS->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() ==
 | 
						|
             E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() &&
 | 
						|
         RHS->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() ==
 | 
						|
             E->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() &&
 | 
						|
         "All operands must be the same size.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue LHSValue;
 | 
						|
  APValue RHSValue;
 | 
						|
  bool LHSOK = Evaluate(LHSValue, Info, LHS);
 | 
						|
  if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (!Evaluate(RHSValue, Info, RHS) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!handleVectorVectorBinOp(Info, E, Op, LHSValue, RHSValue))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success(LHSValue, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Array Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
  class ArrayExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ArrayExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
    const LValue &This;
 | 
						|
    APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
  public:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ArrayExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This, APValue &Result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      assert(V.isArray() && "expected array");
 | 
						|
      Result = V;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
      const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(E->getType());
 | 
						|
      if (!CAT) {
 | 
						|
        if (E->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
          // We can be asked to zero-initialize a flexible array member; this
 | 
						|
          // is represented as an ImplicitValueInitExpr of incomplete array
 | 
						|
          // type. In this case, the array has zero elements.
 | 
						|
          Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0, 0);
 | 
						|
          return true;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        // FIXME: We could handle VLAs here.
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), 0,
 | 
						|
                       CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
      if (!Result.hasArrayFiller()) return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Zero-initialize all elements.
 | 
						|
      LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
      Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
 | 
						|
      ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(CAT->getElementType());
 | 
						|
      return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject, &VIE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
      return handleCallExpr(E, Result, &This);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                           QualType AllocType = QualType());
 | 
						|
    bool VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                               const LValue &Subobject,
 | 
						|
                               APValue *Value, QualType Type);
 | 
						|
    bool VisitStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *E,
 | 
						|
                            QualType AllocType = QualType()) {
 | 
						|
      expandStringLiteral(Info, E, Result, AllocType);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArray(const Expr *E, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                          APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isArrayType() && "not an array rvalue");
 | 
						|
  return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArrayNewInitList(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                     APValue &Result, const InitListExpr *ILE,
 | 
						|
                                     QualType AllocType) {
 | 
						|
  assert(ILE->isRValue() && ILE->getType()->isArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
         "not an array rvalue");
 | 
						|
  return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result)
 | 
						|
      .VisitInitListExpr(ILE, AllocType);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateArrayNewConstructExpr(EvalInfo &Info, LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                                          APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                          const CXXConstructExpr *CCE,
 | 
						|
                                          QualType AllocType) {
 | 
						|
  assert(CCE->isRValue() && CCE->getType()->isArrayType() &&
 | 
						|
         "not an array rvalue");
 | 
						|
  return ArrayExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result)
 | 
						|
      .VisitCXXConstructExpr(CCE, This, &Result, AllocType);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// Return true iff the given array filler may depend on the element index.
 | 
						|
static bool MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(const Expr *FillerExpr) {
 | 
						|
  // For now, just allow non-class value-initialization and initialization
 | 
						|
  // lists comprised of them.
 | 
						|
  if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(FillerExpr))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(FillerExpr)) {
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0, E = ILE->getNumInits(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
      if (MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(ILE->getInit(I)))
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                           QualType AllocType) {
 | 
						|
  const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(
 | 
						|
      AllocType.isNull() ? E->getType() : AllocType);
 | 
						|
  if (!CAT)
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // C++11 [dcl.init.string]p1: A char array [...] can be initialized by [...]
 | 
						|
  // an appropriately-typed string literal enclosed in braces.
 | 
						|
  if (E->isStringLiteralInit()) {
 | 
						|
    auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(E->getInit(0)->IgnoreParens());
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Support ObjCEncodeExpr here once we support it in
 | 
						|
    // ArrayExprEvaluator generally.
 | 
						|
    if (!SL)
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return VisitStringLiteral(SL, AllocType);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert((!Result.isArray() || Result.getArrayInitializedElts() == 0) &&
 | 
						|
         "zero-initialized array shouldn't have any initialized elts");
 | 
						|
  APValue Filler;
 | 
						|
  if (Result.isArray() && Result.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
    Filler = Result.getArrayFiller();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumEltsToInit = E->getNumInits();
 | 
						|
  unsigned NumElts = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
  const Expr *FillerExpr = E->hasArrayFiller() ? E->getArrayFiller() : nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the initializer might depend on the array index, run it for each
 | 
						|
  // array element.
 | 
						|
  if (NumEltsToInit != NumElts && MaybeElementDependentArrayFiller(FillerExpr))
 | 
						|
    NumEltsToInit = NumElts;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LLVM_DEBUG(llvm::dbgs() << "The number of elements to initialize: "
 | 
						|
                          << NumEltsToInit << ".\n");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), NumEltsToInit, NumElts);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the array was previously zero-initialized, preserve the
 | 
						|
  // zero-initialized values.
 | 
						|
  if (Filler.hasValue()) {
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0, E = Result.getArrayInitializedElts(); I != E; ++I)
 | 
						|
      Result.getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler;
 | 
						|
    if (Result.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
      Result.getArrayFiller() = Filler;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
  Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned Index = 0; Index != NumEltsToInit; ++Index) {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Init =
 | 
						|
        Index < E->getNumInits() ? E->getInit(Index) : FillerExpr;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(Index),
 | 
						|
                         Info, Subobject, Init) ||
 | 
						|
        !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, Init, Subobject,
 | 
						|
                                     CAT->getElementType(), 1)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Result.hasArrayFiller())
 | 
						|
    return Success;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we get here, we have a trivial filler, which we can just evaluate
 | 
						|
  // once and splat over the rest of the array elements.
 | 
						|
  assert(FillerExpr && "no array filler for incomplete init list");
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayFiller(), Info, Subobject,
 | 
						|
                         FillerExpr) && Success;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitArrayInitLoopExpr(const ArrayInitLoopExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  LValue CommonLV;
 | 
						|
  if (E->getCommonExpr() &&
 | 
						|
      !Evaluate(Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
                    E->getCommonExpr(),
 | 
						|
                    getStorageType(Info.Ctx, E->getCommonExpr()),
 | 
						|
                    ScopeKind::FullExpression, CommonLV),
 | 
						|
                Info, E->getCommonExpr()->getSourceExpr()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(E->getType()->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  uint64_t Elements = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
  Result = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), Elements, Elements);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Subobject = This;
 | 
						|
  Subobject.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success = true;
 | 
						|
  for (EvalInfo::ArrayInitLoopIndex Index(Info); Index != Elements; ++Index) {
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(Result.getArrayInitializedElt(Index),
 | 
						|
                         Info, Subobject, E->getSubExpr()) ||
 | 
						|
        !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, Subobject,
 | 
						|
                                     CAT->getElementType(), 1)) {
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      Success = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Success;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, This, &Result, E->getType());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ArrayExprEvaluator::VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                               const LValue &Subobject,
 | 
						|
                                               APValue *Value,
 | 
						|
                                               QualType Type) {
 | 
						|
  bool HadZeroInit = Value->hasValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Info.Ctx.getAsConstantArrayType(Type)) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned N = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Preserve the array filler if we had prior zero-initialization.
 | 
						|
    APValue Filler =
 | 
						|
      HadZeroInit && Value->hasArrayFiller() ? Value->getArrayFiller()
 | 
						|
                                             : APValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *Value = APValue(APValue::UninitArray(), N, N);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (HadZeroInit)
 | 
						|
      for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I)
 | 
						|
        Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I) = Filler;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Initialize the elements.
 | 
						|
    LValue ArrayElt = Subobject;
 | 
						|
    ArrayElt.addArray(Info, E, CAT);
 | 
						|
    for (unsigned I = 0; I != N; ++I)
 | 
						|
      if (!VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, ArrayElt, &Value->getArrayInitializedElt(I),
 | 
						|
                                 CAT->getElementType()) ||
 | 
						|
          !HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, ArrayElt,
 | 
						|
                                       CAT->getElementType(), 1))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Type->isRecordType())
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return RecordExprEvaluator(Info, Subobject, *Value)
 | 
						|
             .VisitCXXConstructExpr(E, Type);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Integer Evaluation
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// As a GNU extension, we support casting pointers to sufficiently-wide integer
 | 
						|
// types and back in constant folding. Integer values are thus represented
 | 
						|
// either as an integer-valued APValue, or as an lvalue-valued APValue.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class IntExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
        : public ExprEvaluatorBase<IntExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  IntExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    assert(SI.isSigned() == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    assert(SI.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(SI);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const llvm::APSInt &SI, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(SI, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    assert(I.getBitWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(APSInt(I));
 | 
						|
    Result.getInt().setIsUnsigned(
 | 
						|
                            E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(I, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(Value, E->getType()));
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(Value, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(CharUnits Size, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(Size.getQuantity(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (V.isLValue() || V.isAddrLabelDiff() || V.isIndeterminate()) {
 | 
						|
      Result = V;
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success(V.getInt(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return Success(0, E); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
  //                            Visitor Methods
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitIntegerLiteral(const IntegerLiteral *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCharacterLiteral(const CharacterLiteral *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr *E, const Decl *D);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitDeclRefExpr(const DeclRefExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getDecl()))
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitDeclRefExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool VisitMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (CheckReferencedDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      VisitIgnoredBaseExpression(E->getBase());
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitMemberExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E, unsigned BuiltinOp);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr* E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXBoolLiteralExpr(const CXXBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitObjCBoolLiteralExpr(const ObjCBoolLiteralExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitArrayInitIndexExpr(const ArrayInitIndexExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.ArrayInitIndex == uint64_t(-1)) {
 | 
						|
      // We were asked to evaluate this subexpression independent of the
 | 
						|
      // enclosing ArrayInitLoopExpr. We can't do that.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success(Info.ArrayInitIndex, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Note, GNU defines __null as an integer, not a pointer.
 | 
						|
  bool VisitGNUNullExpr(const GNUNullExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return ZeroInitialization(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitTypeTraitExpr(const TypeTraitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitArrayTypeTraitExpr(const ArrayTypeTraitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitExpressionTraitExpr(const ExpressionTraitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
class FixedPointExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
    : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FixedPointExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 public:
 | 
						|
  FixedPointExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APValue &result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const llvm::APInt &I, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(
 | 
						|
        APFixedPoint(I, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(
 | 
						|
        APFixedPoint(Value, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType())), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(V.getFixedPoint(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APFixedPoint &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->getType()->isFixedPointType() && "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    assert(V.getWidth() == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()) &&
 | 
						|
           "Invalid evaluation result.");
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(V);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
  //                            Visitor Methods
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitFixedPointLiteral(const FixedPointLiteral *E) {
 | 
						|
    return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateIntegerOrLValue - Evaluate an rvalue integral-typed expression, and
 | 
						|
/// produce either the integer value or a pointer.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// GCC has a heinous extension which folds casts between pointer types and
 | 
						|
/// pointer-sized integral types. We support this by allowing the evaluation of
 | 
						|
/// an integer rvalue to produce a pointer (represented as an lvalue) instead.
 | 
						|
/// Some simple arithmetic on such values is supported (they are treated much
 | 
						|
/// like char*).
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(const Expr *E, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                                    EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
  return IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateInteger(const Expr *E, APSInt &Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  APValue Val;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateIntegerOrLValue(E, Val, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (!Val.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: It would be better to produce the diagnostic for casting
 | 
						|
    //        a pointer to an integer.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Result = Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSourceLocExpr(const SourceLocExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  APValue Evaluated = E->EvaluateInContext(
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx, Info.CurrentCall->CurSourceLocExprScope.getDefaultExpr());
 | 
						|
  return Success(Evaluated, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFixedPoint(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
 | 
						|
                               EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Val).Visit(E))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Val.isFixedPoint())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result = Val.getFixedPoint();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(const Expr *E, APFixedPoint &Result,
 | 
						|
                                        EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
    auto FXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E, Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = APFixedPoint(Val, FXSema);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (E->getType()->isFixedPointType()) {
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFixedPoint(E, Result, Info);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Check whether the given declaration can be directly converted to an integral
 | 
						|
/// rvalue. If not, no diagnostic is produced; there are other things we can
 | 
						|
/// try.
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::CheckReferencedDecl(const Expr* E, const Decl* D) {
 | 
						|
  // Enums are integer constant exprs.
 | 
						|
  if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) {
 | 
						|
    // Check for signedness/width mismatches between E type and ECD value.
 | 
						|
    bool SameSign = (ECD->getInitVal().isSigned()
 | 
						|
                     == E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
    bool SameWidth = (ECD->getInitVal().getBitWidth()
 | 
						|
                      == Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
 | 
						|
    if (SameSign && SameWidth)
 | 
						|
      return Success(ECD->getInitVal(), E);
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      // Get rid of mismatch (otherwise Success assertions will fail)
 | 
						|
      // by computing a new value matching the type of E.
 | 
						|
      llvm::APSInt Val = ECD->getInitVal();
 | 
						|
      if (!SameSign)
 | 
						|
        Val.setIsSigned(!ECD->getInitVal().isSigned());
 | 
						|
      if (!SameWidth)
 | 
						|
        Val = Val.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
 | 
						|
      return Success(Val, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Values returned by __builtin_classify_type, chosen to match the values
 | 
						|
/// produced by GCC's builtin.
 | 
						|
enum class GCCTypeClass {
 | 
						|
  None = -1,
 | 
						|
  Void = 0,
 | 
						|
  Integer = 1,
 | 
						|
  // GCC reserves 2 for character types, but instead classifies them as
 | 
						|
  // integers.
 | 
						|
  Enum = 3,
 | 
						|
  Bool = 4,
 | 
						|
  Pointer = 5,
 | 
						|
  // GCC reserves 6 for references, but appears to never use it (because
 | 
						|
  // expressions never have reference type, presumably).
 | 
						|
  PointerToDataMember = 7,
 | 
						|
  RealFloat = 8,
 | 
						|
  Complex = 9,
 | 
						|
  // GCC reserves 10 for functions, but does not use it since GCC version 6 due
 | 
						|
  // to decay to pointer. (Prior to version 6 it was only used in C++ mode).
 | 
						|
  // GCC claims to reserve 11 for pointers to member functions, but *actually*
 | 
						|
  // uses 12 for that purpose, same as for a class or struct. Maybe it
 | 
						|
  // internally implements a pointer to member as a struct?  Who knows.
 | 
						|
  PointerToMemberFunction = 12, // Not a bug, see above.
 | 
						|
  ClassOrStruct = 12,
 | 
						|
  Union = 13,
 | 
						|
  // GCC reserves 14 for arrays, but does not use it since GCC version 6 due to
 | 
						|
  // decay to pointer. (Prior to version 6 it was only used in C++ mode).
 | 
						|
  // GCC reserves 15 for strings, but actually uses 5 (pointer) for string
 | 
						|
  // literals.
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way
 | 
						|
/// as GCC.
 | 
						|
static GCCTypeClass
 | 
						|
EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(QualType T, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!T->isDependentType() && "unexpected dependent type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType CanTy = T.getCanonicalType();
 | 
						|
  const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (CanTy->getTypeClass()) {
 | 
						|
#define TYPE(ID, BASE)
 | 
						|
#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
 | 
						|
#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
 | 
						|
#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(ID, BASE) case Type::ID:
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
 | 
						|
  case Type::Auto:
 | 
						|
  case Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected non-canonical or dependent type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Builtin:
 | 
						|
    switch (BT->getKind()) {
 | 
						|
#define BUILTIN_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID)
 | 
						|
#define SIGNED_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::Integer;
 | 
						|
#define FLOATING_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ID: return GCCTypeClass::RealFloat;
 | 
						|
#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(ID, SINGLETON_ID) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ID: break;
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Void:
 | 
						|
      return GCCTypeClass::Void;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Bool:
 | 
						|
      return GCCTypeClass::Bool;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Char_U:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UChar:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Char8:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Char16:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Char32:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UShort:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UInt:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ULong:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UInt128:
 | 
						|
      return GCCTypeClass::Integer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::UFract:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
 | 
						|
      return GCCTypeClass::None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
 | 
						|
#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Id:
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
 | 
						|
#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Id:
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
 | 
						|
#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Id:
 | 
						|
#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
 | 
						|
      return GCCTypeClass::None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BuiltinType::Dependent:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected dependent type");
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("unexpected placeholder type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Enum:
 | 
						|
    return LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? GCCTypeClass::Enum : GCCTypeClass::Integer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Pointer:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ConstantArray:
 | 
						|
  case Type::VariableArray:
 | 
						|
  case Type::IncompleteArray:
 | 
						|
  case Type::FunctionNoProto:
 | 
						|
  case Type::FunctionProto:
 | 
						|
    return GCCTypeClass::Pointer;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::MemberPointer:
 | 
						|
    return CanTy->isMemberDataPointerType()
 | 
						|
               ? GCCTypeClass::PointerToDataMember
 | 
						|
               : GCCTypeClass::PointerToMemberFunction;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Complex:
 | 
						|
    return GCCTypeClass::Complex;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Record:
 | 
						|
    return CanTy->isUnionType() ? GCCTypeClass::Union
 | 
						|
                                : GCCTypeClass::ClassOrStruct;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::Atomic:
 | 
						|
    // GCC classifies _Atomic T the same as T.
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(
 | 
						|
        CanTy->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), LangOpts);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::BlockPointer:
 | 
						|
  case Type::Vector:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ExtVector:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ConstantMatrix:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ObjCObject:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ObjCInterface:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
 | 
						|
  case Type::Pipe:
 | 
						|
  case Type::ExtInt:
 | 
						|
    // GCC classifies vectors as None. We follow its lead and classify all
 | 
						|
    // other types that don't fit into the regular classification the same way.
 | 
						|
    return GCCTypeClass::None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Type::LValueReference:
 | 
						|
  case Type::RValueReference:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("invalid type for expression");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unexpected type class");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType - Evaluate __builtin_classify_type the same way
 | 
						|
/// as GCC.
 | 
						|
static GCCTypeClass
 | 
						|
EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(const CallExpr *E, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
 | 
						|
  // If no argument was supplied, default to None. This isn't
 | 
						|
  // ideal, however it is what gcc does.
 | 
						|
  if (E->getNumArgs() == 0)
 | 
						|
    return GCCTypeClass::None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Bizarrely, GCC treats a call with more than one argument as not
 | 
						|
  // being an ICE, but still folds it to a constant using the type of the first
 | 
						|
  // argument.
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E->getArg(0)->getType(), LangOpts);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue - Determine the result of
 | 
						|
/// __builtin_constant_p when applied to the given pointer.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// A pointer is only "constant" if it is null (or a pointer cast to integer)
 | 
						|
/// or it points to the first character of a string literal.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(const APValue &LV) {
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base = LV.getLValueBase();
 | 
						|
  if (Base.isNull()) {
 | 
						|
    // A null base is acceptable.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (const Expr *E = Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!isa<StringLiteral>(E))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return LV.getLValueOffset().isZero();
 | 
						|
  } else if (Base.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    // Surprisingly, GCC considers __builtin_constant_p(&typeid(int)) to
 | 
						|
    // evaluate to true.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Any other base is not constant enough for GCC.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateBuiltinConstantP - Evaluate __builtin_constant_p as similarly to
 | 
						|
/// GCC as we can manage.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *Arg) {
 | 
						|
  // This evaluation is not permitted to have side-effects, so evaluate it in
 | 
						|
  // a speculative evaluation context.
 | 
						|
  SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Constant-folding is always enabled for the operand of __builtin_constant_p
 | 
						|
  // (even when the enclosing evaluation context otherwise requires a strict
 | 
						|
  // language-specific constant expression).
 | 
						|
  FoldConstant Fold(Info, true);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // __builtin_constant_p always has one operand. The rules which gcc follows
 | 
						|
  // are not precisely documented, but are as follows:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  //  - If the operand is of integral, floating, complex or enumeration type,
 | 
						|
  //    and can be folded to a known value of that type, it returns 1.
 | 
						|
  //  - If the operand can be folded to a pointer to the first character
 | 
						|
  //    of a string literal (or such a pointer cast to an integral type)
 | 
						|
  //    or to a null pointer or an integer cast to a pointer, it returns 1.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, it returns 0.
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: GCC also intends to return 1 for literals of aggregate types, but
 | 
						|
  // its support for this did not work prior to GCC 9 and is not yet well
 | 
						|
  // understood.
 | 
						|
  if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || ArgType->isFloatingType() ||
 | 
						|
      ArgType->isAnyComplexType() || ArgType->isPointerType() ||
 | 
						|
      ArgType->isNullPtrType()) {
 | 
						|
    APValue V;
 | 
						|
    if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, Arg, V) || Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) {
 | 
						|
      Fold.keepDiagnostics();
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // For a pointer (possibly cast to integer), there are special rules.
 | 
						|
    if (V.getKind() == APValue::LValue)
 | 
						|
      return EvaluateBuiltinConstantPForLValue(V);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Otherwise, any constant value is good enough.
 | 
						|
    return V.hasValue();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Anything else isn't considered to be sufficiently constant.
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Retrieves the "underlying object type" of the given expression,
 | 
						|
/// as used by __builtin_object_size.
 | 
						|
static QualType getObjectType(APValue::LValueBase B) {
 | 
						|
  if (const ValueDecl *D = B.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
 | 
						|
    if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
      return VD->getType();
 | 
						|
  } else if (const Expr *E = B.dyn_cast<const Expr*>()) {
 | 
						|
    if (isa<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E))
 | 
						|
      return E->getType();
 | 
						|
  } else if (B.is<TypeInfoLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    return B.getTypeInfoType();
 | 
						|
  } else if (B.is<DynamicAllocLValue>()) {
 | 
						|
    return B.getDynamicAllocType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return QualType();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// A more selective version of E->IgnoreParenCasts for
 | 
						|
/// tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize. This ignores some casts/parens that serve only
 | 
						|
/// to change the type of E.
 | 
						|
/// Ex. For E = `(short*)((char*)(&foo))`, returns `&foo`
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Always returns an RValue with a pointer representation.
 | 
						|
static const Expr *ignorePointerCastsAndParens(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto *NoParens = E->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
  auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(NoParens);
 | 
						|
  if (Cast == nullptr)
 | 
						|
    return NoParens;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We only conservatively allow a few kinds of casts, because this code is
 | 
						|
  // inherently a simple solution that seeks to support the common case.
 | 
						|
  auto CastKind = Cast->getCastKind();
 | 
						|
  if (CastKind != CK_NoOp && CastKind != CK_BitCast &&
 | 
						|
      CastKind != CK_AddressSpaceConversion)
 | 
						|
    return NoParens;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto *SubExpr = Cast->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
  if (!SubExpr->getType()->hasPointerRepresentation() || !SubExpr->isRValue())
 | 
						|
    return NoParens;
 | 
						|
  return ignorePointerCastsAndParens(SubExpr);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Checks to see if the given LValue's Designator is at the end of the LValue's
 | 
						|
/// record layout. e.g.
 | 
						|
///   struct { struct { int a, b; } fst, snd; } obj;
 | 
						|
///   obj.fst   // no
 | 
						|
///   obj.snd   // yes
 | 
						|
///   obj.fst.a // no
 | 
						|
///   obj.fst.b // no
 | 
						|
///   obj.snd.a // no
 | 
						|
///   obj.snd.b // yes
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// Please note: this function is specialized for how __builtin_object_size
 | 
						|
/// views "objects".
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// If this encounters an invalid RecordDecl or otherwise cannot determine the
 | 
						|
/// correct result, it will always return true.
 | 
						|
static bool isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!LVal.Designator.Invalid);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl = [&Ctx](const FieldDecl *FD, bool &Invalid) {
 | 
						|
    const RecordDecl *Parent = FD->getParent();
 | 
						|
    Invalid = Parent->isInvalidDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (Invalid || Parent->isUnion())
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(Parent);
 | 
						|
    return FD->getFieldIndex() + 1 == Layout.getFieldCount();
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto &Base = LVal.getLValueBase();
 | 
						|
  if (auto *ME = dyn_cast_or_null<MemberExpr>(Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) {
 | 
						|
    if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      bool Invalid;
 | 
						|
      if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD, Invalid))
 | 
						|
        return Invalid;
 | 
						|
    } else if (auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
 | 
						|
      for (auto *FD : IFD->chain()) {
 | 
						|
        bool Invalid;
 | 
						|
        if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(cast<FieldDecl>(FD), Invalid))
 | 
						|
          return Invalid;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  unsigned I = 0;
 | 
						|
  QualType BaseType = getType(Base);
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.FirstEntryIsAnUnsizedArray) {
 | 
						|
    // If we don't know the array bound, conservatively assume we're looking at
 | 
						|
    // the final array element.
 | 
						|
    ++I;
 | 
						|
    if (BaseType->isIncompleteArrayType())
 | 
						|
      BaseType = Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType)->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      BaseType = BaseType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned E = LVal.Designator.Entries.size(); I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    const auto &Entry = LVal.Designator.Entries[I];
 | 
						|
    if (BaseType->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
      // Because __builtin_object_size treats arrays as objects, we can ignore
 | 
						|
      // the index iff this is the last array in the Designator.
 | 
						|
      if (I + 1 == E)
 | 
						|
        return true;
 | 
						|
      const auto *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(Ctx.getAsArrayType(BaseType));
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
      if (Index + 1 != CAT->getSize())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      BaseType = CAT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    } else if (BaseType->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
      const auto *CT = BaseType->castAs<ComplexType>();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t Index = Entry.getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
      if (Index != 1)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      BaseType = CT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    } else if (auto *FD = getAsField(Entry)) {
 | 
						|
      bool Invalid;
 | 
						|
      if (!IsLastOrInvalidFieldDecl(FD, Invalid))
 | 
						|
        return Invalid;
 | 
						|
      BaseType = FD->getType();
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      assert(getAsBaseClass(Entry) && "Expecting cast to a base class");
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Tests to see if the LValue has a user-specified designator (that isn't
 | 
						|
/// necessarily valid). Note that this always returns 'true' if the LValue has
 | 
						|
/// an unsized array as its first designator entry, because there's currently no
 | 
						|
/// way to tell if the user typed *foo or foo[0].
 | 
						|
static bool refersToCompleteObject(const LValue &LVal) {
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!LVal.Designator.Entries.empty())
 | 
						|
    return LVal.Designator.isMostDerivedAnUnsizedArray();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!LVal.InvalidBase)
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If `E` is a MemberExpr, then the first part of the designator is hiding in
 | 
						|
  // the LValueBase.
 | 
						|
  const auto *E = LVal.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
  return !E || !isa<MemberExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Attempts to detect a user writing into a piece of memory that's impossible
 | 
						|
/// to figure out the size of by just using types.
 | 
						|
static bool isUserWritingOffTheEnd(const ASTContext &Ctx, const LValue &LVal) {
 | 
						|
  const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator;
 | 
						|
  // Notes:
 | 
						|
  // - Users can only write off of the end when we have an invalid base. Invalid
 | 
						|
  //   bases imply we don't know where the memory came from.
 | 
						|
  // - We used to be a bit more aggressive here; we'd only be conservative if
 | 
						|
  //   the array at the end was flexible, or if it had 0 or 1 elements. This
 | 
						|
  //   broke some common standard library extensions (PR30346), but was
 | 
						|
  //   otherwise seemingly fine. It may be useful to reintroduce this behavior
 | 
						|
  //   with some sort of list. OTOH, it seems that GCC is always
 | 
						|
  //   conservative with the last element in structs (if it's an array), so our
 | 
						|
  //   current behavior is more compatible than an explicit list approach would
 | 
						|
  //   be.
 | 
						|
  return LVal.InvalidBase &&
 | 
						|
         Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength &&
 | 
						|
         Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
 | 
						|
         isDesignatorAtObjectEnd(Ctx, LVal);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Converts the given APInt to CharUnits, assuming the APInt is unsigned.
 | 
						|
/// Fails if the conversion would cause loss of precision.
 | 
						|
static bool convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(const llvm::APInt &Int,
 | 
						|
                                            CharUnits &Result) {
 | 
						|
  auto CharUnitsMax = std::numeric_limits<CharUnits::QuantityType>::max();
 | 
						|
  if (Int.ugt(CharUnitsMax))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  Result = CharUnits::fromQuantity(Int.getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Helper for tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize -- Given an LValue, this will
 | 
						|
/// determine how many bytes exist from the beginning of the object to either
 | 
						|
/// the end of the current subobject, or the end of the object itself, depending
 | 
						|
/// on what the LValue looks like + the value of Type.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// If this returns false, the value of Result is undefined.
 | 
						|
static bool determineEndOffset(EvalInfo &Info, SourceLocation ExprLoc,
 | 
						|
                               unsigned Type, const LValue &LVal,
 | 
						|
                               CharUnits &EndOffset) {
 | 
						|
  bool DetermineForCompleteObject = refersToCompleteObject(LVal);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto CheckedHandleSizeof = [&](QualType Ty, CharUnits &Result) {
 | 
						|
    if (Ty.isNull() || Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isFunctionType())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return HandleSizeof(Info, ExprLoc, Ty, Result);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We want to evaluate the size of the entire object. This is a valid fallback
 | 
						|
  // for when Type=1 and the designator is invalid, because we're asked for an
 | 
						|
  // upper-bound.
 | 
						|
  if (!(Type & 1) || LVal.Designator.Invalid || DetermineForCompleteObject) {
 | 
						|
    // Type=3 wants a lower bound, so we can't fall back to this.
 | 
						|
    if (Type == 3 && !DetermineForCompleteObject)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    llvm::APInt APEndOffset;
 | 
						|
    if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
 | 
						|
        getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset))
 | 
						|
      return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (LVal.InvalidBase)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType BaseTy = getObjectType(LVal.getLValueBase());
 | 
						|
    return CheckedHandleSizeof(BaseTy, EndOffset);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We want to evaluate the size of a subobject.
 | 
						|
  const SubobjectDesignator &Designator = LVal.Designator;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The following is a moderately common idiom in C:
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // struct Foo { int a; char c[1]; };
 | 
						|
  // struct Foo *F = (struct Foo *)malloc(sizeof(struct Foo) + strlen(Bar));
 | 
						|
  // strcpy(&F->c[0], Bar);
 | 
						|
  //
 | 
						|
  // In order to not break too much legacy code, we need to support it.
 | 
						|
  if (isUserWritingOffTheEnd(Info.Ctx, LVal)) {
 | 
						|
    // If we can resolve this to an alloc_size call, we can hand that back,
 | 
						|
    // because we know for certain how many bytes there are to write to.
 | 
						|
    llvm::APInt APEndOffset;
 | 
						|
    if (isBaseAnAllocSizeCall(LVal.getLValueBase()) &&
 | 
						|
        getBytesReturnedByAllocSizeCall(Info.Ctx, LVal, APEndOffset))
 | 
						|
      return convertUnsignedAPIntToCharUnits(APEndOffset, EndOffset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If we cannot determine the size of the initial allocation, then we can't
 | 
						|
    // given an accurate upper-bound. However, we are still able to give
 | 
						|
    // conservative lower-bounds for Type=3.
 | 
						|
    if (Type == 1)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CharUnits BytesPerElem;
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckedHandleSizeof(Designator.MostDerivedType, BytesPerElem))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // According to the GCC documentation, we want the size of the subobject
 | 
						|
  // denoted by the pointer. But that's not quite right -- what we actually
 | 
						|
  // want is the size of the immediately-enclosing array, if there is one.
 | 
						|
  int64_t ElemsRemaining;
 | 
						|
  if (Designator.MostDerivedIsArrayElement &&
 | 
						|
      Designator.Entries.size() == Designator.MostDerivedPathLength) {
 | 
						|
    uint64_t ArraySize = Designator.getMostDerivedArraySize();
 | 
						|
    uint64_t ArrayIndex = Designator.Entries.back().getAsArrayIndex();
 | 
						|
    ElemsRemaining = ArraySize <= ArrayIndex ? 0 : ArraySize - ArrayIndex;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    ElemsRemaining = Designator.isOnePastTheEnd() ? 0 : 1;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EndOffset = LVal.getLValueOffset() + BytesPerElem * ElemsRemaining;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Tries to evaluate the __builtin_object_size for @p E. If successful,
 | 
						|
/// returns true and stores the result in @p Size.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// If @p WasError is non-null, this will report whether the failure to evaluate
 | 
						|
/// is to be treated as an Error in IntExprEvaluator.
 | 
						|
static bool tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(const Expr *E, unsigned Type,
 | 
						|
                                         EvalInfo &Info, uint64_t &Size) {
 | 
						|
  // Determine the denoted object.
 | 
						|
  LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    // The operand of __builtin_object_size is never evaluated for side-effects.
 | 
						|
    // If there are any, but we can determine the pointed-to object anyway, then
 | 
						|
    // ignore the side-effects.
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpeculativeEval(Info);
 | 
						|
    IgnoreSideEffectsRAII Fold(Info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->isGLValue()) {
 | 
						|
      // It's possible for us to be given GLValues if we're called via
 | 
						|
      // Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize.
 | 
						|
      APValue RVal;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, RVal))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      LVal.setFrom(Info.Ctx, RVal);
 | 
						|
    } else if (!EvaluatePointer(ignorePointerCastsAndParens(E), LVal, Info,
 | 
						|
                                /*InvalidBaseOK=*/true))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we point to before the start of the object, there are no accessible
 | 
						|
  // bytes.
 | 
						|
  if (LVal.getLValueOffset().isNegative()) {
 | 
						|
    Size = 0;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CharUnits EndOffset;
 | 
						|
  if (!determineEndOffset(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Type, LVal, EndOffset))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we've fallen outside of the end offset, just pretend there's nothing to
 | 
						|
  // write to/read from.
 | 
						|
  if (EndOffset <= LVal.getLValueOffset())
 | 
						|
    Size = 0;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    Size = (EndOffset - LVal.getLValueOffset()).getQuantity();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (unsigned BuiltinOp = E->getBuiltinCallee())
 | 
						|
    return VisitBuiltinCallExpr(E, BuiltinOp);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool getBuiltinAlignArguments(const CallExpr *E, EvalInfo &Info,
 | 
						|
                                     APValue &Val, APSInt &Alignment) {
 | 
						|
  QualType SrcTy = E->getArg(0)->getType();
 | 
						|
  if (!getAlignmentArgument(E->getArg(1), SrcTy, Info, Alignment))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  // Even though we are evaluating integer expressions we could get a pointer
 | 
						|
  // argument for the __builtin_is_aligned() case.
 | 
						|
  if (SrcTy->isPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue Ptr;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), Ptr, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Ptr.moveInto(Val);
 | 
						|
  } else if (!SrcTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0));
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    APSInt SrcInt;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SrcInt, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    assert(SrcInt.getBitWidth() >= Alignment.getBitWidth() &&
 | 
						|
           "Bit widths must be the same");
 | 
						|
    Val = APValue(SrcInt);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  assert(Val.hasValue());
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBuiltinCallExpr(const CallExpr *E,
 | 
						|
                                            unsigned BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
  switch (BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size: {
 | 
						|
    // The type was checked when we built the expression.
 | 
						|
    unsigned Type =
 | 
						|
        E->getArg(1)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
    assert(Type <= 3 && "unexpected type");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    uint64_t Size;
 | 
						|
    if (tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(E->getArg(0), Type, Info, Size))
 | 
						|
      return Success(Size, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->getArg(0)->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
      return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Expression had no side effects, but we couldn't statically determine the
 | 
						|
    // size of the referenced object.
 | 
						|
    switch (Info.EvalMode) {
 | 
						|
    case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression:
 | 
						|
    case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold:
 | 
						|
    case EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects:
 | 
						|
      // Leave it to IR generation.
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    case EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated:
 | 
						|
      // Reduce it to a constant now.
 | 
						|
      return Success((Type & 2) ? 0 : -1, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("unexpected EvalMode");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size: {
 | 
						|
    analyze_os_log::OSLogBufferLayout Layout;
 | 
						|
    analyze_os_log::computeOSLogBufferLayout(Info.Ctx, E, Layout);
 | 
						|
    return Success(Layout.size().getQuantity(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_aligned: {
 | 
						|
    APValue Src;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Alignment;
 | 
						|
    if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (Src.isLValue()) {
 | 
						|
      // If we evaluated a pointer, check the minimum known alignment.
 | 
						|
      LValue Ptr;
 | 
						|
      Ptr.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Src);
 | 
						|
      CharUnits BaseAlignment = getBaseAlignment(Info, Ptr);
 | 
						|
      CharUnits PtrAlign = BaseAlignment.alignmentAtOffset(Ptr.Offset);
 | 
						|
      // We can return true if the known alignment at the computed offset is
 | 
						|
      // greater than the requested alignment.
 | 
						|
      assert(PtrAlign.isPowerOfTwo());
 | 
						|
      assert(Alignment.isPowerOf2());
 | 
						|
      if (PtrAlign.getQuantity() >= Alignment)
 | 
						|
        return Success(1, E);
 | 
						|
      // If the alignment is not known to be sufficient, some cases could still
 | 
						|
      // be aligned at run time. However, if the requested alignment is less or
 | 
						|
      // equal to the base alignment and the offset is not aligned, we know that
 | 
						|
      // the run-time value can never be aligned.
 | 
						|
      if (BaseAlignment.getQuantity() >= Alignment &&
 | 
						|
          PtrAlign.getQuantity() < Alignment)
 | 
						|
        return Success(0, E);
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise we can't infer whether the value is sufficiently aligned.
 | 
						|
      // TODO: __builtin_is_aligned(__builtin_align_{down,up{(expr, N), N)
 | 
						|
      //  in cases where we can't fully evaluate the pointer.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E->getArg(0), diag::note_constexpr_alignment_compute)
 | 
						|
          << Alignment;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    assert(Src.isInt());
 | 
						|
    return Success((Src.getInt() & (Alignment - 1)) == 0 ? 1 : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up: {
 | 
						|
    APValue Src;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Alignment;
 | 
						|
    if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Src.isInt())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    APSInt AlignedVal =
 | 
						|
        APSInt((Src.getInt() + (Alignment - 1)) & ~(Alignment - 1),
 | 
						|
               Src.getInt().isUnsigned());
 | 
						|
    assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth());
 | 
						|
    return Success(AlignedVal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down: {
 | 
						|
    APValue Src;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Alignment;
 | 
						|
    if (!getBuiltinAlignArguments(E, Info, Src, Alignment))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Src.isInt())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    APSInt AlignedVal =
 | 
						|
        APSInt(Src.getInt() & ~(Alignment - 1), Src.getInt().isUnsigned());
 | 
						|
    assert(AlignedVal.getBitWidth() == Src.getInt().getBitWidth());
 | 
						|
    return Success(AlignedVal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse8:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse32:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bitreverse64: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.reverseBits(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap32:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bswap64: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.byteSwap(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
 | 
						|
    return Success((int)EvaluateBuiltinClassifyType(E, Info.getLangOpts()), E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsb:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clrsbll: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.getBitWidth() - Val.getMinSignedBits(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clz:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzll:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzs: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Val)
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.countLeadingZeros(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *Arg = E->getArg(0);
 | 
						|
    if (EvaluateBuiltinConstantP(Info, Arg))
 | 
						|
      return Success(true, E);
 | 
						|
    if (Info.InConstantContext || Arg->HasSideEffects(Info.Ctx)) {
 | 
						|
      // Outside a constant context, eagerly evaluate to false in the presence
 | 
						|
      // of side-effects in order to avoid -Wunsequenced false-positives in
 | 
						|
      // a branch on __builtin_constant_p(expr).
 | 
						|
      return Success(false, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_constant_evaluated: {
 | 
						|
    const auto *Callee = Info.CurrentCall->getCallee();
 | 
						|
    if (Info.InConstantContext && !Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression &&
 | 
						|
        (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 ||
 | 
						|
         (Info.CallStackDepth == 2 && Callee->isInStdNamespace() &&
 | 
						|
          Callee->getIdentifier() &&
 | 
						|
          Callee->getIdentifier()->isStr("is_constant_evaluated")))) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Find a better way to avoid duplicated diagnostics.
 | 
						|
      if (Info.EvalStatus.Diag)
 | 
						|
        Info.report((Info.CallStackDepth == 1) ? E->getExprLoc()
 | 
						|
                                               : Info.CurrentCall->CallLoc,
 | 
						|
                    diag::warn_is_constant_evaluated_always_true_constexpr)
 | 
						|
            << (Info.CallStackDepth == 1 ? "__builtin_is_constant_evaluated"
 | 
						|
                                         : "std::is_constant_evaluated");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Info.InConstantContext, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctz:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzll:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzs: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Val)
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.countTrailingZeros(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_eh_return_data_regno: {
 | 
						|
    int Operand = E->getArg(0)->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Info.Ctx).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
    Operand = Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getEHDataRegisterNumber(Operand);
 | 
						|
    return Success(Operand, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect_with_probability:
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getArg(0));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffs:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ffsll: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned N = Val.countTrailingZeros();
 | 
						|
    return Success(N == Val.getBitWidth() ? 0 : N + 1, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(5), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    unsigned Arg;
 | 
						|
    switch (Val.getCategory()) {
 | 
						|
    case APFloat::fcNaN: Arg = 0; break;
 | 
						|
    case APFloat::fcInfinity: Arg = 1; break;
 | 
						|
    case APFloat::fcNormal: Arg = Val.isDenormal() ? 3 : 2; break;
 | 
						|
    case APFloat::fcZero: Arg = 4; break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getArg(Arg));
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           Success(Val.isInfinity() ? (Val.isNegative() ? -1 : 1) : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           Success(Val.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           Success(Val.isFinite() ? 1 : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           Success(Val.isNaN() ? 1 : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Val(0.0);
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           Success(Val.isNormal() ? 1 : 0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_parity:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_parityll: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.countPopulation() % 2, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcount:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountll: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.countPopulation(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft8:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft32:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateleft64:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotl8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotl16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_lrotl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotl64: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val, Amt;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.rotl(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright8:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright32:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_rotateright64:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotr8: // Microsoft variants of rotate right
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotr16:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_lrotr:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI_rotr64: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Val, Amt;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), Val, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), Amt, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.rotr(Amt.urem(Val.getBitWidth())), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIstrlen:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwcslen:
 | 
						|
    // A call to strlen is not a constant expression.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
 | 
						|
        << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
 | 
						|
        << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_strlen:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcslen: {
 | 
						|
    // As an extension, we support __builtin_strlen() as a constant expression,
 | 
						|
    // and support folding strlen() to a constant.
 | 
						|
    LValue String;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), String, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType CharTy = E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Fast path: if it's a string literal, search the string value.
 | 
						|
    if (const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast_or_null<StringLiteral>(
 | 
						|
            String.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr *>())) {
 | 
						|
      // The string literal may have embedded null characters. Find the first
 | 
						|
      // one and truncate there.
 | 
						|
      StringRef Str = S->getBytes();
 | 
						|
      int64_t Off = String.Offset.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      if (Off >= 0 && (uint64_t)Off <= (uint64_t)Str.size() &&
 | 
						|
          S->getCharByteWidth() == 1 &&
 | 
						|
          // FIXME: Add fast-path for wchar_t too.
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy, Info.Ctx.CharTy)) {
 | 
						|
        Str = Str.substr(Off);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        StringRef::size_type Pos = Str.find(0);
 | 
						|
        if (Pos != StringRef::npos)
 | 
						|
          Str = Str.substr(0, Pos);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        return Success(Str.size(), E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Fall through to slow path to issue appropriate diagnostic.
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Slow path: scan the bytes of the string looking for the terminating 0.
 | 
						|
    for (uint64_t Strlen = 0; /**/; ++Strlen) {
 | 
						|
      APValue Char;
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy, String, Char) ||
 | 
						|
          !Char.isInt())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!Char.getInt())
 | 
						|
        return Success(Strlen, E);
 | 
						|
      if (!HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String, CharTy, 1))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIstrcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwcscmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIstrncmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwcsncmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BImemcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIbcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIwmemcmp:
 | 
						|
    // A call to strlen is not a constant expression.
 | 
						|
    if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_function)
 | 
						|
        << /*isConstexpr*/0 << /*isConstructor*/0
 | 
						|
        << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'");
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_strncmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp: {
 | 
						|
    LValue String1, String2;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(0), String1, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(1), String2, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    uint64_t MaxLength = uint64_t(-1);
 | 
						|
    if (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIstrcmp &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwcscmp &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_strcmp &&
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp) {
 | 
						|
      APSInt N;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(2), N, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      MaxLength = N.getExtValue();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Empty substrings compare equal by definition.
 | 
						|
    if (MaxLength == 0u)
 | 
						|
      return Success(0, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!String1.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
 | 
						|
        !String2.checkNullPointerForFoldAccess(Info, E, AK_Read) ||
 | 
						|
        String1.Designator.Invalid || String2.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType CharTy1 = String1.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
    QualType CharTy2 = String2.Designator.getType(Info.Ctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool IsRawByte = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BImemcmp ||
 | 
						|
                     BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIbcmp ||
 | 
						|
                     BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp ||
 | 
						|
                     BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(IsRawByte ||
 | 
						|
           (Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
 | 
						|
                CharTy1, E->getArg(0)->getType()->getPointeeType()) &&
 | 
						|
            Info.Ctx.hasSameUnqualifiedType(CharTy1, CharTy2)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // For memcmp, allow comparing any arrays of '[[un]signed] char' or
 | 
						|
    // 'char8_t', but no other types.
 | 
						|
    if (IsRawByte &&
 | 
						|
        !(isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy1) && isOneByteCharacterType(CharTy2))) {
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Consider using our bit_cast implementation to support this.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_memcmp_unsupported)
 | 
						|
          << (std::string("'") + Info.Ctx.BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinOp) + "'")
 | 
						|
          << CharTy1 << CharTy2;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const auto &ReadCurElems = [&](APValue &Char1, APValue &Char2) {
 | 
						|
      return handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy1, String1, Char1) &&
 | 
						|
             handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, CharTy2, String2, Char2) &&
 | 
						|
             Char1.isInt() && Char2.isInt();
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
    const auto &AdvanceElems = [&] {
 | 
						|
      return HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String1, CharTy1, 1) &&
 | 
						|
             HandleLValueArrayAdjustment(Info, E, String2, CharTy2, 1);
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool StopAtNull =
 | 
						|
        (BuiltinOp != Builtin::BImemcmp && BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIbcmp &&
 | 
						|
         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BIwmemcmp &&
 | 
						|
         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_memcmp &&
 | 
						|
         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_bcmp &&
 | 
						|
         BuiltinOp != Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp);
 | 
						|
    bool IsWide = BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcscmp ||
 | 
						|
                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwcsncmp ||
 | 
						|
                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BIwmemcmp ||
 | 
						|
                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcscmp ||
 | 
						|
                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wcsncmp ||
 | 
						|
                  BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_wmemcmp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (; MaxLength; --MaxLength) {
 | 
						|
      APValue Char1, Char2;
 | 
						|
      if (!ReadCurElems(Char1, Char2))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (Char1.getInt().ne(Char2.getInt())) {
 | 
						|
        if (IsWide) // wmemcmp compares with wchar_t signedness.
 | 
						|
          return Success(Char1.getInt() < Char2.getInt() ? -1 : 1, E);
 | 
						|
        // memcmp always compares unsigned chars.
 | 
						|
        return Success(Char1.getInt().ult(Char2.getInt()) ? -1 : 1, E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (StopAtNull && !Char1.getInt())
 | 
						|
        return Success(0, E);
 | 
						|
      assert(!(StopAtNull && !Char2.getInt()));
 | 
						|
      if (!AdvanceElems())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // We hit the strncmp / memcmp limit.
 | 
						|
    return Success(0, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__atomic_is_lock_free:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt SizeVal;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), SizeVal, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // For __atomic_is_lock_free(sizeof(_Atomic(T))), if the size is a power
 | 
						|
    // of two less than or equal to the maximum inline atomic width, we know it
 | 
						|
    // is lock-free.  If the size isn't a power of two, or greater than the
 | 
						|
    // maximum alignment where we promote atomics, we know it is not lock-free
 | 
						|
    // (at least not in the sense of atomic_is_lock_free).  Otherwise,
 | 
						|
    // the answer can only be determined at runtime; for example, 16-byte
 | 
						|
    // atomics have lock-free implementations on some, but not all,
 | 
						|
    // x86-64 processors.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Check power-of-two.
 | 
						|
    CharUnits Size = CharUnits::fromQuantity(SizeVal.getZExtValue());
 | 
						|
    if (Size.isPowerOfTwo()) {
 | 
						|
      // Check against inlining width.
 | 
						|
      unsigned InlineWidthBits =
 | 
						|
          Info.Ctx.getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth();
 | 
						|
      if (Size <= Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(InlineWidthBits)) {
 | 
						|
        if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__c11_atomic_is_lock_free ||
 | 
						|
            Size == CharUnits::One() ||
 | 
						|
            E->getArg(1)->isNullPointerConstant(Info.Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                Expr::NPC_NeverValueDependent))
 | 
						|
          // OK, we will inline appropriately-aligned operations of this size,
 | 
						|
          // and _Atomic(T) is appropriately-aligned.
 | 
						|
          return Success(1, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        QualType PointeeType = E->getArg(1)->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType()->
 | 
						|
          castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
        if (!PointeeType->isIncompleteType() &&
 | 
						|
            Info.Ctx.getTypeAlignInChars(PointeeType) >= Size) {
 | 
						|
          // OK, we will inline operations on this object.
 | 
						|
          return Success(1, E);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__atomic_always_lock_free ?
 | 
						|
        Success(0, E) : Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BIomp_is_initial_device:
 | 
						|
    // We can decide statically which value the runtime would return if called.
 | 
						|
    return Success(Info.getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ? 0 : 1, E);
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow: {
 | 
						|
    LValue ResultLValue;
 | 
						|
    APSInt LHS, RHS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType ResultType = E->getArg(2)->getType()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(0), LHS, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateInteger(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluatePointer(E->getArg(2), ResultLValue, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt Result;
 | 
						|
    bool DidOverflow = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If the types don't have to match, enlarge all 3 to the largest of them.
 | 
						|
    if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow ||
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow ||
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) {
 | 
						|
      bool IsSigned = LHS.isSigned() || RHS.isSigned() ||
 | 
						|
                      ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 | 
						|
      bool AllSigned = LHS.isSigned() && RHS.isSigned() &&
 | 
						|
                      ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t LHSSize = LHS.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t RHSSize = RHS.getBitWidth();
 | 
						|
      uint64_t ResultSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType);
 | 
						|
      uint64_t MaxBits = std::max(std::max(LHSSize, RHSSize), ResultSize);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Add an additional bit if the signedness isn't uniformly agreed to. We
 | 
						|
      // could do this ONLY if there is a signed and an unsigned that both have
 | 
						|
      // MaxBits, but the code to check that is pretty nasty.  The issue will be
 | 
						|
      // caught in the shrink-to-result later anyway.
 | 
						|
      if (IsSigned && !AllSigned)
 | 
						|
        ++MaxBits;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      LHS = APSInt(LHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned);
 | 
						|
      RHS = APSInt(RHS.extOrTrunc(MaxBits), !IsSigned);
 | 
						|
      Result = APSInt(MaxBits, !IsSigned);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Find largest int.
 | 
						|
    switch (BuiltinOp) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Invalid value for BuiltinOp");
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_sadd_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddl_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_saddll_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_uadd_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddl_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_uaddll_overflow:
 | 
						|
      Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.sadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
 | 
						|
                              : LHS.uadd_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssub_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubl_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_ssubll_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_usub_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubl_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_usubll_overflow:
 | 
						|
      Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.ssub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
 | 
						|
                              : LHS.usub_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_smul_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_smull_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_smulll_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_umul_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_umull_overflow:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_umulll_overflow:
 | 
						|
      Result = LHS.isSigned() ? LHS.smul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow)
 | 
						|
                              : LHS.umul_ov(RHS, DidOverflow);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // In the case where multiple sizes are allowed, truncate and see if
 | 
						|
    // the values are the same.
 | 
						|
    if (BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow ||
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow ||
 | 
						|
        BuiltinOp == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) {
 | 
						|
      // APSInt doesn't have a TruncOrSelf, so we use extOrTrunc instead,
 | 
						|
      // since it will give us the behavior of a TruncOrSelf in the case where
 | 
						|
      // its parameter <= its size.  We previously set Result to be at least the
 | 
						|
      // type-size of the result, so getTypeSize(ResultType) <= Result.BitWidth
 | 
						|
      // will work exactly like TruncOrSelf.
 | 
						|
      APSInt Temp = Result.extOrTrunc(Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(ResultType));
 | 
						|
      Temp.setIsSigned(ResultType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!APSInt::isSameValue(Temp, Result))
 | 
						|
        DidOverflow = true;
 | 
						|
      Result = Temp;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APValue APV{Result};
 | 
						|
    if (!handleAssignment(Info, E, ResultLValue, ResultType, APV))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(DidOverflow, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Determine whether this is a pointer past the end of the complete
 | 
						|
/// object referred to by the lvalue.
 | 
						|
static bool isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                            const LValue &LV) {
 | 
						|
  // A null pointer can be viewed as being "past the end" but we don't
 | 
						|
  // choose to look at it that way here.
 | 
						|
  if (!LV.getLValueBase())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If the designator is valid and refers to a subobject, we're not pointing
 | 
						|
  // past the end.
 | 
						|
  if (!LV.getLValueDesignator().Invalid &&
 | 
						|
      !LV.getLValueDesignator().isOnePastTheEnd())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // A pointer to an incomplete type might be past-the-end if the type's size is
 | 
						|
  // zero.  We cannot tell because the type is incomplete.
 | 
						|
  QualType Ty = getType(LV.getLValueBase());
 | 
						|
  if (Ty->isIncompleteType())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We're a past-the-end pointer if we point to the byte after the object,
 | 
						|
  // no matter what our type or path is.
 | 
						|
  auto Size = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
 | 
						|
  return LV.getLValueOffset() == Size;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Data recursive integer evaluator of certain binary operators.
 | 
						|
///
 | 
						|
/// We use a data recursive algorithm for binary operators so that we are able
 | 
						|
/// to handle extreme cases of chained binary operators without causing stack
 | 
						|
/// overflow.
 | 
						|
class DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator {
 | 
						|
  struct EvalResult {
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    bool Failed;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    EvalResult() : Failed(false) { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void swap(EvalResult &RHS) {
 | 
						|
      Val.swap(RHS.Val);
 | 
						|
      Failed = RHS.Failed;
 | 
						|
      RHS.Failed = false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  struct Job {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *E;
 | 
						|
    EvalResult LHSResult; // meaningful only for binary operator expression.
 | 
						|
    enum { AnyExprKind, BinOpKind, BinOpVisitedLHSKind } Kind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Job() = default;
 | 
						|
    Job(Job &&) = default;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    void startSpeculativeEval(EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
      SpecEvalRAII = SpeculativeEvaluationRAII(Info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  private:
 | 
						|
    SpeculativeEvaluationRAII SpecEvalRAII;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<Job, 16> Queue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  IntExprEvaluator &IntEval;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  APValue &FinalResult;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(IntExprEvaluator &IntEval, APValue &Result)
 | 
						|
    : IntEval(IntEval), Info(IntEval.getEvalInfo()), FinalResult(Result) { }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /// True if \param E is a binary operator that we are going to handle
 | 
						|
  /// data recursively.
 | 
						|
  /// We handle binary operators that are comma, logical, or that have operands
 | 
						|
  /// with integral or enumeration type.
 | 
						|
  static bool shouldEnqueue(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    return E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma || E->isLogicalOp() ||
 | 
						|
           (E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
            E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
            E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Traverse(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    enqueue(E);
 | 
						|
    EvalResult PrevResult;
 | 
						|
    while (!Queue.empty())
 | 
						|
      process(PrevResult);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (PrevResult.Failed) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    FinalResult.swap(PrevResult.Val);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
private:
 | 
						|
  bool Success(uint64_t Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APSInt &Value, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
    return IntEval.Success(Value, E, Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Error(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    return IntEval.Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  bool Error(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
 | 
						|
    return IntEval.Error(E, D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OptionalDiagnostic CCEDiag(const Expr *E, diag::kind D) {
 | 
						|
    return Info.CCEDiag(E, D);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Returns true if visiting the RHS is necessary, false otherwise.
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                         bool &SuppressRHSDiags);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult,
 | 
						|
                  const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void EvaluateExpr(const Expr *E, EvalResult &Result) {
 | 
						|
    Result.Failed = !Evaluate(Result.Val, Info, E);
 | 
						|
    if (Result.Failed)
 | 
						|
      Result.Val = APValue();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void process(EvalResult &Result);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  void enqueue(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    E = E->IgnoreParens();
 | 
						|
    Queue.resize(Queue.size()+1);
 | 
						|
    Queue.back().E = E;
 | 
						|
    Queue.back().Kind = Job::AnyExprKind;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::
 | 
						|
       VisitBinOpLHSOnly(EvalResult &LHSResult, const BinaryOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                         bool &SuppressRHSDiags) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
 | 
						|
    // Ignore LHS but note if we could not evaluate it.
 | 
						|
    if (LHSResult.Failed)
 | 
						|
      return Info.noteSideEffect();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
 | 
						|
    bool LHSAsBool;
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSResult.Failed && HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, LHSAsBool)) {
 | 
						|
      // We were able to evaluate the LHS, see if we can get away with not
 | 
						|
      // evaluating the RHS: 0 && X -> 0, 1 || X -> 1
 | 
						|
      if (LHSAsBool == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)) {
 | 
						|
        Success(LHSAsBool, E, LHSResult.Val);
 | 
						|
        return false; // Ignore RHS
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      LHSResult.Failed = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Since we weren't able to evaluate the left hand side, it
 | 
						|
      // might have had side effects.
 | 
						|
      if (!Info.noteSideEffect())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result
 | 
						|
      // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1.
 | 
						|
      // Don't ignore RHS and suppress diagnostics from this arm.
 | 
						|
      SuppressRHSDiags = true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
         E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSResult.Failed && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
    return false; // Ignore RHS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void addOrSubLValueAsInteger(APValue &LVal, const APSInt &Index,
 | 
						|
                                    bool IsSub) {
 | 
						|
  // Compute the new offset in the appropriate width, wrapping at 64 bits.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: When compiling for a 32-bit target, we should use 32-bit
 | 
						|
  // offsets.
 | 
						|
  assert(!LVal.hasLValuePath() && "have designator for integer lvalue");
 | 
						|
  CharUnits &Offset = LVal.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
  uint64_t Offset64 = Offset.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
  uint64_t Index64 = Index.extOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue();
 | 
						|
  Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsSub ? Offset64 - Index64
 | 
						|
                                         : Offset64 + Index64);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::
 | 
						|
       VisitBinOp(const EvalResult &LHSResult, const EvalResult &RHSResult,
 | 
						|
                  const BinaryOperator *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
 | 
						|
    if (RHSResult.Failed)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = RHSResult.Val;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->isLogicalOp()) {
 | 
						|
    bool lhsResult, rhsResult;
 | 
						|
    bool LHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(LHSResult.Val, lhsResult);
 | 
						|
    bool RHSIsOK = HandleConversionToBool(RHSResult.Val, rhsResult);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (LHSIsOK) {
 | 
						|
      if (RHSIsOK) {
 | 
						|
        if (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr)
 | 
						|
          return Success(lhsResult || rhsResult, E, Result);
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          return Success(lhsResult && rhsResult, E, Result);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (RHSIsOK) {
 | 
						|
        // We can't evaluate the LHS; however, sometimes the result
 | 
						|
        // is determined by the RHS: X && 0 -> 0, X || 1 -> 1.
 | 
						|
        if (rhsResult == (E->getOpcode() == BO_LOr))
 | 
						|
          return Success(rhsResult, E, Result);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
         E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSResult.Failed || RHSResult.Failed)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const APValue &LHSVal = LHSResult.Val;
 | 
						|
  const APValue &RHSVal = RHSResult.Val;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle cases like (unsigned long)&a + 4.
 | 
						|
  if (E->isAdditiveOp() && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    Result = LHSVal;
 | 
						|
    addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, RHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Handle cases like 4 + (unsigned long)&a
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Add &&
 | 
						|
      RHSVal.isLValue() && LHSVal.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    Result = RHSVal;
 | 
						|
    addOrSubLValueAsInteger(Result, LHSVal.getInt(), /*IsSub*/false);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub && LHSVal.isLValue() && RHSVal.isLValue()) {
 | 
						|
    // Handle (intptr_t)&&A - (intptr_t)&&B.
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero() ||
 | 
						|
        !RHSVal.getLValueOffset().isZero())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
    const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSVal.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr*>();
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr);
 | 
						|
    const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    // Make sure both labels come from the same function.
 | 
						|
    if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() !=
 | 
						|
        RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // All the remaining cases expect both operands to be an integer
 | 
						|
  if (!LHSVal.isInt() || !RHSVal.isInt())
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Set up the width and signedness manually, in case it can't be deduced
 | 
						|
  // from the operation we're performing.
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Don't do this in the cases where we can deduce it.
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()),
 | 
						|
               E->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
 | 
						|
  if (!handleIntIntBinOp(Info, E, LHSVal.getInt(), E->getOpcode(),
 | 
						|
                         RHSVal.getInt(), Value))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  return Success(Value, E, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::process(EvalResult &Result) {
 | 
						|
  Job &job = Queue.back();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (job.Kind) {
 | 
						|
    case Job::AnyExprKind: {
 | 
						|
      if (const BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E)) {
 | 
						|
        if (shouldEnqueue(Bop)) {
 | 
						|
          job.Kind = Job::BinOpKind;
 | 
						|
          enqueue(Bop->getLHS());
 | 
						|
          return;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      EvaluateExpr(job.E, Result);
 | 
						|
      Queue.pop_back();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Job::BinOpKind: {
 | 
						|
      const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E);
 | 
						|
      bool SuppressRHSDiags = false;
 | 
						|
      if (!VisitBinOpLHSOnly(Result, Bop, SuppressRHSDiags)) {
 | 
						|
        Queue.pop_back();
 | 
						|
        return;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (SuppressRHSDiags)
 | 
						|
        job.startSpeculativeEval(Info);
 | 
						|
      job.LHSResult.swap(Result);
 | 
						|
      job.Kind = Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind;
 | 
						|
      enqueue(Bop->getRHS());
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Job::BinOpVisitedLHSKind: {
 | 
						|
      const BinaryOperator *Bop = cast<BinaryOperator>(job.E);
 | 
						|
      EvalResult RHS;
 | 
						|
      RHS.swap(Result);
 | 
						|
      Result.Failed = !VisitBinOp(job.LHSResult, RHS, Bop, Result.Val);
 | 
						|
      Queue.pop_back();
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid Job::Kind!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
/// Used when we determine that we should fail, but can keep evaluating prior to
 | 
						|
/// noting that we had a failure.
 | 
						|
class DelayedNoteFailureRAII {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo &Info;
 | 
						|
  bool NoteFailure;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  DelayedNoteFailureRAII(EvalInfo &Info, bool NoteFailure = true)
 | 
						|
      : Info(Info), NoteFailure(NoteFailure) {}
 | 
						|
  ~DelayedNoteFailureRAII() {
 | 
						|
    if (NoteFailure) {
 | 
						|
      bool ContinueAfterFailure = Info.noteFailure();
 | 
						|
      (void)ContinueAfterFailure;
 | 
						|
      assert(ContinueAfterFailure &&
 | 
						|
             "Shouldn't have kept evaluating on failure.");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum class CmpResult {
 | 
						|
  Unequal,
 | 
						|
  Less,
 | 
						|
  Equal,
 | 
						|
  Greater,
 | 
						|
  Unordered,
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
template <class SuccessCB, class AfterCB>
 | 
						|
static bool
 | 
						|
EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(EvalInfo &Info, const BinaryOperator *E,
 | 
						|
                                 SuccessCB &&Success, AfterCB &&DoAfter) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "expected comparison operator");
 | 
						|
  assert((E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp ||
 | 
						|
          E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
 | 
						|
         "unsupported binary expression evaluation");
 | 
						|
  auto Error = [&](const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsRelational = E->isRelationalOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Cmp;
 | 
						|
  bool IsEquality = E->isEqualityOp();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
 | 
						|
  QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
 | 
						|
      RHSTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
    APSInt LHS, RHS;
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluateInteger(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (LHS < RHS)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
 | 
						|
    if (LHS > RHS)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isFixedPointType() || RHSTy->isFixedPointType()) {
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHSTy));
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHSTy));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getLHS(), LHSFX, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(E->getRHS(), RHSFX, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (LHSFX < RHSFX)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSFX > RHSFX)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isAnyComplexType() || RHSTy->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue LHS, RHS;
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK;
 | 
						|
    if (E->isAssignmentOp()) {
 | 
						|
      LValue LV;
 | 
						|
      EvaluateLValue(E->getLHS(), LV, Info);
 | 
						|
      LHSOK = false;
 | 
						|
    } else if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS.FloatReal, Info);
 | 
						|
      if (LHSOK) {
 | 
						|
        LHS.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
        LHS.FloatImag = APFloat(LHS.FloatReal.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      LHSOK = EvaluateComplex(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS.FloatReal, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      RHS.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
      RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(RHS.FloatReal.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
    } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (LHS.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      APFloat::cmpResult CR_r =
 | 
						|
        LHS.getComplexFloatReal().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatReal());
 | 
						|
      APFloat::cmpResult CR_i =
 | 
						|
        LHS.getComplexFloatImag().compare(RHS.getComplexFloatImag());
 | 
						|
      bool IsEqual = CR_r == APFloat::cmpEqual && CR_i == APFloat::cmpEqual;
 | 
						|
      return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      assert(IsEquality && "invalid complex comparison");
 | 
						|
      bool IsEqual = LHS.getComplexIntReal() == RHS.getComplexIntReal() &&
 | 
						|
                     LHS.getComplexIntImag() == RHS.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
      return Success(IsEqual ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isRealFloatingType() &&
 | 
						|
      RHSTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    APFloat RHS(0.0), LHS(0.0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), LHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "Invalid binary operator!");
 | 
						|
    llvm::APFloatBase::cmpResult CmpResult = LHS.compare(RHS);
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.InConstantContext &&
 | 
						|
        CmpResult == APFloat::cmpUnordered &&
 | 
						|
        E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(Info.Ctx.getLangOpts()).isFPConstrained()) {
 | 
						|
      // Note: Compares may raise invalid in some cases involving NaN or sNaN.
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_float_arithmetic_strict);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    auto GetCmpRes = [&]() {
 | 
						|
      switch (CmpResult) {
 | 
						|
      case APFloat::cmpEqual:
 | 
						|
        return CmpResult::Equal;
 | 
						|
      case APFloat::cmpLessThan:
 | 
						|
        return CmpResult::Less;
 | 
						|
      case APFloat::cmpGreaterThan:
 | 
						|
        return CmpResult::Greater;
 | 
						|
      case APFloat::cmpUnordered:
 | 
						|
        return CmpResult::Unordered;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Unrecognised APFloat::cmpResult enum");
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
    return Success(GetCmpRes(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LHSValue, RHSValue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case
 | 
						|
    // comparisons to null.
 | 
						|
    if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) {
 | 
						|
      // Inequalities and subtractions between unrelated pointers have
 | 
						|
      // unspecified or undefined behavior.
 | 
						|
      if (!IsEquality) {
 | 
						|
        Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_unspecified);
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      // A constant address may compare equal to the address of a symbol.
 | 
						|
      // The one exception is that address of an object cannot compare equal
 | 
						|
      // to a null pointer constant.
 | 
						|
      if ((!LHSValue.Base && !LHSValue.Offset.isZero()) ||
 | 
						|
          (!RHSValue.Base && !RHSValue.Offset.isZero()))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      // It's implementation-defined whether distinct literals will have
 | 
						|
      // distinct addresses. In clang, the result of such a comparison is
 | 
						|
      // unspecified, so it is not a constant expression. However, we do know
 | 
						|
      // that the address of a literal will be non-null.
 | 
						|
      if ((IsLiteralLValue(LHSValue) || IsLiteralLValue(RHSValue)) &&
 | 
						|
          LHSValue.Base && RHSValue.Base)
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      // We can't tell whether weak symbols will end up pointing to the same
 | 
						|
      // object.
 | 
						|
      if (IsWeakLValue(LHSValue) || IsWeakLValue(RHSValue))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      // We can't compare the address of the start of one object with the
 | 
						|
      // past-the-end address of another object, per C++ DR1652.
 | 
						|
      if ((LHSValue.Base && LHSValue.Offset.isZero() &&
 | 
						|
           isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, RHSValue)) ||
 | 
						|
          (RHSValue.Base && RHSValue.Offset.isZero() &&
 | 
						|
           isOnePastTheEndOfCompleteObject(Info.Ctx, LHSValue)))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      // We can't tell whether an object is at the same address as another
 | 
						|
      // zero sized object.
 | 
						|
      if ((RHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(LHSValue)) ||
 | 
						|
          (LHSValue.Base && isZeroSized(RHSValue)))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Unequal, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
    const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.rel]p3:
 | 
						|
    //   Pointers to void (after pointer conversions) can be compared, with a
 | 
						|
    //   result defined as follows: If both pointers represent the same
 | 
						|
    //   address or are both the null pointer value, the result is true if the
 | 
						|
    //   operator is <= or >= and false otherwise; otherwise the result is
 | 
						|
    //   unspecified.
 | 
						|
    // We interpret this as applying to pointers to *cv* void.
 | 
						|
    if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && LHSOffset != RHSOffset && IsRelational)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_void_comparison);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.rel]p2:
 | 
						|
    // - If two pointers point to non-static data members of the same object,
 | 
						|
    //   or to subobjects or array elements fo such members, recursively, the
 | 
						|
    //   pointer to the later declared member compares greater provided the
 | 
						|
    //   two members have the same access control and provided their class is
 | 
						|
    //   not a union.
 | 
						|
    //   [...]
 | 
						|
    // - Otherwise pointer comparisons are unspecified.
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid && IsRelational) {
 | 
						|
      bool WasArrayIndex;
 | 
						|
      unsigned Mismatch = FindDesignatorMismatch(
 | 
						|
          getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator, RHSDesignator, WasArrayIndex);
 | 
						|
      // At the point where the designators diverge, the comparison has a
 | 
						|
      // specified value if:
 | 
						|
      //  - we are comparing array indices
 | 
						|
      //  - we are comparing fields of a union, or fields with the same access
 | 
						|
      // Otherwise, the result is unspecified and thus the comparison is not a
 | 
						|
      // constant expression.
 | 
						|
      if (!WasArrayIndex && Mismatch < LHSDesignator.Entries.size() &&
 | 
						|
          Mismatch < RHSDesignator.Entries.size()) {
 | 
						|
        const FieldDecl *LF = getAsField(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]);
 | 
						|
        const FieldDecl *RF = getAsField(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch]);
 | 
						|
        if (!LF && !RF)
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_classes);
 | 
						|
        else if (!LF)
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field)
 | 
						|
              << getAsBaseClass(LHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch])
 | 
						|
              << RF->getParent() << RF;
 | 
						|
        else if (!RF)
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_base_field)
 | 
						|
              << getAsBaseClass(RHSDesignator.Entries[Mismatch])
 | 
						|
              << LF->getParent() << LF;
 | 
						|
        else if (!LF->getParent()->isUnion() &&
 | 
						|
                 LF->getAccess() != RF->getAccess())
 | 
						|
          Info.CCEDiag(E,
 | 
						|
                       diag::note_constexpr_pointer_comparison_differing_access)
 | 
						|
              << LF << LF->getAccess() << RF << RF->getAccess()
 | 
						|
              << LF->getParent();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // The comparison here must be unsigned, and performed with the same
 | 
						|
    // width as the pointer.
 | 
						|
    unsigned PtrSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(LHSTy);
 | 
						|
    uint64_t CompareLHS = LHSOffset.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
    uint64_t CompareRHS = RHSOffset.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
    assert(PtrSize <= 64 && "Unexpected pointer width");
 | 
						|
    uint64_t Mask = ~0ULL >> (64 - PtrSize);
 | 
						|
    CompareLHS &= Mask;
 | 
						|
    CompareRHS &= Mask;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // If there is a base and this is a relational operator, we can only
 | 
						|
    // compare pointers within the object in question; otherwise, the result
 | 
						|
    // depends on where the object is located in memory.
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSValue.Base.isNull() && IsRelational) {
 | 
						|
      QualType BaseTy = getType(LHSValue.Base);
 | 
						|
      if (BaseTy->isIncompleteType())
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      CharUnits Size = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(BaseTy);
 | 
						|
      uint64_t OffsetLimit = Size.getQuantity();
 | 
						|
      if (CompareLHS > OffsetLimit || CompareRHS > OffsetLimit)
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (CompareLHS < CompareRHS)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Less, E);
 | 
						|
    if (CompareLHS > CompareRHS)
 | 
						|
      return Success(CmpResult::Greater, E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isMemberPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
    assert(IsEquality && "unexpected member pointer operation");
 | 
						|
    assert(RHSTy->isMemberPointerType() && "invalid comparison");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    MemberPtr LHSValue, RHSValue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.eq]p2:
 | 
						|
    //   If both operands are null, they compare equal. Otherwise if only one is
 | 
						|
    //   null, they compare unequal.
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSValue.getDecl() || !RHSValue.getDecl()) {
 | 
						|
      bool Equal = !LHSValue.getDecl() && !RHSValue.getDecl();
 | 
						|
      return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   Otherwise if either is a pointer to a virtual member function, the
 | 
						|
    //   result is unspecified.
 | 
						|
    if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(LHSValue.getDecl()))
 | 
						|
      if (MD->isVirtual())
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD;
 | 
						|
    if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RHSValue.getDecl()))
 | 
						|
      if (MD->isVirtual())
 | 
						|
        Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_compare_virtual_mem_ptr) << MD;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    //   Otherwise they compare equal if and only if they would refer to the
 | 
						|
    //   same member of the same most derived object or the same subobject if
 | 
						|
    //   they were dereferenced with a hypothetical object of the associated
 | 
						|
    //   class type.
 | 
						|
    bool Equal = LHSValue == RHSValue;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Equal ? CmpResult::Equal : CmpResult::Unequal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isNullPtrType()) {
 | 
						|
    assert(E->isComparisonOp() && "unexpected nullptr operation");
 | 
						|
    assert(RHSTy->isNullPtrType() && "missing pointer conversion");
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.rel]p4, [expr.eq]p3: If two operands of type std::nullptr_t
 | 
						|
    // are compared, the result is true of the operator is <=, >= or ==, and
 | 
						|
    // false otherwise.
 | 
						|
    return Success(CmpResult::Equal, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return DoAfter();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool RecordExprEvaluator::VisitBinCmp(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
    ComparisonCategoryResult CCR;
 | 
						|
    switch (CR) {
 | 
						|
    case CmpResult::Unequal:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("should never produce Unequal for three-way comparison");
 | 
						|
    case CmpResult::Less:
 | 
						|
      CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Less;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case CmpResult::Equal:
 | 
						|
      CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Equal;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case CmpResult::Greater:
 | 
						|
      CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Greater;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case CmpResult::Unordered:
 | 
						|
      CCR = ComparisonCategoryResult::Unordered;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    // Evaluation succeeded. Lookup the information for the comparison category
 | 
						|
    // type and fetch the VarDecl for the result.
 | 
						|
    const ComparisonCategoryInfo &CmpInfo =
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.CompCategories.getInfoForType(E->getType());
 | 
						|
    const VarDecl *VD = CmpInfo.getValueInfo(CmpInfo.makeWeakResult(CCR))->VD;
 | 
						|
    // Check and evaluate the result as a constant expression.
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    LV.set(VD);
 | 
						|
    if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result,
 | 
						|
                                   ConstantExprKind::Normal);
 | 
						|
  };
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() {
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinCmp(E);
 | 
						|
  });
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  // We don't call noteFailure immediately because the assignment happens after
 | 
						|
  // we evaluate LHS and RHS.
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.keepEvaluatingAfterFailure() && E->isAssignmentOp())
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  DelayedNoteFailureRAII MaybeNoteFailureLater(Info, E->isAssignmentOp());
 | 
						|
  if (DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator::shouldEnqueue(E))
 | 
						|
    return DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator(*this, Result).Traverse(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert((!E->getLHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
 | 
						|
          !E->getRHS()->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
 | 
						|
         "DataRecursiveIntBinOpEvaluator should have handled integral types");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->isComparisonOp()) {
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate builtin binary comparisons by evaluating them as three-way
 | 
						|
    // comparisons and then translating the result.
 | 
						|
    auto OnSuccess = [&](CmpResult CR, const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
      assert((CR != CmpResult::Unequal || E->isEqualityOp()) &&
 | 
						|
             "should only produce Unequal for equality comparisons");
 | 
						|
      bool IsEqual   = CR == CmpResult::Equal,
 | 
						|
           IsLess    = CR == CmpResult::Less,
 | 
						|
           IsGreater = CR == CmpResult::Greater;
 | 
						|
      auto Op = E->getOpcode();
 | 
						|
      switch (Op) {
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
        llvm_unreachable("unsupported binary operator");
 | 
						|
      case BO_EQ:
 | 
						|
      case BO_NE:
 | 
						|
        return Success(IsEqual == (Op == BO_EQ), E);
 | 
						|
      case BO_LT:
 | 
						|
        return Success(IsLess, E);
 | 
						|
      case BO_GT:
 | 
						|
        return Success(IsGreater, E);
 | 
						|
      case BO_LE:
 | 
						|
        return Success(IsEqual || IsLess, E);
 | 
						|
      case BO_GE:
 | 
						|
        return Success(IsEqual || IsGreater, E);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    };
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateComparisonBinaryOperator(Info, E, OnSuccess, [&]() {
 | 
						|
      return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
    });
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  QualType LHSTy = E->getLHS()->getType();
 | 
						|
  QualType RHSTy = E->getRHS()->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType() &&
 | 
						|
      E->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LHSValue, RHSValue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool LHSOK = EvaluatePointer(E->getLHS(), LHSValue, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E->getRHS(), RHSValue, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Reject differing bases from the normal codepath; we special-case
 | 
						|
    // comparisons to null.
 | 
						|
    if (!HasSameBase(LHSValue, RHSValue)) {
 | 
						|
      // Handle &&A - &&B.
 | 
						|
      if (!LHSValue.Offset.isZero() || !RHSValue.Offset.isZero())
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      const Expr *LHSExpr = LHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
      const Expr *RHSExpr = RHSValue.Base.dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
 | 
						|
      if (!LHSExpr || !RHSExpr)
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      const AddrLabelExpr *LHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(LHSExpr);
 | 
						|
      const AddrLabelExpr *RHSAddrExpr = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(RHSExpr);
 | 
						|
      if (!LHSAddrExpr || !RHSAddrExpr)
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      // Make sure both labels come from the same function.
 | 
						|
      if (LHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext() !=
 | 
						|
          RHSAddrExpr->getLabel()->getDeclContext())
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      return Success(APValue(LHSAddrExpr, RHSAddrExpr), E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    const CharUnits &LHSOffset = LHSValue.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
    const CharUnits &RHSOffset = RHSValue.getLValueOffset();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator &LHSDesignator = LHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
 | 
						|
    SubobjectDesignator &RHSDesignator = RHSValue.getLValueDesignator();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++11 [expr.add]p6:
 | 
						|
    //   Unless both pointers point to elements of the same array object, or
 | 
						|
    //   one past the last element of the array object, the behavior is
 | 
						|
    //   undefined.
 | 
						|
    if (!LHSDesignator.Invalid && !RHSDesignator.Invalid &&
 | 
						|
        !AreElementsOfSameArray(getType(LHSValue.Base), LHSDesignator,
 | 
						|
                                RHSDesignator))
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_not_same_array);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType Type = E->getLHS()->getType();
 | 
						|
    QualType ElementType = Type->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CharUnits ElementSize;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), ElementType, ElementSize))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // As an extension, a type may have zero size (empty struct or union in
 | 
						|
    // C, array of zero length). Pointer subtraction in such cases has
 | 
						|
    // undefined behavior, so is not constant.
 | 
						|
    if (ElementSize.isZero()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_pointer_subtraction_zero_size)
 | 
						|
          << ElementType;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: LLVM and GCC both compute LHSOffset - RHSOffset at runtime,
 | 
						|
    // and produce incorrect results when it overflows. Such behavior
 | 
						|
    // appears to be non-conforming, but is common, so perhaps we should
 | 
						|
    // assume the standard intended for such cases to be undefined behavior
 | 
						|
    // and check for them.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Compute (LHSOffset - RHSOffset) / Size carefully, checking for
 | 
						|
    // overflow in the final conversion to ptrdiff_t.
 | 
						|
    APSInt LHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)LHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false);
 | 
						|
    APSInt RHS(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)RHSOffset.getQuantity(), true), false);
 | 
						|
    APSInt ElemSize(llvm::APInt(65, (int64_t)ElementSize.getQuantity(), true),
 | 
						|
                    false);
 | 
						|
    APSInt TrueResult = (LHS - RHS) / ElemSize;
 | 
						|
    APSInt Result = TrueResult.trunc(Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType()));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Result.extend(65) != TrueResult &&
 | 
						|
        !HandleOverflow(Info, E, TrueResult, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Evaluate a sizeof, alignof or vec_step with
 | 
						|
/// a result as the expression's type.
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
 | 
						|
                                    const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch(E->getKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case UETT_PreferredAlignOf:
 | 
						|
  case UETT_AlignOf: {
 | 
						|
    if (E->isArgumentType())
 | 
						|
      return Success(GetAlignOfType(Info, E->getArgumentType(), E->getKind()),
 | 
						|
                     E);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      return Success(GetAlignOfExpr(Info, E->getArgumentExpr(), E->getKind()),
 | 
						|
                     E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case UETT_VecStep: {
 | 
						|
    QualType Ty = E->getTypeOfArgument();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
 | 
						|
      unsigned n = Ty->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // The vec_step built-in functions that take a 3-component
 | 
						|
      // vector return 4. (OpenCL 1.1 spec 6.11.12)
 | 
						|
      if (n == 3)
 | 
						|
        n = 4;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return Success(n, E);
 | 
						|
    } else
 | 
						|
      return Success(1, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case UETT_SizeOf: {
 | 
						|
    QualType SrcTy = E->getTypeOfArgument();
 | 
						|
    // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
 | 
						|
    //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
 | 
						|
    if (const ReferenceType *Ref = SrcTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
 | 
						|
      SrcTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CharUnits Sizeof;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleSizeof(Info, E->getExprLoc(), SrcTy, Sizeof))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Sizeof, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case UETT_OpenMPRequiredSimdAlign:
 | 
						|
    assert(E->isArgumentType());
 | 
						|
    return Success(
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(
 | 
						|
                    Info.Ctx.getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(E->getArgumentType()))
 | 
						|
            .getQuantity(),
 | 
						|
        E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown expr/type trait");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitOffsetOfExpr(const OffsetOfExpr *OOE) {
 | 
						|
  CharUnits Result;
 | 
						|
  unsigned n = OOE->getNumComponents();
 | 
						|
  if (n == 0)
 | 
						|
    return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
  QualType CurrentType = OOE->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType();
 | 
						|
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != n; ++i) {
 | 
						|
    OffsetOfNode ON = OOE->getComponent(i);
 | 
						|
    switch (ON.getKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case OffsetOfNode::Array: {
 | 
						|
      const Expr *Idx = OOE->getIndexExpr(ON.getArrayExprIndex());
 | 
						|
      APSInt IdxResult;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(Idx, IdxResult, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      const ArrayType *AT = Info.Ctx.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
 | 
						|
      if (!AT)
 | 
						|
        return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
      CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
 | 
						|
      CharUnits ElementSize = Info.Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(CurrentType);
 | 
						|
      Result += IdxResult.getSExtValue() * ElementSize;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OffsetOfNode::Field: {
 | 
						|
      FieldDecl *MemberDecl = ON.getField();
 | 
						|
      const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						|
      if (!RT)
 | 
						|
        return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
      RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
      const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
      unsigned i = MemberDecl->getFieldIndex();
 | 
						|
      assert(i < RL.getFieldCount() && "offsetof field in wrong type");
 | 
						|
      Result += Info.Ctx.toCharUnitsFromBits(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
 | 
						|
      CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OffsetOfNode::Identifier:
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("dependent __builtin_offsetof");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OffsetOfNode::Base: {
 | 
						|
      CXXBaseSpecifier *BaseSpec = ON.getBase();
 | 
						|
      if (BaseSpec->isVirtual())
 | 
						|
        return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Find the layout of the class whose base we are looking into.
 | 
						|
      const RecordType *RT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						|
      if (!RT)
 | 
						|
        return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
      RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
 | 
						|
      if (RD->isInvalidDecl()) return false;
 | 
						|
      const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Info.Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Find the base class itself.
 | 
						|
      CurrentType = BaseSpec->getType();
 | 
						|
      const RecordType *BaseRT = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
 | 
						|
      if (!BaseRT)
 | 
						|
        return Error(OOE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      // Add the offset to the base.
 | 
						|
      Result += RL.getBaseClassOffset(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success(Result, OOE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    // Address, indirect, pre/post inc/dec, etc are not valid constant exprs.
 | 
						|
    // See C99 6.6p3.
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  case UO_Extension:
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Should extension allow i-c-e extension expressions in its scope?
 | 
						|
    // If so, we could clear the diagnostic ID.
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  case UO_Plus:
 | 
						|
    // The result is just the value.
 | 
						|
    return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  case UO_Minus: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    const APSInt &Value = Result.getInt();
 | 
						|
    if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isMinSignedValue() && E->canOverflow() &&
 | 
						|
        !HandleOverflow(Info, E, -Value.extend(Value.getBitWidth() + 1),
 | 
						|
                        E->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(-Value, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case UO_Not: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.isInt()) return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(~Result.getInt(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case UO_LNot: {
 | 
						|
    bool bres;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(!bres, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// HandleCast - This is used to evaluate implicit or explicit casts where the
 | 
						|
/// result type is integer.
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
  QualType DestType = E->getType();
 | 
						|
  QualType SrcType = SubExpr->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerived:
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_Dynamic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ToUnion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ConstructorConversion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ToVoid:
 | 
						|
  case CK_VectorSplat:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFloating:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingRealToComplex:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralRealToComplex:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntToOCLSampler:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToFloating:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for integral value");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_BitCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_Dependent:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueBitCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCProduceObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCConsumeObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject:
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValue:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NoOp:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_PointerToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean: {
 | 
						|
    bool BoolResult;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(SubExpr, BoolResult, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    uint64_t IntResult = BoolResult;
 | 
						|
    if (BoolResult && E->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral)
 | 
						|
      IntResult = (uint64_t)-1;
 | 
						|
    return Success(IntResult, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToIntegral: {
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SrcType));
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    bool Overflowed;
 | 
						|
    llvm::APSInt Result = Src.convertToInt(
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.getIntWidth(DestType),
 | 
						|
        DestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(), &Overflowed);
 | 
						|
    if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, DestType))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToBoolean: {
 | 
						|
    // Unsigned padding does not affect this.
 | 
						|
    APValue Val;
 | 
						|
    if (!Evaluate(Val, Info, SubExpr))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Val.getFixedPoint().getBoolValue(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralCast: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(SubExpr))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Result.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
      // Allow casts of address-of-label differences if they are no-ops
 | 
						|
      // or narrowing.  (The narrowing case isn't actually guaranteed to
 | 
						|
      // be constant-evaluatable except in some narrow cases which are hard
 | 
						|
      // to detect here.  We let it through on the assumption the user knows
 | 
						|
      // what they are doing.)
 | 
						|
      if (Result.isAddrLabelDiff())
 | 
						|
        return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) <= Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType);
 | 
						|
      // Only allow casts of lvalues if they are lossless.
 | 
						|
      return Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) == Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType,
 | 
						|
                                      Result.getInt()), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_PointerToIntegral: {
 | 
						|
    CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_invalid_cast) << 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(SubExpr, LV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (LV.getLValueBase()) {
 | 
						|
      // Only allow based lvalue casts if they are lossless.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Allow a larger integer size than the pointer size, and allow
 | 
						|
      // narrowing back down to pointer width in subsequent integral casts.
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: Check integer type's active bits, not its type size.
 | 
						|
      if (Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(DestType) != Info.Ctx.getTypeSize(SrcType))
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      LV.Designator.setInvalid();
 | 
						|
      LV.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt AsInt;
 | 
						|
    APValue V;
 | 
						|
    LV.moveInto(V);
 | 
						|
    if (!V.toIntegralConstant(AsInt, SrcType, Info.Ctx))
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Can't cast this!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, DestType, SrcType, AsInt), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToReal: {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue C;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, C, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(C.getComplexIntReal(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToIntegral: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat F(0.0);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, F, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    APSInt Value;
 | 
						|
    if (!HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, SrcType, F, DestType, Value))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return Success(Value, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in integral value");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue LV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!LV.isComplexInt())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(LV.getComplexIntReal(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isComplexIntegerType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue LV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), LV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!LV.isComplexInt())
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return Success(LV.getComplexIntImag(), E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  return Success(0, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitSizeOfPackExpr(const SizeOfPackExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return Success(E->getPackLength(), E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitCXXNoexceptExpr(const CXXNoexceptExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return Success(E->getValue(), E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitConceptSpecializationExpr(
 | 
						|
       const ConceptSpecializationExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool IntExprEvaluator::VisitRequiresExpr(const RequiresExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  return Success(E->isSatisfied(), E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      // Invalid unary operators
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    case UO_Plus:
 | 
						|
      // The result is just the value.
 | 
						|
      return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    case UO_Minus: {
 | 
						|
      if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr())) return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!Result.isFixedPoint())
 | 
						|
        return Error(E);
 | 
						|
      bool Overflowed;
 | 
						|
      APFixedPoint Negated = Result.getFixedPoint().negate(&Overflowed);
 | 
						|
      if (Overflowed && !HandleOverflow(Info, E, Negated, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return Success(Negated, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case UO_LNot: {
 | 
						|
      bool bres;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(E->getSubExpr(), bres, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      return Success(!bres, E);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const Expr *SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
  QualType DestType = E->getType();
 | 
						|
  assert(DestType->isFixedPointType() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expected destination type to be a fixed point type");
 | 
						|
  auto DestFXSema = Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointCast: {
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint Src(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType()));
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, Src, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    bool Overflowed;
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint Result = Src.convert(DestFXSema, &Overflowed);
 | 
						|
    if (Overflowed) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                         diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
 | 
						|
          << Result.toString() << E->getType();
 | 
						|
      else if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return Success(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt Src;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Src, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool Overflowed;
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint IntResult = APFixedPoint::getFromIntValue(
 | 
						|
        Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Overflowed) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                         diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
 | 
						|
          << IntResult.toString() << E->getType();
 | 
						|
      else if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, IntResult, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(IntResult, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat Src(0.0);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Src, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    bool Overflowed;
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint Result = APFixedPoint::getFromFloatValue(
 | 
						|
        Src, Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(DestType), &Overflowed);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Overflowed) {
 | 
						|
      if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
        Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                         diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
 | 
						|
          << Result.toString() << E->getType();
 | 
						|
      else if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return Success(Result, E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case CK_NoOp:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValue:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FixedPointExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
 | 
						|
  const Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
 | 
						|
  FixedPointSemantics ResultFXSema =
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(E->getType());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APFixedPoint LHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(LHS->getType()));
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(LHS, LHSFX, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  APFixedPoint RHSFX(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(RHS->getType()));
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateFixedPointOrInteger(RHS, RHSFX, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool OpOverflow = false, ConversionOverflow = false;
 | 
						|
  APFixedPoint Result(LHSFX.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
  case BO_Add: {
 | 
						|
    Result = LHSFX.add(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
 | 
						|
                  .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case BO_Sub: {
 | 
						|
    Result = LHSFX.sub(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
 | 
						|
                  .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case BO_Mul: {
 | 
						|
    Result = LHSFX.mul(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
 | 
						|
                  .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case BO_Div: {
 | 
						|
    if (RHSFX.getValue() == 0) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    Result = LHSFX.div(RHSFX, &OpOverflow)
 | 
						|
                  .convert(ResultFXSema, &ConversionOverflow);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case BO_Shl:
 | 
						|
  case BO_Shr: {
 | 
						|
    FixedPointSemantics LHSSema = LHSFX.getSemantics();
 | 
						|
    llvm::APSInt RHSVal = RHSFX.getValue();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    unsigned ShiftBW =
 | 
						|
        LHSSema.getWidth() - (unsigned)LHSSema.hasUnsignedPadding();
 | 
						|
    unsigned Amt = RHSVal.getLimitedValue(ShiftBW - 1);
 | 
						|
    // Embedded-C 4.1.6.2.2:
 | 
						|
    //   The right operand must be nonnegative and less than the total number
 | 
						|
    //   of (nonpadding) bits of the fixed-point operand ...
 | 
						|
    if (RHSVal.isNegative())
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_negative_shift) << RHSVal;
 | 
						|
    else if (Amt != RHSVal)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_large_shift)
 | 
						|
          << RHSVal << E->getType() << ShiftBW;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->getOpcode() == BO_Shl)
 | 
						|
      Result = LHSFX.shl(Amt, &OpOverflow);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result = LHSFX.shr(Amt, &OpOverflow);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (OpOverflow || ConversionOverflow) {
 | 
						|
    if (Info.checkingForUndefinedBehavior())
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getDiagnostics().Report(E->getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                       diag::warn_fixedpoint_constant_overflow)
 | 
						|
        << Result.toString() << E->getType();
 | 
						|
    else if (!HandleOverflow(Info, E, Result, E->getType()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return Success(Result, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Float Evaluation
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class FloatExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<FloatExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  APFloat &Result;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  FloatExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, APFloat &result)
 | 
						|
    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
 | 
						|
    Result = V.getFloat();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()));
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Missing: array subscript of vector, member of vector
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateFloat(const Expr* E, APFloat& Result, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isRealFloatingType());
 | 
						|
  return FloatExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(const ASTContext &Context,
 | 
						|
                                  QualType ResultTy,
 | 
						|
                                  const Expr *Arg,
 | 
						|
                                  bool SNaN,
 | 
						|
                                  llvm::APFloat &Result) {
 | 
						|
  const StringLiteral *S = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts());
 | 
						|
  if (!S) return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ResultTy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm::APInt fill;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Treat empty strings as if they were zero.
 | 
						|
  if (S->getString().empty())
 | 
						|
    fill = llvm::APInt(32, 0);
 | 
						|
  else if (S->getString().getAsInteger(0, fill))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Context.getTargetInfo().isNan2008()) {
 | 
						|
    if (SNaN)
 | 
						|
      Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    // Prior to IEEE 754-2008, architectures were allowed to choose whether
 | 
						|
    // the first bit of their significand was set for qNaN or sNaN. MIPS chose
 | 
						|
    // a different encoding to what became a standard in 2008, and for pre-
 | 
						|
    // 2008 revisions, MIPS interpreted sNaN-2008 as qNan and qNaN-2008 as
 | 
						|
    // sNaN. This is now known as "legacy NaN" encoding.
 | 
						|
    if (SNaN)
 | 
						|
      Result = llvm::APFloat::getQNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result = llvm::APFloat::getSNaN(Sem, false, &fill);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_val:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_vall:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_huge_valf128:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_inf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_infl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_inff128: {
 | 
						|
    const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem =
 | 
						|
      Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType());
 | 
						|
    Result = llvm::APFloat::getInf(Sem);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nans:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nansf128:
 | 
						|
    if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0),
 | 
						|
                               true, Result))
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nan:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_nanf128:
 | 
						|
    // If this is __builtin_nan() turn this into a nan, otherwise we
 | 
						|
    // can't constant fold it.
 | 
						|
    if (!TryEvaluateBuiltinNaN(Info.Ctx, E->getType(), E->getArg(0),
 | 
						|
                               false, Result))
 | 
						|
      return Error(E);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf128:
 | 
						|
    // The C standard says "fabs raises no floating-point exceptions,
 | 
						|
    // even if x is a signaling NaN. The returned value is independent of
 | 
						|
    // the current rounding direction mode."  Therefore constant folding can
 | 
						|
    // proceed without regard to the floating point settings.
 | 
						|
    // Reference, WG14 N2478 F.10.4.3
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isNegative())
 | 
						|
      Result.changeSign();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powi
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powif
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Builtin::BI__builtin_powil
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysign:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignl:
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_copysignf128: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat RHS(0.);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), RHS, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result.copySign(RHS);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryReal(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue CV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = CV.FloatReal;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Visit(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryImag(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue CV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getSubExpr(), CV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = CV.FloatImag;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
  const llvm::fltSemantics &Sem = Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType());
 | 
						|
  Result = llvm::APFloat::getZero(Sem);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
  default: return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  case UO_Plus:
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info);
 | 
						|
  case UO_Minus:
 | 
						|
    // In C standard, WG14 N2478 F.3 p4
 | 
						|
    // "the unary - raises no floating point exceptions,
 | 
						|
    // even if the operand is signalling."
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Result, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result.changeSign();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APFloat RHS(0.0);
 | 
						|
  bool LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Result, Info);
 | 
						|
  if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) && LHSOK &&
 | 
						|
         handleFloatFloatBinOp(Info, E, Result, E->getOpcode(), RHS);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitFloatingLiteral(const FloatingLiteral *E) {
 | 
						|
  Result = E->getValue();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool FloatExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFloating: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt IntResult;
 | 
						|
    const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
 | 
						|
                                  Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, IntResult, Info) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, SubExpr->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                IntResult, E->getType(), Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToFloating: {
 | 
						|
    APFixedPoint FixResult(Info.Ctx.getFixedPointSemantics(SubExpr->getType()));
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFixedPoint(SubExpr, FixResult, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result =
 | 
						|
        FixResult.convertToFloat(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(E->getType()));
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingCast: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(SubExpr))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, SubExpr->getType(), E->getType(),
 | 
						|
                                  Result);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToReal: {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue V;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(SubExpr, V, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = V.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Complex Evaluation (for float and integer)
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class ComplexExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<ComplexExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  ComplexValue &Result;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  ComplexExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &info, ComplexValue &Result)
 | 
						|
    : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(info), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) {
 | 
						|
    Result.setFrom(V);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
  //                            Visitor Methods
 | 
						|
  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E);
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateComplex(const Expr *E, ComplexValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                            EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isAnyComplexType());
 | 
						|
  return ComplexExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  QualType ElemTy = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
  if (ElemTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    APFloat Zero = APFloat::getZero(Info.Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ElemTy));
 | 
						|
    Result.FloatReal = Zero;
 | 
						|
    Result.FloatImag = Zero;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
    APSInt Zero = Info.Ctx.MakeIntValue(0, ElemTy);
 | 
						|
    Result.IntReal = Zero;
 | 
						|
    Result.IntImag = Zero;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitImaginaryLiteral(const ImaginaryLiteral *E) {
 | 
						|
  const Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (SubExpr->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    APFloat &Imag = Result.FloatImag;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(SubExpr, Imag, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.FloatReal = APFloat(Imag.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    assert(SubExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
 | 
						|
           "Unexpected imaginary literal.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
    APSInt &Imag = Result.IntImag;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(SubExpr, Imag, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.IntReal = APSInt(Imag.getBitWidth(), !Imag.isSigned());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
  case CK_BitCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerived:
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
 | 
						|
  case CK_Dynamic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ToUnion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NullToMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_DerivedToBaseMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_MemberPointerToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ReinterpretMemberPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ConstructorConversion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToPointer:
 | 
						|
  case CK_PointerToIntegral:
 | 
						|
  case CK_PointerToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ToVoid:
 | 
						|
  case CK_VectorSplat:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFloating:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToIntegral:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ObjCObjectLValueCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToReal:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToReal:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCProduceObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCConsumeObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ARCExtendBlockObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_CopyAndAutoreleaseBlockObject:
 | 
						|
  case CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr:
 | 
						|
  case CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AddressSpaceConversion:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntToOCLSampler:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingToFixedPoint:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToFloating:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToBoolean:
 | 
						|
  case CK_FixedPointToIntegral:
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralToFixedPoint:
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("invalid cast kind for complex value");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValue:
 | 
						|
  case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
 | 
						|
  case CK_NoOp:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueToRValueBitCast:
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_Dependent:
 | 
						|
  case CK_LValueBitCast:
 | 
						|
  case CK_UserDefinedConversion:
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingRealToComplex: {
 | 
						|
    APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexCast: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    QualType From
 | 
						|
      = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatReal) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleFloatToFloatCast(Info, E, From, To, Result.FloatImag);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    QualType From
 | 
						|
      = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
    return HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatReal,
 | 
						|
                                To, Result.IntReal) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleFloatToIntCast(Info, E, From, Result.FloatImag,
 | 
						|
                                To, Result.IntImag);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralRealToComplex: {
 | 
						|
    APSInt &Real = Result.IntReal;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getSubExpr(), Real, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
    Result.IntImag = APSInt(Real.getBitWidth(), !Real.isSigned());
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexCast: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    QualType From
 | 
						|
      = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Result.IntReal = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntReal);
 | 
						|
    Result.IntImag = HandleIntToIntCast(Info, E, To, From, Result.IntImag);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex: {
 | 
						|
    if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    const FPOptions FPO = E->getFPFeaturesInEffect(
 | 
						|
                                  Info.Ctx.getLangOpts());
 | 
						|
    QualType To = E->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    QualType From
 | 
						|
      = E->getSubExpr()->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    return HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntReal,
 | 
						|
                                To, Result.FloatReal) &&
 | 
						|
           HandleIntToFloatCast(Info, E, FPO, From, Result.IntImag,
 | 
						|
                                To, Result.FloatImag);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("unknown cast resulting in complex value");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitBinaryOperator(const BinaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->isPtrMemOp() || E->isAssignmentOp() || E->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Track whether the LHS or RHS is real at the type system level. When this is
 | 
						|
  // the case we can simplify our evaluation strategy.
 | 
						|
  bool LHSReal = false, RHSReal = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool LHSOK;
 | 
						|
  if (E->getLHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    LHSReal = true;
 | 
						|
    APFloat &Real = Result.FloatReal;
 | 
						|
    LHSOK = EvaluateFloat(E->getLHS(), Real, Info);
 | 
						|
    if (LHSOK) {
 | 
						|
      Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
      Result.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    LHSOK = Visit(E->getLHS());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  if (!LHSOK && !Info.noteFailure())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ComplexValue RHS;
 | 
						|
  if (E->getRHS()->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    RHSReal = true;
 | 
						|
    APFloat &Real = RHS.FloatReal;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getRHS(), Real, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    RHS.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    RHS.FloatImag = APFloat(Real.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
  } else if (!EvaluateComplex(E->getRHS(), RHS, Info) || !LHSOK)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  assert(!(LHSReal && RHSReal) &&
 | 
						|
         "Cannot have both operands of a complex operation be real.");
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
  default: return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  case BO_Add:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexFloatReal().add(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(),
 | 
						|
                                       APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
      if (LHSReal)
 | 
						|
        Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      else if (!RHSReal)
 | 
						|
        Result.getComplexFloatImag().add(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(),
 | 
						|
                                         APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntReal() += RHS.getComplexIntReal();
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() += RHS.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Sub:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexFloatReal().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatReal(),
 | 
						|
                                            APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
      if (LHSReal) {
 | 
						|
        Result.getComplexFloatImag() = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
        Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
 | 
						|
      } else if (!RHSReal) {
 | 
						|
        Result.getComplexFloatImag().subtract(RHS.getComplexFloatImag(),
 | 
						|
                                              APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntReal() -= RHS.getComplexIntReal();
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() -= RHS.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Mul:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      // This is an implementation of complex multiplication according to the
 | 
						|
      // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the
 | 
						|
      // following naming scheme:
 | 
						|
      //   (a + ib) * (c + id)
 | 
						|
      ComplexValue LHS = Result;
 | 
						|
      APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      if (LHSReal) {
 | 
						|
        assert(!RHSReal && "Cannot have two real operands for a complex op!");
 | 
						|
        ResR = A * C;
 | 
						|
        ResI = A * D;
 | 
						|
      } else if (RHSReal) {
 | 
						|
        ResR = C * A;
 | 
						|
        ResI = C * B;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        // In the fully general case, we need to handle NaNs and infinities
 | 
						|
        // robustly.
 | 
						|
        APFloat AC = A * C;
 | 
						|
        APFloat BD = B * D;
 | 
						|
        APFloat AD = A * D;
 | 
						|
        APFloat BC = B * C;
 | 
						|
        ResR = AC - BD;
 | 
						|
        ResI = AD + BC;
 | 
						|
        if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) {
 | 
						|
          bool Recalc = false;
 | 
						|
          if (A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) {
 | 
						|
            A = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), A);
 | 
						|
            B = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), B);
 | 
						|
            if (C.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C);
 | 
						|
            if (D.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D);
 | 
						|
            Recalc = true;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          if (C.isInfinity() || D.isInfinity()) {
 | 
						|
            C = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), C);
 | 
						|
            D = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), D);
 | 
						|
            if (A.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A);
 | 
						|
            if (B.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B);
 | 
						|
            Recalc = true;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          if (!Recalc && (AC.isInfinity() || BD.isInfinity() ||
 | 
						|
                          AD.isInfinity() || BC.isInfinity())) {
 | 
						|
            if (A.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              A = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(A.getSemantics()), A);
 | 
						|
            if (B.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              B = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(B.getSemantics()), B);
 | 
						|
            if (C.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              C = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(C.getSemantics()), C);
 | 
						|
            if (D.isNaN())
 | 
						|
              D = APFloat::copySign(APFloat(D.getSemantics()), D);
 | 
						|
            Recalc = true;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
          if (Recalc) {
 | 
						|
            ResR = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * C - B * D);
 | 
						|
            ResI = APFloat::getInf(A.getSemantics()) * (A * D + B * C);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      ComplexValue LHS = Result;
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntReal() =
 | 
						|
        (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() -
 | 
						|
         LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag());
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() =
 | 
						|
        (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag() +
 | 
						|
         LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  case BO_Div:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      // This is an implementation of complex division according to the
 | 
						|
      // constraints laid out in C11 Annex G. The implementation uses the
 | 
						|
      // following naming scheme:
 | 
						|
      //   (a + ib) / (c + id)
 | 
						|
      ComplexValue LHS = Result;
 | 
						|
      APFloat &A = LHS.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &B = LHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &C = RHS.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &D = RHS.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &ResR = Result.getComplexFloatReal();
 | 
						|
      APFloat &ResI = Result.getComplexFloatImag();
 | 
						|
      if (RHSReal) {
 | 
						|
        ResR = A / C;
 | 
						|
        ResI = B / C;
 | 
						|
      } else {
 | 
						|
        if (LHSReal) {
 | 
						|
          // No real optimizations we can do here, stub out with zero.
 | 
						|
          B = APFloat::getZero(A.getSemantics());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        int DenomLogB = 0;
 | 
						|
        APFloat MaxCD = maxnum(abs(C), abs(D));
 | 
						|
        if (MaxCD.isFinite()) {
 | 
						|
          DenomLogB = ilogb(MaxCD);
 | 
						|
          C = scalbn(C, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
          D = scalbn(D, -DenomLogB, APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
        APFloat Denom = C * C + D * D;
 | 
						|
        ResR = scalbn((A * C + B * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB,
 | 
						|
                      APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
        ResI = scalbn((B * C - A * D) / Denom, -DenomLogB,
 | 
						|
                      APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
 | 
						|
        if (ResR.isNaN() && ResI.isNaN()) {
 | 
						|
          if (Denom.isPosZero() && (!A.isNaN() || !B.isNaN())) {
 | 
						|
            ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * A;
 | 
						|
            ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics(), C.isNegative()) * B;
 | 
						|
          } else if ((A.isInfinity() || B.isInfinity()) && C.isFinite() &&
 | 
						|
                     D.isFinite()) {
 | 
						|
            A = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(A.getSemantics(), A.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), A);
 | 
						|
            B = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(B.getSemantics(), B.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), B);
 | 
						|
            ResR = APFloat::getInf(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D);
 | 
						|
            ResI = APFloat::getInf(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D);
 | 
						|
          } else if (MaxCD.isInfinity() && A.isFinite() && B.isFinite()) {
 | 
						|
            C = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(C.getSemantics(), C.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), C);
 | 
						|
            D = APFloat::copySign(
 | 
						|
                APFloat(D.getSemantics(), D.isInfinity() ? 1 : 0), D);
 | 
						|
            ResR = APFloat::getZero(ResR.getSemantics()) * (A * C + B * D);
 | 
						|
            ResI = APFloat::getZero(ResI.getSemantics()) * (B * C - A * D);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (RHS.getComplexIntReal() == 0 && RHS.getComplexIntImag() == 0)
 | 
						|
        return Error(E, diag::note_expr_divide_by_zero);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      ComplexValue LHS = Result;
 | 
						|
      APSInt Den = RHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() +
 | 
						|
        RHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntReal() =
 | 
						|
        (LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() +
 | 
						|
         LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den;
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() =
 | 
						|
        (LHS.getComplexIntImag() * RHS.getComplexIntReal() -
 | 
						|
         LHS.getComplexIntReal() * RHS.getComplexIntImag()) / Den;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitUnaryOperator(const UnaryOperator *E) {
 | 
						|
  // Get the operand value into 'Result'.
 | 
						|
  if (!Visit(E->getSubExpr()))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    return Error(E);
 | 
						|
  case UO_Extension:
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case UO_Plus:
 | 
						|
    // The result is always just the subexpr.
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case UO_Minus:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat()) {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexFloatReal().changeSign();
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    else {
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntReal() = -Result.getComplexIntReal();
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  case UO_Not:
 | 
						|
    if (Result.isComplexFloat())
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexFloatImag().changeSign();
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      Result.getComplexIntImag() = -Result.getComplexIntImag();
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  if (E->getNumInits() == 2) {
 | 
						|
    if (E->getType()->isComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
      Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(0), Result.FloatReal, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getInit(1), Result.FloatImag, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      Result.makeComplexInt();
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(0), Result.IntReal, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateInteger(E->getInit(1), Result.IntImag, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitInitListExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool ComplexExprEvaluator::VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
 | 
						|
  case Builtin::BI__builtin_complex:
 | 
						|
    Result.makeComplexFloat();
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(0), Result.FloatReal, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E->getArg(1), Result.FloatImag, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Atomic expression evaluation, essentially just handling the NonAtomicToAtomic
 | 
						|
// implicit conversion.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class AtomicExprEvaluator :
 | 
						|
    public ExprEvaluatorBase<AtomicExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
  const LValue *This;
 | 
						|
  APValue &Result;
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  AtomicExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info, const LValue *This, APValue &Result)
 | 
						|
      : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info), This(This), Result(Result) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    Result = V;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
    ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(
 | 
						|
        E->getType()->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType());
 | 
						|
    // For atomic-qualified class (and array) types in C++, initialize the
 | 
						|
    // _Atomic-wrapped subobject directly, in-place.
 | 
						|
    return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, &VIE)
 | 
						|
                : Evaluate(Result, Info, &VIE);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
    case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
 | 
						|
      return This ? EvaluateInPlace(Result, Info, *This, E->getSubExpr())
 | 
						|
                  : Evaluate(Result, Info, E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAtomic(const Expr *E, const LValue *This, APValue &Result,
 | 
						|
                           EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isAtomicType());
 | 
						|
  return AtomicExprEvaluator(Info, This, Result).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Void expression evaluation, primarily for a cast to void on the LHS of a
 | 
						|
// comma operator
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
class VoidExprEvaluator
 | 
						|
  : public ExprEvaluatorBase<VoidExprEvaluator> {
 | 
						|
public:
 | 
						|
  VoidExprEvaluator(EvalInfo &Info) : ExprEvaluatorBaseTy(Info) {}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Success(const APValue &V, const Expr *e) { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool ZeroInitialization(const Expr *E) { return true; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCastExpr(E);
 | 
						|
    case CK_ToVoid:
 | 
						|
      VisitIgnoredValue(E->getSubExpr());
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
    switch (E->getBuiltinCallee()) {
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__assume:
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
 | 
						|
      // The argument is not evaluated!
 | 
						|
      return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete:
 | 
						|
      return HandleOperatorDeleteCall(Info, E);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ExprEvaluatorBaseTy::VisitCallExpr(E);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E);
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
} // end anonymous namespace
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool VoidExprEvaluator::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
 | 
						|
  // We cannot speculatively evaluate a delete expression.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.SpeculativeEvaluationDepth)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = E->getOperatorDelete();
 | 
						|
  if (!OperatorDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
 | 
						|
        << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete) << OperatorDelete;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const Expr *Arg = E->getArgument();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue Pointer;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluatePointer(Arg, Pointer, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (Pointer.Designator.Invalid)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Deleting a null pointer has no effect.
 | 
						|
  if (Pointer.isNullPointer()) {
 | 
						|
    // This is the only case where we need to produce an extension warning:
 | 
						|
    // the only other way we can succeed is if we find a dynamic allocation,
 | 
						|
    // and we will have warned when we allocated it in that case.
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Optional<DynAlloc *> Alloc = CheckDeleteKind(
 | 
						|
      Info, E, Pointer, E->isArrayForm() ? DynAlloc::ArrayNew : DynAlloc::New);
 | 
						|
  if (!Alloc)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  QualType AllocType = Pointer.Base.getDynamicAllocType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For the non-array case, the designator must be empty if the static type
 | 
						|
  // does not have a virtual destructor.
 | 
						|
  if (!E->isArrayForm() && Pointer.Designator.Entries.size() != 0 &&
 | 
						|
      !hasVirtualDestructor(Arg->getType()->getPointeeType())) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_delete_base_nonvirt_dtor)
 | 
						|
        << Arg->getType()->getPointeeType() << AllocType;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For a class type with a virtual destructor, the selected operator delete
 | 
						|
  // is the one looked up when building the destructor.
 | 
						|
  if (!E->isArrayForm() && !E->isGlobalDelete()) {
 | 
						|
    const FunctionDecl *VirtualDelete = getVirtualOperatorDelete(AllocType);
 | 
						|
    if (VirtualDelete &&
 | 
						|
        !VirtualDelete->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
 | 
						|
      Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_new_non_replaceable)
 | 
						|
          << isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VirtualDelete) << VirtualDelete;
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!HandleDestruction(Info, E->getExprLoc(), Pointer.getLValueBase(),
 | 
						|
                         (*Alloc)->Value, AllocType))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.HeapAllocs.erase(Pointer.Base.dyn_cast<DynamicAllocLValue>())) {
 | 
						|
    // The element was already erased. This means the destructor call also
 | 
						|
    // deleted the object.
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: This probably results in undefined behavior before we get this
 | 
						|
    // far, and should be diagnosed elsewhere first.
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_double_delete);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateVoid(const Expr *E, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  assert(E->isRValue() && E->getType()->isVoidType());
 | 
						|
  return VoidExprEvaluator(Info).Visit(E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
// Top level Expr::EvaluateAsRValue method.
 | 
						|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool Evaluate(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E) {
 | 
						|
  // In C, function designators are not lvalues, but we evaluate them as if they
 | 
						|
  // are.
 | 
						|
  QualType T = E->getType();
 | 
						|
  if (E->isGLValue() || T->isFunctionType()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateLValue(E, LV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LV.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isVectorType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateVector(E, Result, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!IntExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluatePointer(E, LV, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    LV.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isRealFloatingType()) {
 | 
						|
    llvm::APFloat F(0.0);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateFloat(E, F, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = APValue(F);
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isAnyComplexType()) {
 | 
						|
    ComplexValue C;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateComplex(E, C, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    C.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isFixedPointType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!FixedPointExprEvaluator(Info, Result).Visit(E)) return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isMemberPointerType()) {
 | 
						|
    MemberPtr P;
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateMemberPointer(E, P, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    P.moveInto(Result);
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isArrayType()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    APValue &Value =
 | 
						|
        Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateArray(E, LV, Value, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = Value;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isRecordType()) {
 | 
						|
    LValue LV;
 | 
						|
    APValue &Value =
 | 
						|
        Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(E, T, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateRecord(E, LV, Value, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
    Result = Value;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isVoidType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
      Info.CCEDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral)
 | 
						|
        << E->getType();
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateVoid(E, Info))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else if (T->isAtomicType()) {
 | 
						|
    QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						|
    if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType()) {
 | 
						|
      LValue LV;
 | 
						|
      APValue &Value = Info.CurrentCall->createTemporary(
 | 
						|
          E, Unqual, ScopeKind::FullExpression, LV);
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, &LV, Value, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    } else {
 | 
						|
      if (!EvaluateAtomic(E, nullptr, Result, Info))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  } else if (Info.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_constexpr_nonliteral) << E->getType();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    Info.FFDiag(E, diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr);
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateInPlace - Evaluate an expression in-place in an APValue. In some
 | 
						|
/// cases, the in-place evaluation is essential, since later initializers for
 | 
						|
/// an object can indirectly refer to subobjects which were initialized earlier.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateInPlace(APValue &Result, EvalInfo &Info, const LValue &This,
 | 
						|
                            const Expr *E, bool AllowNonLiteralTypes) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!E->isValueDependent());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!AllowNonLiteralTypes && !CheckLiteralType(Info, E, &This))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (E->isRValue()) {
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate arrays and record types in-place, so that later initializers can
 | 
						|
    // refer to earlier-initialized members of the object.
 | 
						|
    QualType T = E->getType();
 | 
						|
    if (T->isArrayType())
 | 
						|
      return EvaluateArray(E, This, Result, Info);
 | 
						|
    else if (T->isRecordType())
 | 
						|
      return EvaluateRecord(E, This, Result, Info);
 | 
						|
    else if (T->isAtomicType()) {
 | 
						|
      QualType Unqual = T.getAtomicUnqualifiedType();
 | 
						|
      if (Unqual->isArrayType() || Unqual->isRecordType())
 | 
						|
        return EvaluateAtomic(E, &This, Result, Info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // For any other type, in-place evaluation is unimportant.
 | 
						|
  return Evaluate(Result, Info, E);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateAsRValue - Try to evaluate this expression, performing an implicit
 | 
						|
/// lvalue-to-rvalue cast if it is an lvalue.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsRValue(EvalInfo &Info, const Expr *E, APValue &Result) {
 | 
						|
  if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().evaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    if (E->getType().isNull())
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!CheckLiteralType(Info, E))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!::Evaluate(Result, Info, E))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (E->isGLValue()) {
 | 
						|
      LValue LV;
 | 
						|
      LV.setFrom(Info.Ctx, Result);
 | 
						|
      if (!handleLValueToRValueConversion(Info, E, E->getType(), LV, Result))
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Check this core constant expression is a constant expression.
 | 
						|
  return CheckConstantExpression(Info, E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), Result,
 | 
						|
                                 ConstantExprKind::Normal) &&
 | 
						|
         CheckMemoryLeaks(Info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool FastEvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *Exp, Expr::EvalResult &Result,
 | 
						|
                                 const ASTContext &Ctx, bool &IsConst) {
 | 
						|
  // Fast-path evaluations of integer literals, since we sometimes see files
 | 
						|
  // containing vast quantities of these.
 | 
						|
  if (const IntegerLiteral *L = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Exp)) {
 | 
						|
    Result.Val = APValue(APSInt(L->getValue(),
 | 
						|
                                L->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType()));
 | 
						|
    IsConst = true;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // This case should be rare, but we need to check it before we check on
 | 
						|
  // the type below.
 | 
						|
  if (Exp->getType().isNull()) {
 | 
						|
    IsConst = false;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Evaluating values of large array and record types can cause
 | 
						|
  // performance problems. Only do so in C++11 for now.
 | 
						|
  if (Exp->isRValue() && (Exp->getType()->isArrayType() ||
 | 
						|
                          Exp->getType()->isRecordType()) &&
 | 
						|
      !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
    IsConst = false;
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return false;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Expr::EvalStatus &Result,
 | 
						|
                                      Expr::SideEffectsKind SEK) {
 | 
						|
  return (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects && Result.HasSideEffects) ||
 | 
						|
         (SEK < Expr::SE_AllowUndefinedBehavior && Result.HasUndefinedBehavior);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsRValue(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &Result,
 | 
						|
                             const ASTContext &Ctx, EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  bool IsConst;
 | 
						|
  if (FastEvaluateAsRValue(E, Result, Ctx, IsConst))
 | 
						|
    return IsConst;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateAsRValue(Info, E, Result.Val);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsInt(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult,
 | 
						|
                          const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                          Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
 | 
						|
                          EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info) ||
 | 
						|
      !ExprResult.Val.isInt() ||
 | 
						|
      hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateAsFixedPoint(const Expr *E, Expr::EvalResult &ExprResult,
 | 
						|
                                 const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                 Expr::SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
 | 
						|
                                 EvalInfo &Info) {
 | 
						|
  if (!E->getType()->isFixedPointType())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, ExprResult, Ctx, Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!ExprResult.Val.isFixedPoint() ||
 | 
						|
      hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// EvaluateAsRValue - Return true if this is a constant which we can fold using
 | 
						|
/// any crazy technique (that has nothing to do with language standards) that
 | 
						|
/// we want to.  If this function returns true, it returns the folded constant
 | 
						|
/// in Result. If this expression is a glvalue, an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion
 | 
						|
/// will be applied to the result.
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsRValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                            bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
 | 
						|
  return ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, Result, Ctx, Info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(bool &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                      bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
  EvalResult Scratch;
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateAsRValue(Scratch, Ctx, InConstantContext) &&
 | 
						|
         HandleConversionToBool(Scratch.Val, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsInt(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                         SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
 | 
						|
                         bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
 | 
						|
  return ::EvaluateAsInt(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
 | 
						|
                                bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
 | 
						|
  return ::EvaluateAsFixedPoint(this, Result, Ctx, AllowSideEffects, Info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsFloat(APFloat &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                           SideEffectsKind AllowSideEffects,
 | 
						|
                           bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!getType()->isRealFloatingType())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalResult ExprResult;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateAsRValue(ExprResult, Ctx, InConstantContext) ||
 | 
						|
      !ExprResult.Val.isFloat() ||
 | 
						|
      hasUnacceptableSideEffect(ExprResult, AllowSideEffects))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Result = ExprResult.Val.getFloat();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsLValue(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                            bool InConstantContext) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = InConstantContext;
 | 
						|
  LValue LV;
 | 
						|
  CheckedTemporaries CheckedTemps;
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateLValue(this, LV, Info) || !Info.discardCleanups() ||
 | 
						|
      Result.HasSideEffects ||
 | 
						|
      !CheckLValueConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(),
 | 
						|
                                     Ctx.getLValueReferenceType(getType()), LV,
 | 
						|
                                     ConstantExprKind::Normal, CheckedTemps))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LV.moveInto(Result.Val);
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateDestruction(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue::LValueBase Base,
 | 
						|
                                APValue DestroyedValue, QualType Type,
 | 
						|
                                SourceLocation Loc, Expr::EvalStatus &EStatus) {
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
 | 
						|
  Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, DestroyedValue,
 | 
						|
                         EvalInfo::EvaluatingDeclKind::Dtor);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
  LVal.set(Base);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!HandleDestruction(Info, Loc, Base, DestroyedValue, Type) ||
 | 
						|
      EStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.discardCleanups())
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsConstantExpr(EvalResult &Result, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                  ConstantExprKind Kind) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo::EvaluationMode EM = EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Result, EM);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The type of the object we're initializing is 'const T' for a class NTTP.
 | 
						|
  QualType T = getType();
 | 
						|
  if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument)
 | 
						|
    T.addConst();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If we're evaluating a prvalue, fake up a MaterializeTemporaryExpr to
 | 
						|
  // represent the result of the evaluation. CheckConstantExpression ensures
 | 
						|
  // this doesn't escape.
 | 
						|
  MaterializeTemporaryExpr BaseMTE(T, const_cast<Expr*>(this), true);
 | 
						|
  APValue::LValueBase Base(&BaseMTE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Info.setEvaluatingDecl(Base, Result.Val);
 | 
						|
  LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
  LVal.set(Base);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::EvaluateInPlace(Result.Val, Info, LVal, this) || Result.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Info.discardCleanups())
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckConstantExpression(Info, getExprLoc(), getStorageType(Ctx, this),
 | 
						|
                               Result.Val, Kind))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  if (!CheckMemoryLeaks(Info))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // If this is a class template argument, it's required to have constant
 | 
						|
  // destruction too.
 | 
						|
  if (Kind == ConstantExprKind::ClassTemplateArgument &&
 | 
						|
      (!EvaluateDestruction(Ctx, Base, Result.Val, T, getBeginLoc(), Result) ||
 | 
						|
       Result.HasSideEffects)) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: Prefix a note to indicate that the problem is lack of constant
 | 
						|
    // destruction.
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateAsInitializer(APValue &Value, const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                 const VarDecl *VD,
 | 
						|
                                 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes,
 | 
						|
                                 bool IsConstantInitialization) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Evaluating initializers for large array and record types can cause
 | 
						|
  // performance problems. Only do so in C++11 for now.
 | 
						|
  if (isRValue() && (getType()->isArrayType() || getType()->isRecordType()) &&
 | 
						|
      !Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus EStatus;
 | 
						|
  EStatus.Diag = &Notes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EStatus,
 | 
						|
                (IsConstantInitialization && Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
                    ? EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression
 | 
						|
                    : EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
 | 
						|
  Info.setEvaluatingDecl(VD, Value);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = IsConstantInitialization;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation DeclLoc = VD->getLocation();
 | 
						|
  QualType DeclTy = VD->getType();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
 | 
						|
    auto &InterpCtx = const_cast<ASTContext &>(Ctx).getInterpContext();
 | 
						|
    if (!InterpCtx.evaluateAsInitializer(Info, VD, Value))
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    LValue LVal;
 | 
						|
    LVal.set(VD);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!EvaluateInPlace(Value, Info, LVal, this,
 | 
						|
                         /*AllowNonLiteralTypes=*/true) ||
 | 
						|
        EStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
      return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // At this point, any lifetime-extended temporaries are completely
 | 
						|
    // initialized.
 | 
						|
    Info.performLifetimeExtension();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!Info.discardCleanups())
 | 
						|
      llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cleanup; missing full expression marker?");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return CheckConstantExpression(Info, DeclLoc, DeclTy, Value,
 | 
						|
                                 ConstantExprKind::Normal) &&
 | 
						|
         CheckMemoryLeaks(Info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool VarDecl::evaluateDestruction(
 | 
						|
    SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Notes) const {
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus EStatus;
 | 
						|
  EStatus.Diag = &Notes;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Make a copy of the value for the destructor to mutate, if we know it.
 | 
						|
  // Otherwise, treat the value as default-initialized; if the destructor works
 | 
						|
  // anyway, then the destruction is constant (and must be essentially empty).
 | 
						|
  APValue DestroyedValue;
 | 
						|
  if (getEvaluatedValue() && !getEvaluatedValue()->isAbsent())
 | 
						|
    DestroyedValue = *getEvaluatedValue();
 | 
						|
  else if (!getDefaultInitValue(getType(), DestroyedValue))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!EvaluateDestruction(getASTContext(), this, std::move(DestroyedValue),
 | 
						|
                           getType(), getLocation(), EStatus) ||
 | 
						|
      EStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ensureEvaluatedStmt()->HasConstantDestruction = true;
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isEvaluatable - Call EvaluateAsRValue to see if this expression can be
 | 
						|
/// constant folded, but discard the result.
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isEvaluatable(const ASTContext &Ctx, SideEffectsKind SEK) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalResult Result;
 | 
						|
  return EvaluateAsRValue(Result, Ctx, /* in constant context */ true) &&
 | 
						|
         !hasUnacceptableSideEffect(Result, SEK);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstInt(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                    SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalResult EVResult;
 | 
						|
  EVResult.Diag = Diag;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, Info);
 | 
						|
  (void)Result;
 | 
						|
  assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression");
 | 
						|
  assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return EVResult.Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
APSInt Expr::EvaluateKnownConstIntCheckOverflow(
 | 
						|
    const ASTContext &Ctx, SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> *Diag) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalResult EVResult;
 | 
						|
  EVResult.Diag = Diag;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
  Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool Result = ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val);
 | 
						|
  (void)Result;
 | 
						|
  assert(Result && "Could not evaluate expression");
 | 
						|
  assert(EVResult.Val.isInt() && "Expression did not evaluate to integer");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return EVResult.Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void Expr::EvaluateForOverflow(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  bool IsConst;
 | 
						|
  EvalResult EVResult;
 | 
						|
  if (!FastEvaluateAsRValue(this, EVResult, Ctx, IsConst)) {
 | 
						|
    EvalInfo Info(Ctx, EVResult, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
    Info.CheckingForUndefinedBehavior = true;
 | 
						|
    (void)::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, EVResult.Val);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvalResult::isGlobalLValue() const {
 | 
						|
  assert(Val.isLValue());
 | 
						|
  return IsGlobalLValue(Val.getLValueBase());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// isIntegerConstantExpr - this recursive routine will test if an expression is
 | 
						|
/// an integer constant expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// FIXME: Pass up a reason why! Invalid operation in i-c-e, division by zero,
 | 
						|
/// comma, etc
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// CheckICE - This function does the fundamental ICE checking: the returned
 | 
						|
// ICEDiag contains an ICEKind indicating whether the expression is an ICE,
 | 
						|
// and a (possibly null) SourceLocation indicating the location of the problem.
 | 
						|
//
 | 
						|
// Note that to reduce code duplication, this helper does no evaluation
 | 
						|
// itself; the caller checks whether the expression is evaluatable, and
 | 
						|
// in the rare cases where CheckICE actually cares about the evaluated
 | 
						|
// value, it calls into Evaluate.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
namespace {
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum ICEKind {
 | 
						|
  /// This expression is an ICE.
 | 
						|
  IK_ICE,
 | 
						|
  /// This expression is not an ICE, but if it isn't evaluated, it's
 | 
						|
  /// a legal subexpression for an ICE. This return value is used to handle
 | 
						|
  /// the comma operator in C99 mode, and non-constant subexpressions.
 | 
						|
  IK_ICEIfUnevaluated,
 | 
						|
  /// This expression is not an ICE, and is not a legal subexpression for one.
 | 
						|
  IK_NotICE
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct ICEDiag {
 | 
						|
  ICEKind Kind;
 | 
						|
  SourceLocation Loc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ICEDiag(ICEKind IK, SourceLocation l) : Kind(IK), Loc(l) {}
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static ICEDiag NoDiag() { return ICEDiag(IK_ICE, SourceLocation()); }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static ICEDiag Worst(ICEDiag A, ICEDiag B) { return A.Kind >= B.Kind ? A : B; }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static ICEDiag CheckEvalInICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalResult EVResult;
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
  if (!::EvaluateAsRValue(E, EVResult, Ctx, Info) || EVResult.HasSideEffects ||
 | 
						|
      !EVResult.Val.isInt())
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static ICEDiag CheckICE(const Expr* E, const ASTContext &Ctx) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!E->isValueDependent() && "Should not see value dependent exprs!");
 | 
						|
  if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
 | 
						|
#define ABSTRACT_STMT(Node)
 | 
						|
#define STMT(Node, Base) case Expr::Node##Class:
 | 
						|
#define EXPR(Node, Base)
 | 
						|
#include "clang/AST/StmtNodes.inc"
 | 
						|
  case Expr::PredefinedExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::StringLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MatrixSubscriptExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::OMPArraySectionExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::OMPArrayShapingExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::OMPIteratorExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MemberExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CompoundAssignOperatorClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ExtVectorElementExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::DesignatedInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ArrayInitLoopExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ArrayInitIndexExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::NoInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::DesignatedInitUpdateExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ImplicitValueInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ParenListExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::VAArgExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::StmtExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXMemberCallExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CUDAKernelCallExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXAddrspaceCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXDynamicCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXTypeidExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXUuidofExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MSPropertyRefExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MSPropertySubscriptExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXNullPtrLiteralExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::UserDefinedLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXThisExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXThrowExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXNewExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXDeleteExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXPseudoDestructorExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::UnresolvedLookupExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::TypoExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::RecoveryExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::DependentScopeDeclRefExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXConstructExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXInheritedCtorInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXStdInitializerListExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXBindTemporaryExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ExprWithCleanupsClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXTemporaryObjectExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXUnresolvedConstructExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXDependentScopeMemberExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::UnresolvedMemberExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCSelectorExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCProtocolExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCIsaExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCAvailabilityCheckExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ShuffleVectorExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ConvertVectorExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::BlockExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::NoStmtClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::OpaqueValueExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::PackExpansionExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmPackExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::FunctionParmPackExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::AsTypeExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCIndirectCopyRestoreExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::MaterializeTemporaryExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::PseudoObjectExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::AtomicExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::LambdaExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXFoldExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CoawaitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::DependentCoawaitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CoyieldExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Expr::InitListExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    // C++03 [dcl.init]p13: If T is a scalar type, then a declaration of the
 | 
						|
    // form "T x = { a };" is equivalent to "T x = a;".
 | 
						|
    // Unless we're initializing a reference, T is a scalar as it is known to be
 | 
						|
    // of integral or enumeration type.
 | 
						|
    if (E->isRValue())
 | 
						|
      if (cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getNumInits() == 1)
 | 
						|
        return CheckICE(cast<InitListExpr>(E)->getInit(0), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Expr::SizeOfPackExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::GNUNullExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::SourceLocExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Expr::SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return
 | 
						|
      CheckICE(cast<SubstNonTypeTemplateParmExpr>(E)->getReplacement(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ConstantExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<ConstantExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ParenExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  case Expr::GenericSelectionExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<GenericSelectionExpr>(E)->getResultExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::FixedPointLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXScalarValueInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::TypeTraitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ConceptSpecializationExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::RequiresExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ArrayTypeTraitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ExpressionTraitExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXNoexceptExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CallExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    // C99 6.6/3 allows function calls within unevaluated subexpressions of
 | 
						|
    // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot
 | 
						|
    // contain an operand of (pointer to) function type.
 | 
						|
    const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
    if (CE->getBuiltinCallee())
 | 
						|
      return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXRewrittenBinaryOperatorClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<CXXRewrittenBinaryOperator>(E)->getSemanticForm(),
 | 
						|
                    Ctx);
 | 
						|
  case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    const NamedDecl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
 | 
						|
    if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
 | 
						|
      return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // C++ and OpenCL (FIXME: spec reference?) allow reading const-qualified
 | 
						|
    // integer variables in constant expressions:
 | 
						|
    //
 | 
						|
    // C++ 7.1.5.1p2
 | 
						|
    //   A variable of non-volatile const-qualified integral or enumeration
 | 
						|
    //   type initialized by an ICE can be used in ICEs.
 | 
						|
    const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
 | 
						|
    if (VD && VD->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Ctx))
 | 
						|
      return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: {
 | 
						|
    const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
 | 
						|
    switch (Exp->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
    case UO_PostInc:
 | 
						|
    case UO_PostDec:
 | 
						|
    case UO_PreInc:
 | 
						|
    case UO_PreDec:
 | 
						|
    case UO_AddrOf:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Deref:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Coawait:
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.6/3 allows increment and decrement within unevaluated
 | 
						|
      // subexpressions of constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs
 | 
						|
      // because an ICE cannot contain an lvalue operand.
 | 
						|
      return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    case UO_Extension:
 | 
						|
    case UO_LNot:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Plus:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Minus:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Not:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Real:
 | 
						|
    case UO_Imag:
 | 
						|
      return CheckICE(Exp->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("invalid unary operator class");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::OffsetOfExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    // Note that per C99, offsetof must be an ICE. And AFAIK, using
 | 
						|
    // EvaluateAsRValue matches the proposed gcc behavior for cases like
 | 
						|
    // "offsetof(struct s{int x[4];}, x[1.0])".  This doesn't affect
 | 
						|
    // compliance: we should warn earlier for offsetof expressions with
 | 
						|
    // array subscripts that aren't ICEs, and if the array subscripts
 | 
						|
    // are ICEs, the value of the offsetof must be an integer constant.
 | 
						|
    return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *Exp = cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E);
 | 
						|
    if ((Exp->getKind() ==  UETT_SizeOf) &&
 | 
						|
        Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isVariableArrayType())
 | 
						|
      return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: {
 | 
						|
    const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
 | 
						|
    switch (Exp->getOpcode()) {
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemD:
 | 
						|
    case BO_PtrMemI:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Assign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_MulAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_DivAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_RemAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_AddAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_SubAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_ShlAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_ShrAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_AndAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_XorAssign:
 | 
						|
    case BO_OrAssign:
 | 
						|
      // C99 6.6/3 allows assignments within unevaluated subexpressions of
 | 
						|
      // constant expressions, but they can never be ICEs because an ICE cannot
 | 
						|
      // contain an lvalue operand.
 | 
						|
      return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case BO_Mul:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Div:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Rem:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Add:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Sub:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Shl:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Shr:
 | 
						|
    case BO_LT:
 | 
						|
    case BO_GT:
 | 
						|
    case BO_LE:
 | 
						|
    case BO_GE:
 | 
						|
    case BO_EQ:
 | 
						|
    case BO_NE:
 | 
						|
    case BO_And:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Xor:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Or:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Comma:
 | 
						|
    case BO_Cmp: {
 | 
						|
      ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
      ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
      if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Div ||
 | 
						|
          Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Rem) {
 | 
						|
        // EvaluateAsRValue gives an error for undefined Div/Rem, so make sure
 | 
						|
        // we don't evaluate one.
 | 
						|
        if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE) {
 | 
						|
          llvm::APSInt REval = Exp->getRHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
 | 
						|
          if (REval == 0)
 | 
						|
            return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
          if (REval.isSigned() && REval.isAllOnesValue()) {
 | 
						|
            llvm::APSInt LEval = Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx);
 | 
						|
            if (LEval.isMinSignedValue())
 | 
						|
              return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      if (Exp->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
 | 
						|
        if (Ctx.getLangOpts().C99) {
 | 
						|
          // C99 6.6p3 introduces a strange edge case: comma can be in an ICE
 | 
						|
          // if it isn't evaluated.
 | 
						|
          if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE)
 | 
						|
            return ICEDiag(IK_ICEIfUnevaluated, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
        } else {
 | 
						|
          // In both C89 and C++, commas in ICEs are illegal.
 | 
						|
          return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    case BO_LAnd:
 | 
						|
    case BO_LOr: {
 | 
						|
      ICEDiag LHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getLHS(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
      ICEDiag RHSResult = CheckICE(Exp->getRHS(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
      if (LHSResult.Kind == IK_ICE && RHSResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) {
 | 
						|
        // Rare case where the RHS has a comma "side-effect"; we need
 | 
						|
        // to actually check the condition to see whether the side
 | 
						|
        // with the comma is evaluated.
 | 
						|
        if ((Exp->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) !=
 | 
						|
            (Exp->getLHS()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0))
 | 
						|
          return RHSResult;
 | 
						|
        return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return Worst(LHSResult, RHSResult);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("invalid binary operator kind");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXFunctionalCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXReinterpretCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXConstCastExprClass:
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ObjCBridgedCastExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    const Expr *SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
 | 
						|
    if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
 | 
						|
      if (const FloatingLiteral *FL
 | 
						|
            = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(SubExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
 | 
						|
        unsigned DestWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(E->getType());
 | 
						|
        bool DestSigned = E->getType()->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
 | 
						|
        APSInt IgnoredVal(DestWidth, !DestSigned);
 | 
						|
        bool Ignored;
 | 
						|
        // If the value does not fit in the destination type, the behavior is
 | 
						|
        // undefined, so we are not required to treat it as a constant
 | 
						|
        // expression.
 | 
						|
        if (FL->getValue().convertToInteger(IgnoredVal,
 | 
						|
                                            llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero,
 | 
						|
                                            &Ignored) & APFloat::opInvalidOp)
 | 
						|
          return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
        return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
    switch (cast<CastExpr>(E)->getCastKind()) {
 | 
						|
    case CK_LValueToRValue:
 | 
						|
    case CK_AtomicToNonAtomic:
 | 
						|
    case CK_NonAtomicToAtomic:
 | 
						|
    case CK_NoOp:
 | 
						|
    case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
 | 
						|
    case CK_IntegralCast:
 | 
						|
      return CheckICE(SubExpr, Ctx);
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass: {
 | 
						|
    const BinaryConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E);
 | 
						|
    ICEDiag CommonResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCommon(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return CommonResult;
 | 
						|
    ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE) return FalseResult;
 | 
						|
    if (CommonResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated) return CommonResult;
 | 
						|
    if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated &&
 | 
						|
        Exp->getCommon()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) != 0) return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
    return FalseResult;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
 | 
						|
    const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(E);
 | 
						|
    // If the condition (ignoring parens) is a __builtin_constant_p call,
 | 
						|
    // then only the true side is actually considered in an integer constant
 | 
						|
    // expression, and it is fully evaluated.  This is an important GNU
 | 
						|
    // extension.  See GCC PR38377 for discussion.
 | 
						|
    if (const CallExpr *CallCE
 | 
						|
        = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Exp->getCond()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
 | 
						|
      if (CallCE->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p)
 | 
						|
        return CheckEvalInICE(E, Ctx);
 | 
						|
    ICEDiag CondResult = CheckICE(Exp->getCond(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    if (CondResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
 | 
						|
      return CondResult;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ICEDiag TrueResult = CheckICE(Exp->getTrueExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
    ICEDiag FalseResult = CheckICE(Exp->getFalseExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
 | 
						|
      return TrueResult;
 | 
						|
    if (FalseResult.Kind == IK_NotICE)
 | 
						|
      return FalseResult;
 | 
						|
    if (CondResult.Kind == IK_ICEIfUnevaluated)
 | 
						|
      return CondResult;
 | 
						|
    if (TrueResult.Kind == IK_ICE && FalseResult.Kind == IK_ICE)
 | 
						|
      return NoDiag();
 | 
						|
    // Rare case where the diagnostics depend on which side is evaluated
 | 
						|
    // Note that if we get here, CondResult is 0, and at least one of
 | 
						|
    // TrueResult and FalseResult is non-zero.
 | 
						|
    if (Exp->getCond()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Ctx) == 0)
 | 
						|
      return FalseResult;
 | 
						|
    return TrueResult;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXDefaultArgExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  case Expr::CXXDefaultInitExprClass:
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<CXXDefaultInitExpr>(E)->getExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  case Expr::ChooseExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<ChooseExpr>(E)->getChosenSubExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  case Expr::BuiltinBitCastExprClass: {
 | 
						|
    if (!checkBitCastConstexprEligibility(nullptr, Ctx, cast<CastExpr>(E)))
 | 
						|
      return ICEDiag(IK_NotICE, E->getBeginLoc());
 | 
						|
    return CheckICE(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  llvm_unreachable("Invalid StmtClass!");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/// Evaluate an expression as a C++11 integral constant expression.
 | 
						|
static bool EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                    const Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                                    llvm::APSInt *Value,
 | 
						|
                                                    SourceLocation *Loc) {
 | 
						|
  if (!E->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue Result;
 | 
						|
  if (!E->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &Result, Loc))
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Result.isInt()) {
 | 
						|
    if (Loc) *Loc = E->getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Value) *Value = Result.getInt();
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                 SourceLocation *Loc) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
 | 
						|
    return EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, nullptr, Loc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ICEDiag D = CheckICE(this, Ctx);
 | 
						|
  if (D.Kind != IK_ICE) {
 | 
						|
    if (Loc) *Loc = D.Loc;
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return true;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Optional<llvm::APSInt> Expr::getIntegerConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                                    SourceLocation *Loc,
 | 
						|
                                                    bool isEvaluated) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APSInt Value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
 | 
						|
    if (EvaluateCPlusPlus11IntegralConstantExpr(Ctx, this, &Value, Loc))
 | 
						|
      return Value;
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!isIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx, Loc))
 | 
						|
    return None;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The only possible side-effects here are due to UB discovered in the
 | 
						|
  // evaluation (for instance, INT_MAX + 1). In such a case, we are still
 | 
						|
  // required to treat the expression as an ICE, so we produce the folded
 | 
						|
  // value.
 | 
						|
  EvalResult ExprResult;
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_IgnoreSideEffects);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!::EvaluateAsInt(this, ExprResult, Ctx, SE_AllowSideEffects, Info))
 | 
						|
    llvm_unreachable("ICE cannot be evaluated!");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return ExprResult.Val.getInt();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isCXX98IntegralConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return CheckICE(this, Ctx).Kind == IK_ICE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isCXX11ConstantExpr(const ASTContext &Ctx, APValue *Result,
 | 
						|
                               SourceLocation *Loc) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // We support this checking in C++98 mode in order to diagnose compatibility
 | 
						|
  // issues.
 | 
						|
  assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Build evaluation settings.
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Diags;
 | 
						|
  Status.Diag = &Diags;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue Scratch;
 | 
						|
  bool IsConstExpr =
 | 
						|
      ::EvaluateAsRValue(Info, this, Result ? *Result : Scratch) &&
 | 
						|
      // FIXME: We don't produce a diagnostic for this, but the callers that
 | 
						|
      // call us on arbitrary full-expressions should generally not care.
 | 
						|
      Info.discardCleanups() && !Status.HasSideEffects;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!Diags.empty()) {
 | 
						|
    IsConstExpr = false;
 | 
						|
    if (Loc) *Loc = Diags[0].first;
 | 
						|
  } else if (!IsConstExpr) {
 | 
						|
    // FIXME: This shouldn't happen.
 | 
						|
    if (Loc) *Loc = getExprLoc();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return IsConstExpr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::EvaluateWithSubstitution(APValue &Value, ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                    const FunctionDecl *Callee,
 | 
						|
                                    ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args,
 | 
						|
                                    const Expr *This) const {
 | 
						|
  assert(!isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  LValue ThisVal;
 | 
						|
  const LValue *ThisPtr = nullptr;
 | 
						|
  if (This) {
 | 
						|
#ifndef NDEBUG
 | 
						|
    auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee);
 | 
						|
    assert(MD && "Don't provide `this` for non-methods.");
 | 
						|
    assert(!MD->isStatic() && "Don't provide `this` for static methods.");
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (!This->isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
        EvaluateObjectArgument(Info, This, ThisVal) &&
 | 
						|
        !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects)
 | 
						|
      ThisPtr = &ThisVal;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because
 | 
						|
    // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation.
 | 
						|
    Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  CallRef Call = Info.CurrentCall->createCall(Callee);
 | 
						|
  for (ArrayRef<const Expr*>::iterator I = Args.begin(), E = Args.end();
 | 
						|
       I != E; ++I) {
 | 
						|
    unsigned Idx = I - Args.begin();
 | 
						|
    if (Idx >= Callee->getNumParams())
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    const ParmVarDecl *PVD = Callee->getParamDecl(Idx);
 | 
						|
    if ((*I)->isValueDependent() ||
 | 
						|
        !EvaluateCallArg(PVD, *I, Call, Info) ||
 | 
						|
        Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects) {
 | 
						|
      // If evaluation fails, throw away the argument entirely.
 | 
						|
      if (APValue *Slot = Info.getParamSlot(Call, PVD))
 | 
						|
        *Slot = APValue();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    // Ignore any side-effects from a failed evaluation. This is safe because
 | 
						|
    // they can't interfere with any other argument evaluation.
 | 
						|
    Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Parameter cleanups happen in the caller and are not part of this
 | 
						|
  // evaluation.
 | 
						|
  Info.discardCleanups();
 | 
						|
  Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects = false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Build fake call to Callee.
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame Frame(Info, Callee->getLocation(), Callee, ThisPtr, Call);
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: Missing ExprWithCleanups in enable_if conditions?
 | 
						|
  FullExpressionRAII Scope(Info);
 | 
						|
  return Evaluate(Value, Info, this) && Scope.destroy() &&
 | 
						|
         !Info.EvalStatus.HasSideEffects;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExpr(const FunctionDecl *FD,
 | 
						|
                                   SmallVectorImpl<
 | 
						|
                                     PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) {
 | 
						|
  // FIXME: It would be useful to check constexpr function templates, but at the
 | 
						|
  // moment the constant expression evaluator cannot cope with the non-rigorous
 | 
						|
  // ASTs which we build for dependent expressions.
 | 
						|
  if (FD->isDependentContext())
 | 
						|
    return true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Bail out if a constexpr constructor has an initializer that contains an
 | 
						|
  // error. We deliberately don't produce a diagnostic, as we have produced a
 | 
						|
  // relevant diagnostic when parsing the error initializer.
 | 
						|
  if (const auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
 | 
						|
    for (const auto *InitExpr : Ctor->inits()) {
 | 
						|
      if (InitExpr->getInit() && InitExpr->getInit()->containsErrors())
 | 
						|
        return false;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  Status.Diag = &Diags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpression);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
  Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // The constexpr VM attempts to compile all methods to bytecode here.
 | 
						|
  if (Info.EnableNewConstInterp) {
 | 
						|
    Info.Ctx.getInterpContext().isPotentialConstantExpr(Info, FD);
 | 
						|
    return Diags.empty();
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
 | 
						|
  const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD ? MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fabricate an arbitrary expression on the stack and pretend that it
 | 
						|
  // is a temporary being used as the 'this' pointer.
 | 
						|
  LValue This;
 | 
						|
  ImplicitValueInitExpr VIE(RD ? Info.Ctx.getRecordType(RD) : Info.Ctx.IntTy);
 | 
						|
  This.set({&VIE, Info.CurrentCall->Index});
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ArrayRef<const Expr*> Args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue Scratch;
 | 
						|
  if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
 | 
						|
    // Evaluate the call as a constant initializer, to allow the construction
 | 
						|
    // of objects of non-literal types.
 | 
						|
    Info.setEvaluatingDecl(This.getLValueBase(), Scratch);
 | 
						|
    HandleConstructorCall(&VIE, This, Args, CD, Info, Scratch);
 | 
						|
  } else {
 | 
						|
    SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
 | 
						|
    HandleFunctionCall(Loc, FD, (MD && MD->isInstance()) ? &This : nullptr,
 | 
						|
                       Args, CallRef(), FD->getBody(), Info, Scratch, nullptr);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return Diags.empty();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::isPotentialConstantExprUnevaluated(Expr *E,
 | 
						|
                                              const FunctionDecl *FD,
 | 
						|
                                              SmallVectorImpl<
 | 
						|
                                                PartialDiagnosticAt> &Diags) {
 | 
						|
  assert(!E->isValueDependent() &&
 | 
						|
         "Expression evaluator can't be called on a dependent expression.");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  Status.Diag = &Diags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(FD->getASTContext(), Status,
 | 
						|
                EvalInfo::EM_ConstantExpressionUnevaluated);
 | 
						|
  Info.InConstantContext = true;
 | 
						|
  Info.CheckingPotentialConstantExpression = true;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  // Fabricate a call stack frame to give the arguments a plausible cover story.
 | 
						|
  CallStackFrame Frame(Info, SourceLocation(), FD, /*This*/ nullptr, CallRef());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  APValue ResultScratch;
 | 
						|
  Evaluate(ResultScratch, Info, E);
 | 
						|
  return Diags.empty();
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bool Expr::tryEvaluateObjectSize(uint64_t &Result, ASTContext &Ctx,
 | 
						|
                                 unsigned Type) const {
 | 
						|
  if (!getType()->isPointerType())
 | 
						|
    return false;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  Expr::EvalStatus Status;
 | 
						|
  EvalInfo Info(Ctx, Status, EvalInfo::EM_ConstantFold);
 | 
						|
  return tryEvaluateBuiltinObjectSize(this, Type, Info, Result);
 | 
						|
}
 |